Part 9 General City Rules
1.0 Information requirements for resource consents
1.1 General
Updated 14 November 2005
1.1.1 Importance of information Updated 14 November 2005
The provision of sufficient information is essential to the processing of resource consents. This information is required to ensure that: (a) the environmental effects of an activity can be clearly understood; (b) any affected persons have reasonable certainty as to how they may be effected (particularly if their written consent is to be sought): (c) to enable processing of an application without undue delay; and most importantly (d) to avoid a situation where an activity, once established, is required to be subject to a consent or to cease operations, because of adverse effects which have become apparent but were not stated at the time the activity was commenced and/or applied for. This can place affected persons, or the Council in considerable difficulty, and create insecurity and potential costs for the persons undertaking the activity.
1.1.2 Provisions of the Fourth Schedule of the Act Updated 14 November 2005
The provisions of the Fourth Schedule of the Act set out the general requirements for matters to be included in an assessment of the effects (of a proposal) on the environment, and the matters to be considered upon a resource consent.
1.1.3 Specific information requirements of the City Plan Updated 14 November 2005
Section 92 of the Act requires the Council to specify in the City Plan any additional information it may require. It is to be stressed that it is not the Council's intention that an applicant supply very extensive details of a proposal under the Fourth Schedule of the Act, or to satisfy the Council's information requirements, when circumstances do not warrant this being done. The applicant (upon consultation with Council officers) should only supply that information which is relevant to the activity and its effects on the environment. The "environment" may include the wider environment such as the neighbourhood, rivers, groundwater, the coastline, the transport system, and air quality, among others. It also refers to affected persons in the immediate vicinity of the site, particularly neighbours.
In summary, information supplied should be tailored to the scale and intensity of effects that the proposed activity will generate.
1.2 Land use activities
Updated 14 November 2005 Where relevant to the circumstances of the application, the following information may be required by the Council. (a) A site plan(s) to the scale of 1 : 100, 1 : 200 or another recognised metric scale. (b) Elevations to the scale of 1 : 100, 1 : 200 or another recognised metric scale. (c) Any supporting written reports, photographs, models or other information relevant and appropriate to the nature and scale of proposal.
These plans and/or accompanying information will show:
• the location of any buildings on the site, including accessory buildings and existing buildings, whether to be retained or removed; • in the case of buildings in rural zones, the location and extent of any impervious surfaces on the site; • the distance between the buildings and all boundaries, and between buildings; • the height and outline of buildings and the relevant recession plane; • any balconies or other attachments to the building; • where relevant, site levels and original ground level; • any areas provided as outdoor living space or outdoor service space; • the distance between buildings and any waterways (or from the coastline); • any parking areas, the number of carparks, their dimensions and provision for access, loading, and circulation; • in the case of non-residential or non-rural (other) activities in living and rural zones, the number of vehicle movements anticipated to or from the site, their frequency and timing, the number of heavy vehicles expected, and numbers of persons to be employed; • any required landscaping, including areas for planting, the location and types of trees to be planted, the location of any outdoor storage areas, and how these are to be screened from view; • any outdoor advertising proposed, including the dimensions, height, lettering and location (free- standing or on buildings) of any signage, or any illumination proposed; • in respect to any potential for noise generation, the type and power of any proposed machinery or equipment; its location on-site or within buildings; the material of which the buildings are constructed; details of any proposed measures to reduce noise, including any insulating materials or structures; hours of operation; and the expected nature and frequency of noise events; • in respect to any hazardous substances to be stored or used on-site, the type and volume of those substances; proposed methods of containment (including in emergencies); the location on-site or within buildings of any transfer or storage points; and transport arrangements on site; • in respect to any potential for glare, the nature and location of any highly reflective surfaces; the location, nature and power of lighting on the site; and means of directing its spill; • the location of any protected trees on the site or adjoining sites, and whether they are to be removed, trimmed or subject to any building or earthworks in the vicinity of the tree; • Protected Buildings, Places and Objects and Archaeological Sites - For applications affecting historic buildings and structures: Applicants should consult with the NZ Historic Places Trust. A full description of the cultural heritage value of the place is required. Applicants may also be required to prepare a building report or heritage inventory for the building or structure or a conservation plan. In preparing a conservation plan applicants should be guided by reference to the NZ Historic Places Trust's document: "Guidelines for Preparing a Conservation Plan" prepared by G Bowron and J Harris. In respect of any alterations, the effect of the proposal on any protected buildings, places and objects, buildings adjoining these features or any special amenity areas including plans showing existing interior or exterior original features, and plans of these features supported by photographs (where appropriate). (Note: For buildings subject to demolition (by approval ) see recording requirements in Part 10 Clauses 1.3.4 - 1.3.6). - Any proposals affecting archaeological sites: Applicants should check with the NZ Archaeological Association filekeeper for previous surveys or additional sites and with iwi. Where no archaeological survey has been conducted for a particular property/area a survey should be done by the applicant to determine the effects of the proposal and provide for the avoidance, remedy and mitigation of adverse effects. Applicants should note that if an archaeological site is to be modified, an application must be made to the NZ Historic Places Trust for an authority to destroy, damage or modify the site. • the effects on any natural features, including indigenous vegetation, ecosystems, the margins of waterways, the coastal environment or wetlands; • any filling or excavation proposed, the type of fill, the volume and depth of fill and excavation, identification of those areas on the site subject to fill or excavation, the impact on utilities, or on any archaeological sites (to be advised to the New Zealand Historic Places Trust); • the results of any consultation undertaken with parties who may be affected by the proposal, including Tangata Whenua; and • any other information as specified in the Plan in relation to specific rules, e.g. protected buildings; • for buildings in Living Zones, the identification of any parts of buildings over 5.5 m in height. (Plan Change 56)
Note : For buildings in the Living 5 Zone, this requirement shall only apply to buildings or parts of buildings adjoining another Living Zone, or across the road from another Living Zone.
1.3 Subdivision activities
Updated 22 May 2006 (a) Plan requirements All applications for subdivision consent shall be accompanied by a plan drawn to scale clearly showing the proposal, together with a report describing how compliance with the relevant sections of the Act can be achieved. The plan must clearly show the intentions of the applicant and shall include, where applicable, all or any of the following: • all the information required by Section 219 of the Act; • new roads, with their widths and areas (and grades if on sloping ground), service lanes, pedestrian access ways and private ways or access lots; • all topographical information including levels in terms of the Christchurch Drainage Datum, (where applicable), to determine the grade of the land, or whether or not land needs to be filled to achieve stormwater drainage or avoid inundation from any source; • all existing underground services, springs, bores, field tiles and existing buildings, with notes to show if any buildings are to be removed; • any significant trees, or areas of bush, or landscaping on the site; any archaeological or listed historic buildings, places, objects or trees; • proposed and existing easements for any service, high pressure water, power, telecommunications, sanitary sewer and stormwater drainage; • locations of any areas considered unsuitable for building purposes because of hazards such as uncompacted filling or potential flooding; and • any other information which may assist the Council in its deliberation of the subdivision consent. (b) Reports Applications shall be accompanied with a report explaining the proposal and the manner in which it will comply with the rules of the City Plan and the relevant sections of the Act. The matters that must be addressed are as follows: (i) Section 106 of the Act relating to erosion, subsidence, slippage, or inundation from any source. The application shall be accompanied by a report from a suitably qualified person for all applications for subdivision consent in the Rural H, Living H, HA, HB, and TMB Zones and in any special purpose, cultural, conservation or open space zone on the Port Hills. Where any application involves previously filled land a suitably qualified person shall report on the suitability of the land for the subdivision. (ii) Development contribution Where land is to be vested for reserves, the results of prior consultation with the Council. (iii) Stormwater drainage The application must show where the existing buildings obtain their outfall for stormwater; the outfall for all proposed allotments; the volume that will be discharged; whether or not the proposed outfall is capable of accepting that discharge, taking into account the catchment served by that respective outfall; and how the stormwater discharge is to be achieved and the timing of its installation. (iv) Sewage disposal Existing buildings' connections to sewage disposal system shall be shown; the proposed method of sewage disposal from the additional allotments; and the timing of the installation of their outfalls. (v) Filling requirements The existing land drainage outfall; how the new allotments will achieve their land drainage; and where allotments are in a hazard zone requiring filling above flood outfalls, the proposed fill depth shall be nominated. (vi) Previous contributions paid, credits claimed and remissions sought Where a development contribution is payable to the Council (in either land and/or cash) under the Council's Development Contributions Policy, a statement as to any previous contributions paid in relation to the site (such as on previous development on the site); any credits claimed for existing titles or buildings; and any remissions sought, in accordance with the Development Contributions Policy. (vii) Cost sharing
Where the installation of a service such as roading, stormwater outfalls, water supply or sanitary sewer will provide a benefit to other land, and a share in the installation is proposed, a submission on the cost sharing proposal in accordance with the Council's Development Contributions Policy. (viii) Water supply The application shall show the existing water supply system; where existing buildings are connected to a reticulated supply; the location and alignment of the pipelines; any pipelines crossing proposed boundaries and proposed by easements; the proposed timing of any lines to be severed; and the results of any prior consultation with the Council. (ix) New roads and engineering plans Where new roads and formed private ways are included in a subdivision proposal, the results of any prior consultation with the Council; and the provision of an engineering plan. (x) Road or right-of-way names Where new roads or fully formed rights-of-way are included in the application, a selection of proposed new road names or lane names; (xi) Filled land A certificate in accordance with the code of practice for earthfill for residential purposes NZS 4431; 1978 shall be provided. (xii) Private ways or rights-of-ways A description of the formation proposals shall be supplied for private ways. (xiii) Amalgamations Where the subdivision application proposes amalgamation of land with adjoining allotments, such proposals shall be clearly shown on the face of the plan and referred to in the report. (The subdivision approval period will not commence until after the District Land Registrar advises on the practicality of the proposal.). (xiv) Corner rounding and road widening All designated road widening shall be shown on the plan together with corner rounding in living zones and corner splays in business zones. (xv) Building demolition Information as to demolition or removal of sheds/glasshouses/garages or any other building astride common boundaries or on individual lots shall be nominated as part of the information supplied with the application. (xvi) Tree preservation Where any significant or notable trees or vegetation are present on the land under consideration, these shall be shown. (xvii) State highways Where the application has frontage to a state highway the result of consultation with New Zealand Transport Agency. (xviii) Electric power supply The method of existing reticulation shall be indicated both on the plan and in the report; the proposals for the supply of electricity to the proposed allotments; and the results of prior consultation with the electricity supply authority. (xix) Telecommunications The proposed method and installation of telecommunications. (xx) Archaeological sites Applicants should check with the NZ Archaeological Association filekeeper for previous surveys or additional sites and with iwi. Where no archaeological survey has been conducted for a particular property/area a survey should be done by the applicant to determine the effects of the proposal and provide for the avoidance, remedy and mitigation of effects. Applicants should note that if an archaeological site is to be modified, an application must be made to the NZ Historic Places Trust for an authority to destroy, damage or modify the site.
Finally, attention is drawn to the need to be aware of any land use consents that may be required as a result of a subdivision making that activity non-complying (e.g. a new allotment boundary which may result in an existing building having an inadequate setback).
Note: applicants are advised that the provisions of information relating to the Council's Development Contributions Policy under clause (vi) and (vii) is not a regulatory requirement of the Plan.
2.0 Clarification of rules
2.1 Clarification of the status of activities not meeting certain standards
Updated 14 November 2005
2.1.1 Statement Updated 14 November 2005
This rule has been incorporated into the Plan to clarify the status of existing activities which do not comply with standards in the Plan, and which may need to have some flexibility for expansion. It provides opportunities beyond existing use rights but does not extend to scheduling listed activities in Section 3 of Part 9 of the Plan.
2.1.2 General rule Updated 14 November 2005
For the purpose of clarifying the rules in this Plan, where an activity as existing at the date of public notification is, (as a consequence of the provisions of this Plan) not in compliance with any one or more of the following critical, community, or development standards (in the zone rules or city rules), then where an extension to that activity is proposed, no account shall be taken of any existing element of non-compliance in respect to: • any rules relating to building height or sunlight and outlook for neighbours; • any rules relating to setbacks from boundaries, or from waterways; and • any rules relating to the number and dimensions of carparking spaces.
The proposed extension itself must comply with all of the relevant critical, community, and development standards. (This rule applies in addition to any existing use rights that may exist under Section 10 of the Act).
2.1.3 Reasons for rule Updated 14 November 2005
Some significant activities which do not comply with the provisions of critical, community or development standards in zones are subject to scheduling in living and rural zones.
Other activities are confined to existing use rights or to conditions of consent arising from resource consents.
There has been some doubt in the past as to the position of an activity which may seek to extend (beyond existing use rights) where the extension itself complies with all of the rules, but the existing activity does not, often because it pre-dates the former district schemes and their ordinances.
In order to allow existing activities to have some scope for expansion, while not increasing any adverse effects of non compliance, this rule clarifies that in respect of certain standards, any issue of compliance is confined to the extension of the activity, provided the extension itself complies.
Examples: (a) A church in a living zone, built without parking provision, seeks to expand its building area. The original church building requires 25 carparks under the city rules and the proposed extension another 10. The effect of this rule is to clarify that the 10 carparks required by the complying extension be provided, but not the full 35 that the original building plus the extension would generate. (b) A building is to be extended in a fully complying manner (including height), but part of the existing building breaches the standards relating to building height.
The rule in this case clarifies that the non-compliance of the existing building with building height standards is not a factor where the extension itself complies.
2.2 Temporary buildings and activities
Updated 14 November 2005
2.2.1 Statement Updated 14 November 2005
This rule has been incorporated into the plan to clarify the status of temporary buildings, structures, tents etc. which may be required for special events or for construction purposes. The rule is to provide flexibility for provision of temporary structures, limited in either scale or duration, in order to minimise adverse (particularly visual) impacts.
2.2.2 Development standard Updated 31 July 2012
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Plan, the following shall be permitted activities in any zone except those zones located in the Central City. (a) Temporary buildings ancillary to a building or construction project, provided that any such building does not exceed 40m2 in area, or remain on the site for longer than the duration of the project or twelve months, whichever is the lesser. (b) Carnivals, bazaars, public meetings and ancillary buildings and structures, provided that such activities or buildings shall not remain on the site longer than one month.
(Any activity not complying with the above clauses (a) and (b) shall be a discretionary activity with the exercise of the Council's discretion limited to the matter subject to this standard.)
2.2.3 Development standard Updated 31 July 2012
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Plan, and except as set out in Clause 2.2.4, the following shall be permitted activities in any zone in the Central City: (a) Temporary buildings ancillary to a building or construction project, provided that any such building does not exceed 40m2 in area, or remain on the site for longer than the duration of the project; (b) Any temporary event or public meeting, including associated parking and ancillary buildings and structures, provided that such activities shall not operate from a site for more than four consecutive weeks and buildings shall not remain on the site any longer than eight weeks.
Resource consent applications for non-compliance with this Rule will only be assessed against the matters contained in Clause 2.2.5.
2.2.4 Development standard Updated 31 July 2012
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Plan, and except as set out in Clause 2.2.3, the following shall be permitted activities in any zone in the Central City, except the Living 4A, 4B, 4C and 5 and Cultural 3 zones: (a) On any vacant site any temporary activity or event (except Temporary Car Parks for Earthquake Recovery which are controlled by Part 13, Clause 2.4.16) and/or building, public artwork, or recreational facility shall be permitted, provided that any such temporary activity, event, building, facility or item shall not remain on the site beyond 18 April 2016; (b) Any temporary outdoor advertising which is for the purposes of providing information about the rebuilding or recovery work occurring on a site, provided that any such advertising shall not remain on the site beyond 18 April 2016.
Resource consent applications for non-compliance with this Rule will only be assessed against the matters contained in Clause 2.2.5.
Note: Council will monitor activities established by Clause 2.2.4(a) and (b) 12 months prior to the expiry of the temporary period to ensure that landowners are aware that the activity shall cease and where necessary buildings and signage are to be removed or a resource consent will be required.
For the avoidance of doubt this Rule shall not apply beyond 18 April 2016.
For temporary activities and buildings in the Living 4A, 4B, 4C and 5 and Cultural 3 zone, the Canterbury Earthquake (Resource Management Act Permitted Activities) Order 2011 applies.
2.2.5 Assessment matters for resource consents Updated 31 July 2012 General (a) The matters contained in Sections 104 and 105 and in Part II of the Act, apply to consideration of all resource consents for land use activities. (b) In addition to the matters above, the Council shall also apply the relevant assessment matters set out below. Assessment matters
The effect of a larger building or longer time period in regard to: (a) any adverse effects on the amenities of the neighbourhood; (b) any adverse effects on adjoining properties from noise, overshadowing, privacy or loss of visual amenity; (c) the impact on the road network and traffic safety in the vicinity of the site; and (d) whether the building can comply with other standards for buildings in the relevant zone. (e) Any adverse visual effects on any significant open space caused by the external appearance of buildings. (f) The extent to which the continuation of the temporary activity or building beyond 18 April 2016 compromises the long term recovery of the Central City.
2.2.6 Reason for the rule Updated 14 November 2005
This rule provides for temporary buildings and activities that otherwise might not be permitted by the relevant zone rules. The buildings and activities are limited in area and duration in order to reduce adverse impacts particularly visual, on adjoining properties.
2.3 Permitted setback intrusions
Updated 14 November 2005
2.3.1 Statement Updated 14 November 2005
The purpose of this rule is to clarify the position in respect to buildings intruding into building setbacks specified in this Plan, and to identify acceptable intrusions of parts of buildings where the intrusion has minor effects on the environment and would not compromise the purpose of the setback standard.
2.3.2 General rule Updated 14 November 2005
Where a rule in this Plan requires buildings to be setback a minimum distance from a boundary the following features of a building may intrude into the setback to the limits specified. (a) Eaves may intrude up to 0.6 metres into the setback. (b) A porch, windbreak, chimney, external stairway, landing or unenclosed balcony up to 1.8 metres in length, may intrude into the setback for up to 0.8 metres, provided that any one of these features intrudes only once into each setback of each building. Intrusions by these features may occur in combination, for example, one setback can be intruded by both a chimney and a porch.
Note: Reference should be made back to the particular standard requiring the setback (generally street scene and separation from neighbours standards) to determine the category of resource consent required for intrusions of features other than those provided for by this rule or which exceed the specified limits.
For example a proposed residential unit in the Living 1 Zone includes a porch that intrudes 1m into the required setback from an internal boundary. In this case the separation from neighbours standard is a development standard, and as the intrusion exceeds that permitted by this rule, the activity is a discretionary activity with the exercise of the Council's discretion limited to the matter subject to that standard.
2.3.3 Reason for the rule Updated 14 November 2005
Street scene and separation from neighbours standards throughout the Plan generally require buildings to be setback a minimum distance from either a road boundary or an internal boundary. This rule provides for certain building features to intrude into the required setbacks. These features generally have little impact on the amenities of adjoining properties. The intrusions are limited in order to ensure that the effects on neighbours are minimal, and the purpose of setbacks is maintained.
2.4 Permitted recession plane intrusions
Updated 14 November 2005
2.4.1 Statement Updated 14 November 2005
The purpose of this rule is to clarify that certain parts of buildings can intrude into recession planes, without compromising sunlight and outlook.
2.4.2 General rule Updated 31 July 2012
Where a rule in this Plan requires buildings to comply with recession planes as shown in Part 2, Appendix 1 the following features may intrude through the recession plane within the limits specified. (a) All zones, except Central City Business Zone: (i) chimneys, ventilation shafts, spires, poles and masts (where poles and masts are less than 9m above ground level), provided that the maximum dimension thereof parallel to the boundary for each of these structures shall not exceed 1m and provided that for buildings over three storeys, such features are contained within or are sited directly against the outside structural walls; and (ii) lift shafts, stair shafts, and roof water tanks provided that there is a maximum of one intrusion of a lift shaft or stair shaft or roof water tank (or structure incorporating more than one of these) permited for every 20 metre length of internal boundary, and the maximum dimension thereof parallel to the boundary for this structure shall not exceed 3m, and provided that the minimum distance btween each of these structures shall be 20m, and provided that for buildings over three storeys, such features are contained within or are sited directly against the outside structural walls. and (iii) where a single gable end with a base (excluding eaves) of 7.5 metres or less faces a boundary and a recession plane strikes no lower than half way between the eaves and ridge line, the gable end may intrude through the recession plane. (b) Central City Business Zone only: Lift and stair shafts, chimneys and vents, spires, poles and masts, roof water tanks and roofing towers, together with their enclosures, provided the maximum dimension parallel to the road boundary shall not exceed 5 metres.
Note: The rules in this Plan requiring compliance with recession planes (sunlight and outlook for neighbours, sunlight admission to important pedestrian areas, and scale of buildings in relation to streets) are development standards. Therefore any building with recession plane intrusions of features other than those provided for by this rule, or which exceed the limits specified, shall be a discretionary activity with the exercise of the Council's discretion limited to the matter subject to that standard.
Attention is drawn to the provisions for exceptions from the height requirements for buildings (see Definitions).
2.4.3 Reason for rule Updated 31 July 2012
Sunlight and outlook for neighbours standards throughout the Plan and sunlight admission to important pedestrian areas and scale of buildings in relation to street standards for the Central City Business Zone require buildings to comply with recession planes. This rule provides for certain building features to intrude through recession planes. These features generally have little impact on the amenities of adjoining properties. The intrusions are limited in order to ensure that the effects on neighbours are minimal.
2.5 Permitted open space intrusions
Updated 14 November 2005
2.5.1 Statement Updated 14 November 2005
The purpose of this rule is to clarify that certain parts of buildings can exceed the open space standards, without compromising the overall spaciousness of the zone.
2.5.2 General rule Updated 14 November 2005
Where a rule in this Plan requires compliance with open space standards the following features are excluded: • fences, walls and retaining walls; • eaves and roof overhangs up to 600mm in width from the wall of a building; • uncovered swimming pools up to 800mm in height above ground level; and • decks, terraces, balconies, porches, verandahs, bay or box windows (supported or cantilevered) which: • are no more than 800mm above ground level and are uncovered or unroofed; or • where greater than 800mm above ground level and/or covered or roofed, are in total no more than 6m 2 in area for any one site.
2.5.3 Reason for rule Updated 14 November 2005
This rule provides for certain building features to intrude in to the open space standards. These features have little impact on the amenities of adjoining properties as well as the overall spaciousness of the zone. The intrusions are limited in order to ensure that the effects on adjoining neighbours are minimal.
2.6 Combined activities
Updated 14 November 2005
2.6.1 Statement Updated 14 November 2005
This rule has been incorporated into the Plan to clarify the application of standards when more than one activity is proposed to establish on a site.
2.6.2 General rule Updated 14 May 2012
Any site may be used at the same time for any two or more activities provided that all the standards (zone rules and city rules), other than those relating to building floorspace, site density, or open space specified in the Plan for each activity are severally complied with. No activity shall exceed the building floorspace, site density and open space standards stipulated for that activity, and no combination of activities shall jointly exceed the largest the maximum allowed for any individual activity on the site.
2.6.3 Reasons for rule Updated 14 May 2012
This rule is intended to clarify, firstly that more than one activity may establish on a site, and secondly, the application of standards. The rule clarifies that floor space, density, and open space standards for different activities cannot be added together for different activities on the same site. For example if the open space standard is 0.8 Residential Floor Area Ratio for a residential activity and 0.5 Plot Ratio for an other activity, the standards cannot be combined to give a total ratio of 1.3, rather each activity component should not exceed its own standard, and in combination should not exceed the largest maximum for any individual activity, which in this example is 0.8. The development could therefore comprise of an ‘other’ activity up to 0.5 plot ratio, plus an additional residential component of up to 0.3 Residential Floor Area Ratio.
2.7 Accessory buildings on vacant sites
Updated 14 November 2005
2.7.1 Statement Updated 14 November 2005
This rule has been incorporated to clarify that an accessory building to a residential unit may be erected prior to the erection of the residential unit.
2.7.2 General rule Updated 14 November 2005
An accessory building to a proposed residential unit may be erected on any site notwithstanding that the residential unit has not as yet been erected and provided that the accessory building does not exceed 40m 2 in area.
Refer also to development, community and critical standards in the relevant zone and city rules.
2.7.3 Reasons for rule Updated 14 November 2005
This rule clarifies that an accessory building may be erected before the residential unit to which it is accessory. The size of the accessory building is limited in order to ensure that the effects on neighbours and the amenities of the neighbourhood are minimal.
2.8 Maintenance of buildings and land
Updated 14 November 2005
2.8.1 Statement Updated 14 November 2005 The purpose of this rule is to clarify when the state of a building or site does affect amenity values.
2.8.2 General rule Updated 14 November 2005 (a) No building, excavation or road work shall be left abandoned for a continuous period of more than a
month. (b) Where any building is demolished on a site, the owner and/or occupier shall: (i) keep the site clear and free from rubbish; (ii) prevent nuisance arising from dust or water lying on the surface of the site; (iii) paint or resurface and thereafter maintain any wall exposed by the demolition of the building.
Note : Attention is drawn to Clause 17 (Adverse Effects) of the Act. This clause requires every person to avoid, remedy, or mitigate any adverse effects on the environment. If any person is causing an adverse effect on the environment then enforcement action can be taken under the Act.
2.8.3 Reasons for rule Updated 14 November 2005
Unfinished building work, excavations or road works can adversely affect the amenity values of those people living and working in close proximity to such sites or buildings. This rule is to ensure that amenity values are maintained and enhanced.
2.9 Permitted activities on land acquired for reserve purposes
Updated 22 May 2006
2.9.1 Statement Updated 22 May 2006
This rule has been incorporated into the Plan to clarify that irrespective of the zoning shown in the Plan on land which has been acquired by the Council for any purpose specified in Part III of the Reserves Act 1977 or for open space and/or recreation under the Local Government Act 1974, activities which comply with all of the performance standards for the Open Space 1 Zone shall be a permitted activity.
2.9.2 General Rule Updated 22 May 2006 (a) On land which has been acquired by the Council for any purpose specified in Part III of the Reserves Act 1977 or for open space and/or recreation under the Local Government Act 1974, any activity that complies with all of the development and community standards for the Open Space 1 Zone under Part 6, Clauses 2.2 and 2.3 shall be a permitted activity. (b) Where an activity does not comply with any one or more of these standards, Part 6, Clause 2.1.1 (b), (c), and (d) shall apply.
2.9.3 Reasons for rule Updated 22 May 2006
The purpose of this rule is to avoid the need for resource consent applications to be lodged for any use of land, as specified in Part III of the Reserves Act 1977 or for open space and/or recreation under the Local Government Act 1974, where the zoning is not yet appropriate for this use, but where this use is not likely to have any more than minor effects on the environment, including effects on land and neighbours and on the amenities of the neighbourhood.
3.0 Scheduled activities
Updated 14 November 2005
Guide to using these rules Step 1: Check whether the site(s) on which the activity is located is shown as containing a scheduled activity , on the planning maps. Step 2: Check which specific class and category of scheduled activity applies to that site (refer to lists in Clauses 3.8.1 - 3.10.3). (For activities other than the scheduled activity for the site, refer to the relevant zone rules.) Step 3: If a Class 1 or 2 scheduled activity check whether the scheduled activity complies with all of the development standards for that category of scheduled activity. If not, application will need to be made for a resource consent, assessed as a discretionary activity
with the exercise of the Council's discretion limited to the matter(s) subject to that rule. Step 4: Check whether the scheduled activity (Class 1, 2, or 3 ) complies with the critical standard for that category of scheduled activity. If not, application will need to be made for a resource consent, assessed as a non-complying activity. Step 5: Check any city rules that may apply to the activity (noted by cross-reference in the standards). Class 1 or 2 scheduled activities If the activity complies with all of the rules in this section and the city rules, it is a permitted activity. Class 3 scheduled activities If the activity complies with the critical standard in this section and the city rules, it is a discretionary activity. If not, application will need to be made for a resource consent, assessed as a non-complying activity.
3.1 Statement
Updated 14 November 2005
Scheduled activities are primarily located in living zones and to a lesser extent in rural zones. They are characterised by distinctly different function, appearance and effects to other activities within the surrounding environment. However, because of their function, they are required to be strategically distributed around the city. The activities concerned are likely to be either discretionary or non complying in terms of the zone rules, and hence reliant on existing use rights, in the absence of some form of special recognition. Scheduled activities have been divided into three classes: Class 1, Class 2, and Class 3. The majority of scheduled activities are in Class 1.
The main categories of Class 1 scheduled activities are: • scheduled service stations; • scheduled hotels and taverns; • scheduled metropolitan facilities in Living 4A, 4B and 4C Zones; • scheduled public utilities and depots; • scheduled service centres and community services; • scheduled fire stations; • scheduled rural activity - Yaldhurst Transport and Science Museum; • scheduled holiday park - Meadow Park Holiday Park Class 2 scheduled activities include: • scheduled spiritual facilities. Class 3 scheduled activities include: • scheduled chartered clubs; • scheduled hotels and taverns (not listed as Class 1); and • scheduled rural industries - sawmilling/timber processing and aggregate processing, Coutts Island Road.
The majority of Class 1 scheduled activities in this Plan are those which have been provided with a degree of permitted activity status, either through a zone, a schedule or a designation in the previous district plan. They are also well established facilities representing significant investment in building and site development, and are a type of activity which provide a service to the community and its visitors which, with some exceptions, require distribution around the city. Consequently, while in terms of local environmental effects alone most of the scheduled activities would be better located in business zones, they are also provided for on specific sites outside the business zones.
Existing spiritual facilities are included within the Class 2 Schedule. A number of existing spiritual facilities comply with the criteria mentioned in the previous paragraph. Spiritual facilities have however been listed in a separate class to recognise their unique role within the community. Spiritual facilities provide a diverse range of services to a wide range of people within the community and are an activity that is typically accepted within living environments. Spiritual facilities are also well established facilities representing significant investment in building and site development, and are a type of activity which provide a service to the community and its visitors which require distribution around the city.
Wider environmental issues such as energy efficiency and the environmental effects associated with fuel
usage support the distribution of these activities in closer proximity to the customer. Walking to the site in some circumstances can be retained as an option, as well as the obvious convenience to inhabitants.
Some exceptions to the scheduled activity philosophy have been made due to historical recognition. These exceptions have been recognised as Class 3 scheduled activities and have been given discretionary activity status. Environmental results anticipated (a) A well distributed, but specific, range of established facilities in living and rural zones which provide convenient and useful services in close proximity to the user. (b) Maintenance of the local zone environment such that scheduled activities are not dominant and are of a scale and distribution consistent with maintaining the viability of suburban centres. (c) Maintenance of adequate standards of amenity in the living or rural zones, particularly with respect to visual appearance, impacts of traffic movement, noise generation, safety in terms of hazardous substances and minimised odour or other nuisances to adjoining properties from scheduled activities. (d) An environment which provides certainty and security for the significant investment in buildings and site development for traditionally recognised strategically located facilities.
3.2 General rules
Updated 14 November 2005
3.2.1 Application of scheduled activity rules Updated 14 November 2005
The rules in this part of the Plan replace those zone rules specified for the site on which the activity is scheduled, in respect of the scheduled activity only.
3.2.2 Zone rules ‐ activities other than scheduled activities Updated 14 November 2005
Any activity on the site, other than that for which the site is specifically scheduled, shall be subject to the normal standards applicable to the zone which applies to the site.
3.2.3 Class of scheduled activity Updated 14 November 2005
There are three classes of scheduled activities; Class 1 scheduled activities are listed in Clause 3.8 and Class 3 Clause 3.10. Class 2 scheduled activities are described in Clause 3.9.
3.3 Categories of activities
Updated 14 November 2005
3.3.1 Scheduled activities Updated 14 November 2005 (a) Any Class 1 or 2 scheduled activity which complies with: • all of the development standards under Clause 3.4; and • the critical standard under Clause 3.5, shall be a permitted activity . (b) Any Class 1 or 2 scheduled activity which complies with the critical standard under Clause 3.5, but does not comply with any one or more of the development standards under Clause 3.4, shall be a discretionary activity with the exercise of the Council's discretion limited to the matter(s) subject to that standard. (c) Any Class 3 scheduled activity which complies with the critical standard under clause 3.5 shall be a discretionary activity . (d) Any scheduled activity (Class 1, Class 2, or Class 3) which does not comply with the critical
standard under Clause 3.5 shall be a non-complying activity .
3.4 Development standards
Updated 14 November 2005
3.4.1 Site density and open space Updated 14 November 2005
(a) Site density:
The maximum plot ratio per site shall be:
Scheduled hotels and taverns in Living 1 & 2 Zones 0.4
Scheduled fire stations in Living 1, RS & 2 Zones 0.5
Scheduled hotels, taverns, and spiritual facilities in Living 3 Zone 0.6
Scheduled hotels, tavern, and spiritual facilities in Living 4 Zones, scheduled fire stations in 0.8 Living 4C Zones, scheduled metropolitan facilities (except for the Alpa Community Cottage which shall be 0.4)
Scheduled holiday park - Meadow Park Holiday Park 0.4
(b) Open Space
(i) The maximum site area to be covered by buildings shall be:
Scheduled hotels and taverns in Living 1 & 2 Zones: 40%
Scheduled public utilities:
• sewage treatment facilities 5%
• works depots 40%
Scheduled service stations (including canopy) 50%
Scheduled service centres and community services 50%
Scheduled rural activity -Yaldhurst Transport and Science Museum 40%
Scheduled spiritual facilities in the Living 1, H and 2 Zones 50%
Scheduled holiday park - Meadow Park Holiday Park 40%
Scheduled spiritual facilities in the rural zones
The maximum percentage of site area to be covered by buildings shall be as specified in Clause 2.4.9, Part 4, for the relevant rural zone.
(ii) The maximum site area to be covered by buildings, or impervious surfaces used for vehicle parking and access, shall be:
Christchurch Academy 70%
3.4.2 Street scene Updated 14 November 2005
Minimum building setback from road boundaries shall be:
Scheduled metropolitan facilities, scheduled hotels, taverns, and spiritual facilities in 3m Living 3, 4A, 4B & 4C Zones, scheduled fire stations
Scheduled rural activity - Yaldhurst Transport and Science Museum 3m
Scheduled holiday park - Meadow Park Holiday Park 4.5m
Scheduled service centres and community services, scheduled public utilities 6m
Scheduled spiritual facilities in the Living 1, H, and 2 Zones 6m
Scheduled hotels and taverns in Living 1 & 2 Zones, scheduled service stations 10m (excluding canopy)
Scheduled spiritual facilities in rural zones 15m except that where sites are less than 0.4ha a setback of 6m is required.
3.4.3 Separation from neighbours Updated 14 November 2005
Minimum building setback from any internal boundary of a scheduled site shall be:
Scheduled metropolitan facilities, scheduled hotels, taverns, and spiritual facilities in 3m Living 3 & 4A, 4B and 4C Zones, scheduled service centres and community services, scheduled public utilities, scheduled fire stations
Scheduled rural activity - Yaldhurst Transport and Science Museum 3m
Scheduled holiday park - Meadow Park Holiday Park 3m
Scheduled hotels and taverns in Living 1 & 2 Zones, scheduled service stations 6m
Scheduled spiritual facilities in the Living 1, H, and 2 Zones 5m
Scheduled spiritual facilities in rural zones 10m except that on sites less than 0.4ha the minimum setback shall be 3m
3.4.4 Sunlight and outlook for neighbours Updated 14 November 2005 (a) On sites within or adjoining a living, cultural, conservation or open space zone buildings shall not project beyond a building envelope constructed by recession planes from points 2.3m above the boundary of the scheduled site as shown in Part 2, Appendix 1. (b) The level of site boundaries shall be measured from filled ground level except where the site on the other side of the internal boundary is at a lower level, then that lower level shall be adopted.
3.4.5 Visual amenity Updated 14 November 2005 (a) Outdoor storage areas (i) Outdoor storage areas shall not be located within the setbacks specified in Clauses 3.4.2 or 3.4.3. (ii) Outdoor storage areas shall be screened from adjoining sites or roads by landscaping, wall(s), fence(s) or a combination, except across those parts of the road boundary used as a vehicle crossing. The minimum height of screening shall be 1.8m. Where screening is by way of landscaping, it shall be for a minimum depth of 1.5m along the road or internal boundary. (b) Area to be landscaped Minimum percentage of the site to be set aside as a landscaped area shall be:
Scheduled metropolitan facilities, scheduled hotels, taverns, and spiritual facilities 5% in Living 3, 4A, 4B and 4C Zones, scheduled service stations, scheduled fire stations
Scheduled rural activity - Yaldhurst Transport and Science Museum 5%
Scheduled hotels and taverns in Living 1 & 2 Zones, scheduled spiritual facilities in the Living 1, H, and 2 Zones, scheduled service centres and community services
10%
Scheduled holiday park - Meadow Park Holiday Park 10%
Scheduled public utilities 15%
(c) Location of landscaping On sites other than rear sites, all required landscaping shall be located along the road frontage of the site. Such landscaping shall include a landscaping strip with a minimum width of 3m along the road frontage, except across vehicle crossings except that: (i) for scheduled metropolitan facilities, the landscaping strip shall have a minimum width of 1.5m; (ii) on sites adjoining a living, cultural, open space or conservation zone: • at least half of the required landscaping shall be located along the zone boundary; and • provision shall be made for landscaping, fence(s), wall(s), or a combination to at least 1.8m in height along the length of the zone boundary. Where landscaping is provided it shall be for a minimum depth of 1.5 m along the zone boundary, except for road frontages which are also zone boundaries, where the requirement for fencing and walls to be 1.8m in height shall not apply, and where the minimum landscape depth of 3m shall be planted in trees in accordance with (d) below. (d) Trees (i) Sites with road frontages of at least 10m, shall be planted with a minimum of one tree, plus one additional tree for every 10m of road frontage (e.g. 10m frontage - 2 trees, 20m - 3 trees etc.). (ii) Where three or more trees are required, these trees shall be planted no more than 15m apart, or closer than 5m apart. (iii) Any trees required shall be planted along the road frontage and in front of any buildings on the site. (iv) In addition to (i) - (iii) above, one tree shall be planted for every 5 parking spaces required on the site. Trees shall be planted within or adjacent to the carparking area. (v) Any trees required by this rule shall be of a species capable of reaching a minimum height at maturity of 8 metres and shall be not less than 1.5m high at the time of planting. Any trees listed in Part 3, Appendix 3 are deemed to comply with this rule. (e) Protection of trees and landscaping (i) Any trees required under Clause (c) above shall be located within a landscaping strip (see Clause (b) ) or within a planting protection area around each tree, with a minimum dimension or diameter of 1.5m. (ii) No more than 10% of any landscaping strips (see Clause (b) ) and planting protection areas shall be covered with any impervious surfaces. (iii) Landscaping strips and planting protection areas adjacent to a road boundary or adjacent to or within carparking areas shall be provided with wheel-stop barriers to prevent damage from vehicles. Such wheel-stop barriers shall be located at least 1m from any tree. (f) Maintenance of landscaping Any landscaping or trees required by these rules shall be maintained, and if dead, diseased, or damaged, shall be replaced.
3.4.6 Height of buildings ‐ Class 2 Scheduled Activities (spiritual facilities) in the Living H and rural zones only Updated 14 November 2005
The maximum height of any building shall be:
Rural zones 10m except that the maximum height of any spire or tower shall be 12m
Living H 7m
3.4.7 Continuous building length ‐ ridgelines and parapets ‐ residential and other activities, that part of the Stonehurst Accommodation site zoned LA4 only. Updated 14 November 2005
No length of ridgeline/s and/or horizontal parapet/s of a building or buildings separated by a length of less than 3.6m (from ridgeline and/or parapet to ridgeline and/or parapet), combined with the length of any distance/s between the ridgeline/s and/or horizontal parapet/s shall exceed 20m without providing either a horizontal step of at least 2m, or a vertical step of at least 1m. The minimum length of all steps shall be 6m. except that: (i) This rule shall not apply to any part of a ridgeline and/or horizontal parapet which is more than 10m from every internal boundary and more than 6m from every road boundary. (ii) Where a step occurs within 6m of the end of the ridgeline and/or horizontal parapet at the end of the building, the length of that step need only equal the remaining length of the ridgeline and/or horizontal parapet.
(Refer to Part 2, Appendix 1A and the definition of step, length and ridgeline for further clarification of this rule.
3.4.8 Continuous building length ‐ exterior walls ‐ residential and other activities, that part of the Stonehurst Accommodation site zoned L4A only Updated 14 November 2005 (a) Steps shall be provided along the length of exterior walls in accordance with the following table:
Length of exterior wall Minimum number of steps
Less than or equal to 20m 0
>20m <24m 1
>24m <28m 2
>28m <32m 3
>32m 4+1 for every additional 10m of length over 32m
(b) Where steps are required by (a) above: (i) One step shall have a minimum depth of 2m. Any steps required there after shall have a minimum depth of 1m. (ii) One step shall have a minimum length of 2m. Any steps required there after shall have a minimum length of 4m. (iii) No length of any exterior wall shall exceed 20m without a step of the required dimension having commenced. (iv) The required steps shall be provided at all levels of the exterior walls. except that: (i) This rule shall not apply to any part of an exterior wall which is more than 10m from every internal boundary and more than 6m from every road boundary. (ii) Where no part of a building exceeds 5.5m in height, this rule shall not apply to any exterior wall of less than 28m in length.
(Refer to Part 2 Appendix 1A and the definitions of step, depth, length and ridgeline for further clarification of this rule.)
Reference to other development standards Updated 14 November 2005
Clarification of rules (refer Part 9, Clause 2)
Excavation and filling of land
(refer Part 9, Clause 5)
Building adjacent to waterways and the coastline (refer Part 9, Clause 5)
Financial contributions on land use activities (refer Part 9, Clause 7)
Protected buildings, places and objects (refer Part 10, Clause 1)
Protected trees (refer Part 10, Clause 2)
Outdoor advertising (refer Part 10, Clause 3)
Relocated buildings (refer Part 10, Clause 5)
Sale of liquor (refer Part 10, Clause 4)
Hazardous substances (refer Part 11, Clause 3)
Transport (parking, access and manoeuvring) (refer Part 13)
Subdivision (refer Part 14)
Reference to other community standards Updated 14 November 2005
Protected buildings, places and objects (refer Part 10, Clause 1)
Protected trees (refer Part 10, Clause 2)
Noise (refer Part 11, Clause 1)
Glare (refer Part 11, Clause 2)
Hazardous substances (refer Part 11, Clause 3)
3.5 Critical Standard
Updated 14 November 2005
3.5.1 Height Updated 14 November 2005
The maximum height of any building shall be as follows:
Scheduled service stations, Scheduled service centres and community services, Scheduled chartered clubs, Scheduled public utilities (except those within Living 3 Zone),
Scheduled hotels and taverns in Living 1 and 2 Zones,
Scheduled spiritual facilities in the Living 1, H and 2 Zones,
Scheduled holiday park - Meadow Park Holiday Park, Scheduled fire stations in all zones except Living 4C and the training centre tower at 929 Ferry Road 9m Scheduled hotels, taverns, spiritual facilities and scheduled 11m public utilities within Living 3 Zone
Scheduled hotels and taverns in Living 4A and 4C Zones, Scheduled metropolitan facilities,scheduled fire stations in Living 4C Zone, and In accordance with planning maps 39B and 39D Scheduled spiritual facilities in the Living 4 Zones
Scheduled fire station training tower at 929 Ferry Road 20m
except:
that for scheduled spiritual facilities the maximum height of any spire or tower shall be:
Living 1 and 2 Zones 12m
Living 3 Zone 13m
Living 4 Zones 20% above the maximum height permitted by planning maps 39B and 39D
Scheduled rural activity - Yaldhurst Transport and Science 20m Museum
Reference to other critical standards Updated 14 November 2005
Excavation and filling of land (refer Part 9, Clause 5)
Airport protection surfaces (prohibited activities) (refer Part 9, Clause 6)
Protected buildings, places and objects (refer Part 10, Clause 1)
Protected trees (refer Part 10, Clause 2)
Outdoor advertising (refer Part 10, Clause 3)
Noise (refer Part 11, Clause 1)
Hazardous substances (refer Part 11, Clause 3)
Subdivision (refer Part 14)
3.6 Assessment matters for resource consents
Updated 14 November 2005
3.6.1 General Updated 14 November 2005
The matters contained in Sections 104 and 105, and in Part II of the Act, apply to consideration of all resource consents for land use activities.
In addition to these matters the Council shall also apply the relevant assessment matters set out in Clauses 3.6.2 - 3.6.6 below.
In considering whether or not to grant consent or impose conditions, the Council shall have regard to the following assessment matters.
3.6.2 Site density and open space Updated 14 November 2005 (a) The ability to provide adequate landscaping, setbacks, parking and manoeuvring spaces required by the standards applicable to scheduled activities. (b) Any adverse visual effects of increased building coverage or site density, particularly on any adjoining residential properties. (c) Any adverse effects on adjoining properties in terms of dominance by buildings, loss of privacy and access to sunlight and daylight. (d) The ability to mitigate any adverse effects of increased coverage or site density by additional landscaping or screening. (e) The extent to which any reduced open space on a site adversely effects the amenity values of the surrounding rural environment.
3.6.3 Street scene Updated 14 November 2005 (a) The ability to provide adequate opportunity for landscaping and tree planting in the vicinity of road boundaries. (b) Any adverse effects of the building intrusion into the street scene on the outlook and privacy of people on adjoining sites. (c) Whether the site has more than one road frontage and whether it would be unreasonable in the circumstances to require both frontages to comply with the rule. (d) The ability to mitigate any adverse effects of the proposal on the street scene; and the effectiveness of other factors in the surrounding environment in reducing the adverse effects, such as existing wide road widths, street plantings and the orientation of existing buildings on adjoining sites.
3.6.4 Separation from neighbours Updated 14 November 2005 (a) Any potential for adverse effects from scheduled activities on adjoining residential properties.
(b) The provision of compensating landscaping or screening. (c) The scale and height of buildings within the reduced setback. (d) The ability to better utilise the site and provide better environmental quality elsewhere on the site. (e) The use to be made of the setback space including any provision for landscaping.
3.6.5 Sunlight and outlook for neighbours Updated 14 November 2005 (a) The effect of any reduced sunlight admission on any adjoining residential properties, taking into account the extent of overshadowing and the position of outdoor living spaces. (b) The effect of any increased height on relative building scale and the degree of privacy between the scheduled activity, and any adjoining residential properties.
(c) The scale and length of buildings and their visual effects on the amenities of any adjoining residential property. (d) Any mitigating effects of landscaping proposed on the boundary of the site.
3.6.6 Visual amenity Updated 14 November 2005 (a) The type and volume of any materials to be stored on the site, and any other means of screening. (b) The effect of reduced landscaping in terms of visual impacts of buildings associated with scheduled activities. (c) The extent to which the site is visible from adjoining sites, particularly in living zones, and the likely consequences on outlook from these sites of any reduction in landscaping standards or screening. (d) Any aspects of the scheduled activity which may compensate for reduced landscaping or screening, including the nature of planting or materials used, and the location of parking, manoeuvring or storage areas. (e) The visual appearance of the site in terms of the length of road frontage. (f) The relative importance of landscaping and screening on the particular site concerned, taking into account the visual quality of the surrounding environment, particularly where a low standard of visual amenity exists and improvement is necessary. (g) The nature of the scheduled activity itself, and any particular adverse visual impacts it may have. (h) The effect of any reduction in tree planting, particularly in respect to the visual character of carparking areas and building scale.
3.6.7 Height of buildings ‐ Scheduled spiritual facili es in the Living H and Rural Zones only Updated 14 November 2005 (a) In the Living H Zone, the extent to which the increased building height will result in decreased opportunities for views from properties in the vicinity. (b) In the Living H Zone, whether it would be unreasonable to require the development standard for height to be complied with given the height of existing buildings in the surrounding locality. (c) In the rural zones, the extent to which the character of the site and the surrounding area remains dominated by open space. (d) in the rural zones, the ability to provide adequate opportunity for landscaping in the vicinity or for existing planting to be retained which will mitigate the effect of increased height.
3.7 Reasons for rules
Updated 14 November 2005
3.7.1 Site density and open space Updated 14 November 2005
These two standards are closely related to each other, and are major determinants of the bulk and height of buildings, and their visual impact. Generally, a compromise has been reached between the scheduled activities operational needs and the need to retain the amenity values of the host zone.
The lower coverage and plot ratio for scheduled suburban hotels, taverns, and spiritual facilities is characteristic of suburban building character, while the higher plot ratio for the inner and central city areas
allows more intensive use of a site with greater relative building height and bulk. This accords with the higher building densities in the inner and central city. An exception for the Alpa community cottage acknowledges its existing low density and a condition placed on its status in the previous City Plan. The rule for fire stations takes into account the existing buildings and the needs of the host zone. For scheduled spiritual facilities in the rural zones the open space standard has been set the same as the host zone in order to promote the retention of rural character and amenity.
The rule for utilities allows for ample open space around buildings acknowledging that this includes the large buildings associated with depots. For service stations a reasonably high coverage is provided to enable canopies to be included. The provisions for service centres and community services (e.g. library) operated by the Council allow for larger structures but with sufficient space for parking and landscaping.
The provision for the Christchurch Academy has been made acknowledging the effect of parking and access on the available area of open space and its park-like setting. The actual percentage permitted reflects the density of surrounding development.
3.7.2 Street scene Updated 14 November 2005
The street scene or setback of buildings from road boundaries is an important determinant of the visual character of an area. The degree of setback required affects the visual impact of buildings from across the street, the opportunities for tree and garden planting visible from the street, the location and visual impact of parking areas and the outlook of people on adjoining sites.
Large setbacks have been specified for suburban hotels and taverns because these activities are located in environmentally sensitive areas. In the case of scheduled service stations, a setback for buildings is required to reflect operational requirements. Overhead canopies are excluded from the setback calculation for practical purposes.
The inner and central city scheduled hotels and taverns and metropolitan facilities have small setbacks in recognition of the strongly urban "built" character of these areas, the historic pattern of development, small sites and high building coverage.
The setback for utilities, service centres, community services, and spiritual facilities reflect the need to use space efficiently while allowing adequate scope for landscaping and reduction of building dominance, while the setback for fire stations recognises operational needs throughout the city.
3.7.3 Separation from neighbours Updated 14 November 2005
A setback standard has been required which accords with the nature of the surrounding zone, and the scale of the scheduled activity. It will allow landscaping to enhance the visual relationship with any adjoining residential or rural dwellings, and protect the amenities of any adjoining residences. The setback is smaller for scheduled activities in the inner and central city in recognition of higher building densities, and also for utilities throughout the city where the localised environmental effects are generally less pronounced. Because of the standard design of service stations, a uniform standard is specified but is large enough to ensure a reasonable level of separation for adjoining neighbours.
3.7.4 Sunlight and outlook for neighbours Updated 14 November 2005
The reason for the recession plane requirement is to ensure that adjoining residential properties are able to maintain a sufficient standard of amenity in respect to sunlight admission. The recession plane also acts as a ‘de facto' height control as well as a means of protecting access to sunlight. It also reinforces requirements for setbacks to reduce impacts of building scale.
3.7.5 Visual amenity Updated 14 November 2005
Standards for visual amenity are closely associated with standards for open space, coverage, setbacks and street scene. They have two components - the screening of outdoor storage areas and the appearance of the activity from road frontages and residential properties.
Outdoor storage areas are required to be screened either by landscaping, fences or both, in recognition of potential adverse effects from inadequate screening, particularly evident with some commercial activities.
The extent of landscaping required is a reflection of the location of the scheduled activity and the environmental sensitivity of the host zone. They are similar in their basis to the business zone landscaping requirements. Utilities generally are of bland appearance, and are on small sites, which require landscaping to ensure visual compatibility and a buffer from adjoining residences. Service stations have a uniform landscaping provision, which is of limited but sufficient extent, to protect residential amenities, given the operational nature of service stations and their canopies, large paved surfaces and utilitarian structures.
The inner and central city scheduled activities have a smaller landscaping requirement in reflection of higher building densities.
The location of landscaping is aimed at enhancing street scene interfaces to create a pleasant aspect.
The rules in respect to trees are intended to provide a form of landscaping which is visually effective and in particular reduces the impact of building scale, parking and storage areas. To provide certainty, the rules specify spacing of trees, and variations over shorter frontages to avoid monotony.
Provision is also required for the protection of trees within defined areas or strips to enhance their opportunity to flourish, and to avoid damage. On residential boundaries (other than roads) a vegetative screen or fence is required to ensure protection from adverse visual impacts of the scheduled activity.
Finally, the rules require trees capable of reaching a specified height, and species which will meet the landscaping requirements. This has been done both to ensure landscaping can be visually effective (in the medium term if not immediately) and to provide an element of certainty.
3.7.6 Height Updated 14 November 2005
The height standards have been set with particular regard to the standards relating to height of buildings in the surrounding zone. Height limits have generally been set at critical standard level which ensures that the height of structures associated with scheduled hotels and taverns, spiritual facilities, chartered clubs, service stations, metropolitan facilities, fire stations, service centres and community services, holiday parks and public utilities are compatible with acceptable levels in the host zone. An exception has been made for the fire service training centre to allow for the training tower which has been in existence for some time. In addition, it is generally accepted that spires and towers associated with scheduled spiritual facilities do not have the same level of impact on the surrounding environment. An exception is therefore made enabling them to be up to 20% higher in most of the host zones.
In recognition of the sensitivity of the Living H Zone, particularly with respect to the maintenance of views, a development and a critical standard for scheduled spiritual facilities has been set at the host zone level with no exception for spires and towers. Scheduled spiritual facilities in the rural zones have been set at the development standard level only, to be compatible with the host zone.
3.7.7 Yaldhurst Transport and Science Museum Updated 14 November 2005
Specific provisions have been continued in the City Plan for the Yaldhurst Transport and Science Museum, which is located in a more intensively settled rural area at Yaldhurst, near the Airport. The standards are intended to provide a satisfactory level of amenity for the surrounding area while providing some development scope for a facility preserving items of historic value to the community.
3.7.8 Scheduled Rural Activities ‐ Coutts Island Road Updated 14 November 2005
Recognition has been given to two adjoining sites in the Rural 4 Zone in Coutts Island Road. These sites have long been used for industrial activities, one being an aggregates processing plant adjacent to its source of raw materials in the adjacent Waimakariri River, and the other a timber processing operation. Although this area is not suitable for general industrial activities, both activities could generate significant
adverse effects in an urban environment, and merit protection beyond existing use rights.
3.8 List of Class 1 scheduled activities and sites
Updated 14 November 2005
3.8.1 Scheduled service stations (excluding truck stops) Updated 18 January 2010
Name/address Legal Description Zone Map No
317 Barbadoes Street Pt TS 653 CT 243/6 L4A 39C Armagh Auto
253 Barrington Street Lot 1 DP 44640 L2 46B Shell Barrington
75 Bassett Street Lot 2 DP 14378 L1 26B Ardrossan Motors
91 Beach Road Lots 1 & 2 DP 25521 L1 27B Beach Road Energy Centre
268-270 Bealey Avenue Lots 1-4 DP 6752, L4C 39C Bealey Avenue Service Station Pt TR 159
324 Blenheim Road Lot 12 DP 13576 L1 38B Shell Middleton
64 Blighs Road Lot 1 DP 28218 L1 31B Blighs Road Service Station Lots 3 & 6 DP 1978
427 Breezes Road Lot 1 DP 16645 L1 41B Bromley Auto
60 Bridge Street Lot 1 DP 19586 L1 41B Southshore Motors
238 Centaurus Road Lot 1 DP 675 L1 47B St Martin's Garage
90 Cresswell Avenue Lot 1 DP 18070 L1 33B Cresswell Motors Ltd
79 Edgeware Road Pt Lot 3 DP 1272 L2 32B BP Edgeware Lot 7 DP 10289
417-419 Ferry Road Lots 1-3 DP 9049, L2 47B Shell Ferry Road Lot 4 DP 198
619 Ferry Road Lot 1 & Pt Lot 2 DP 39 Lot 9 DP L1 47B Radley Motors 10453
332 Gloucester Street Pt TR 88 CT 492/39 L4A 39B Kim and Lee Motors Ltd
712 Gloucester Street Pt Lot 1 DP 37923 L1 40B BP Dallington
246 Halswell Road Lots 7-10 DP 20563 L1 52B BP Oaklands
345 Halswell Road Lot 2 DP 82813 L1 52B Nicholas Bros
210 Harewood Road Lots 40-41 DP 17536 L1 24B Cardwell Motors Lot 1 DP 12609
318 Harewood Road Pt Lots 2-3 DP 18823 L1 24B Bishopdale Service Station 401/173 & 343/146
409 Harewood Road Lot 1 DP 46921 L1 24B Bradford Auto Ltd
40 Hawke Street Lot 1 DP 25884 Pt Lot 79 DP 140 L2 34B New Brighton Service Station Lot 1 DP 44932
435 Innes Road Lots 4 & 5 DP 18127 L1 32B BP Mairehau
55 Lincoln Road Lot 4 DP 34740 L1 45B Caltex Lincoln Road
250 Lincoln Road Lot 1 & 2 DP 42678 L3 46B Shell Raceway
214 Linwood Avenue Lot 1 DP 54493 L2 40B Shell Linwood
455-457 Linwood Avenue Lot 1 DP 75853 L1 40B BP Gainsborough
170 Main Road Lot 1 & Pt Lot 2 DP 10599 L1 48B Redcliffs Auto Mart
315 Main North Road Lot 1 DP 27253 L1 25B Caltex Main North Road
713 Main North Road Lot 1 DP 15151 L1 18B Shell Belfast Lot 1 DP 71863
720 Main South Road Lot 7 DP 18445 Ru2 43B Shell Templeton
809 Main South Road Lots 8 & 9 DP 17308 L1 43B Southway Service Station
432 Marshland Road Lot 1 DP 22961 Ru3 26B BP Marshlands
1 Memorial Avenue Lot 1 DP 26482, Lot 1 & Pt Lot 2 DP L1 31B BP Fendalton 18466 Pt Lot 2 DP 12792
111-115 Milton Street Lots 3-5 DP 6505 L2 46B Spreydon Auto Centre
71 North Avon Road Lot 1 DP 5913 L1 33B Shirley Motors Workshop
3 North Parade Lots 1 & 2 DP 2702 L2 33B North Avon Service Station Ltd
336 Pages Road Lots 1 & 2 DP 60189 L1 34B Mobil Aranui
169 Queenspark Drive Lot 1 DP 35894 L1 26B Queenspark Automat
33 Riccarton Road Lot 4 DP 63363 L3 39B Shell Riccarton Road
2 Russley Road Lot 1 DP 26010 L1 37B Caltex Russley Service Station
260-262 Sawyers Arms Road Lot 2 DP 42741 L1 24B Sawyers Arms Road
101 Springs Road Lot 14 DP 15897 L1 44B Springs Road Auto Services Ltd
78-80 Wainoni Road Lots 1 & 2 DP 20076 L1 33B Cooks Auto Services
175 Wainoni Road Lot 2 DP 12297 L1 33B Wainoni Energy Centre Pt Lot 3 DP 14198
248 Wairakei Road Lots 1 & 2 DP 49982 L1 31B Caltex Wairakei Service Station
24 Wakefield Avenue Lot 6 DP 10531 L3 56B Marine Service Station
49 Warrington Street Lot 1 & 2 DP 25764 L2 32B Warrington Service Station Lot 1 DP 8257
202 Withells Road Lot 1 DP 23721 L1 30B Caltex Withells Road Service Station
148-150 Yaldhurst Road Lots 2 & 3 DP 22417 L1 37B BP Avonhead
198-200 Yaldhurst Road Lot 1 & 2 DP 46717 L1 37B Shell Racecourse
3.8.2 Scheduled hotels and taverns Updated 14 November 2005
Name/address Legal Description Zone Map No
280 Blenheim Road Lot 1 DP 77136 L1 38B Blenheim Road Tavern
101 Caledonian Road Lot 2 DP 44490 L3 32B Caledonian Hotel
2 Flavell Street Lots 32-34 DP 265 L1 55B Valley Inn Tavern
30 Huxley Street Lots 1-2 DP 8025 L3 46B (264 Colombo Street) Pt Lot 3 Block 2 DP 117 Sandridge Hotel Lot 1 DP 9657 Pt Lot 1 DP 39692 Lots 8-10 Pt Lot 6 DP 117 Lots 1-3 DP 5676 Lot 1 DP 60813 6 Inwoods Road Lot 1 DP 57422 L1 26B Parklands Tavern
33 Lincoln Road Lot 2, Pt Lot 1 DP 12476 L1 45B Black Horse Hotel Lots 2, 12 DP 9477 Lot 2 DP 3771 Pt RS 145
330-340 Main North Road Lot 10 DP 60941 L1 18B Redwood Inn
895 Main North Road Lots 1-2 DP 44728 L1 10B Belfast Hotel
11 Marriner Street Pt Lot 6c DP 13 L3 56B Cave Rock Hotel Lot 1 DP 35818
Oxford Terrace/Nova Place Lot 1 DP 41383 L4C 39C Star & Garter Tavern CT 19F/726
122 Racecourse Road Lot 2 DP 51681 L1 37B Racecourse Hotel
120 Withells Road Pt Lot 2 DP 29243 L1 30B Avonhead Tavern
3.8.3 Scheduled metropolitan facilities in Living 4 Zones Updated 14 November 2005
Name/address Legal description Zone Map No
52 Armagh Street RLC9 Sec 339 L4C 39C Hostel CT 15F/247 Windsor Private Hotel
63 Armagh Street Pt TS 308 L4B 39C Hostel CT 216/189 Croydon Private Hotel
69 Armagh Street TS 310 L4B 39C Hostel CT 7/95 Devon Private Hotel
272 Barbadoes Street Lot 1 DP 13691 L4A 39C Hostel The Homestead
294 Barbadoes Street Pt TR 16 ChCh City L4A 39C Hall CT 316-191
314 Barbadoes Street Lot 2 DP 33590 L4A 39C Hostel Round the World Backpackers
66 Carlton Mill Road Pt Rural Sec 6 L4B 39B Church ChCh City First Church of Christ Scientist
33-41 Cashel Street Lot 1 DP 49287 L4C 39C New Zealand Red Cross
31 Chester Street West Lot 2 DP 1915 L4C 39C Boarding house Chester House
21 Dublin Street Pt TR 26 L4C 39C Geriatric hospital CTs 141/239, 141/240, 14/241, Wesley Hospital 371/271, 70/270
49-51 Gloucester Street Lot 1 DP 3995 L4C 39C Hostel CT 290/254 Melville Private Hotel
241-249 Gloucester Street CT 20B/344, CT 20B/343, L4B 39C Travellers' Accommodation CT 20B/342, CT 46B/1226 Stonehurst Accommodation
255-263 Gloucester CT 26K/1184 L4A 39C Travellers' Accommodation CT 21K/154 Stonehurst Accommodation CT 30B/858
12 Hereford Street Pt TS 441, 443, Lots 1-3 DP 25197 L4C 39C YMCA CT 147/287
Residential and travellers' accommodation and recreation activities, and any of the following activities which are ancillary to these on the site: • Education activities • Health facility • Office and administration facilities • Parking areas • Retail activity and café • Public meeting rooms and conference facilities 36 Hereford Street TS 457 L4C 39C Hostel CT 1767/66 Hereford Hotel
234 Hereford Street Pt Lot 1 DP 27831 L4A 39C Church St Johns Anglican Church
275 Hereford Street Lot 2 DP 10123 L4A 39B Church Lot 1 & 2 DP 1639 Christchurch City Mission
28 Hurley Street Pt TR 28 CT 8/67 L4C 39B Community meeting place ALPA Community Cottage
181 Kilmore Street Res 17 Pt 19 L4A 39C Church St Luke the Evangelist
208 Kilmore Street Lot 1 DP 60425 L4C 39C Hostel Foley Towers
264-8 Madras Street Pt TS 634 CT 171/14 L4B 39C Hostel Charlies "B's" Backpackers
387 Manchester Street Sec 1209 SO 16202 and Sec 1 SO L4A 39C College (Training) 17510 Christchurch Academy
5 Worcester Street Pt TR 364, 366, 368 L4C 39C Hostel CT 176/48 YHA
190 Worcester Street Lot 11 DP 3969 L4B 39C Hall Canterbury Women's Club Inc
232 Worcester Street Pt TR 55 ChCh City L4A 39B Hostel CT 371/237 Ayden Lodge
3.8.4 Scheduled public utilities and works depots Updated 14 November 2005
Name/address Legal Description Zone Map No
54 Colombo Street, Beckenham Lots 6-18 DP 2527, Lot 2 L1 46B Water Services yard and pumping CTs 241/117, 356/94, 7B/589 station
Belfast sewage treatment works Pt Res 3542 SO 11300 Ru4 10B Dickeys Road Pt Res 4365 SO 11824
Maddisons Road Pt Lot 5, DP 1755 & Sec 4 SO Ru2 42B Templeton sewage treatment works 18163 Pt Lot 4 DP 1755
280 Westminster Street Pt Lot 65 DP 13198 L1 32B Depot, Mairehau
3.8.5 Scheduled service centres and community services Updated 14 November 2005
Name/address Legal Description Zone Map No
170 Clyde Road Lot 1 DP 25574 L1 31B Fendalton Community Centre/Library
66 Colombo Street Lot 1 DP 24288 L1 46B Beckenham Service Centre
Halswell Library Lot 1 DP 1590 Ru2 52B 381 Halswell Road
6-10 Jeffreys Road Lot 1 DP 23970 L1 31B Fendalton Service Centre (CCC) Pt RS 188
180 Smith Street Lot 16 DP 23797 L2 40B Linwood Service Centre (CCC)
3.8.6 Scheduled fire stations Updated 14 November 2005
Name/address Legal Description Zone Map No
200 Kilmore Street and Lot 1 DP 53863 L4C 39C 91 Chester Street East Central fire station
276 Cranford Street Lot 3 DP 38681 L1 32B Suburban fire station
929 Ferry Road Lots 1 and 2 DP 30985 L1 47B Woolston Fire Station Suburban fire station Fire service training centre
82 Hawke Street Lot 1 DP 23006 L2 34B Suburban fire station Part RS 15837
1090 Lower Styx Road Lot 23 DP 6159 LRS 1B Brooklands Part RS 6540 Suburban fire station
77 Simeon Street Lot 1 DP 29485 L2 46B Suburban fire station Pt RS 154
4-6 Wiggins Street Lot 1 DP 48338 L1 56B Suburban fire station
3.8.7 Scheduled rural activities Updated 14 November 2005
Name/address Legal Description Zone Map No
26 School Road Pt RS 1482 Ru5 29B Yaldhurst Transport and Science Museum including:
• the display of vintage vehicles and historical equipment
• operation of vintage vehicles
• ancillary workshops (including heavy engineering)
• ancillary storage buildings
• staff residences
• ancillary shops and tea rooms
• car parking for staff and patrons of the museums
• accessory buildings
• ancillary picnic areas/related facilities
3.8.8 Scheduled Holiday Park Updated 14 November 2005
Name/address Legal Description Zone Map No
39 Meadow Street Lot 1 DP 17113 L1 25B Meadow Park Lot 20 DP 7349 L1 Lot 2 DP 13589 Ru3/L1 Pt Lot 1 DP 36928 L1 Pt Lot 2 DP 36928 L1 Lot 5 DP 15296 L1
3.9 Class 2 scheduled activities
Updated 14 November 2005
All spiritual facilities (see definitions) existing at the time of notification of this Plan (24 June 1995) and located in the rural and living zones shall be deemed to be Class 2 scheduled activities, except those scheduled as metropolitan facilities in the Living 4 Zones.
3.10 List of Class 3 scheduled activities and sites
Updated 14 November 2005
3.10.1 Scheduled hotels and taverns Updated 14 November 2005
Name/address Legal Description Zone Map No
26 Nayland Street Lot 1 DP 5823 L3 56B Marine Tavern CT 4A/498
487 New Brighton Road Lot 1 DP 9286 L1 34B Hargens Tavern Lot 18 DP 16283 (formerly Bowers)
51 Pages Road Lot 1 DP 27545, Lot 2 DP 30467 L1 40B Mackenzies Hotel Lot 1 DP 6735, Lot 1 DP 14853
3.10.2 Scheduled chartered clubs Updated 14 November 2005
Name/address Legal Description Zone Map No
29 Crosby Street Lots 1-2 DP 47111, Lot 2 DP 45217, L1 32B St Albans-Shirley Club Inc Lot 1 DP 40441
43, 45 & 63 Hargood Street Lot 4 and Part Lot 3 DP 11404, Lot L1 47B Woolston Working Men's Club Inc 18 DP 9147, Part RS 42
88 Hunter Terrace Lot 1 DP 42886 L1 46B Cashmere Club Inc
277 Kilmore Street Part Lot 1 DP 8878 L4C 39B Commerce Club (Canty) Inc Part TR 45
75 London Street Lot 1 DP 42618 L3 40B Richmond Working Men's Club and MSA
202 Marine Parade Lot 1 DP 54210 L3 34B New Brighton Working Men's Club
310 Sawyers Arms Road Part RS 490 Ru3 24B Papanui Working Men's Club Inc
20 Tankerville Road Part Lot 6 DP 682, Part Lot 2 DP L1 45B Hoon Hay Club 27391, Lot 2 DP 30213
Wakefield Avenue Lot 1 DP 42627, Lots 3 & 4 DP L3 56B Sumner Returned Services 10531, Lot 1 DP 13002 Association
66B Wharenui Road Lot 1 Part Lot 2 DP 16840, Lot 1 DP L1 38B Riccarton Club Inc 17542, Lots 4 - 5 DP 17612, Lot 25 DP 23756, Part Lot 1 DP 26574, Lots 1 - 2, DP 28171, Lot 1 DP 41628
3.10.3 Scheduled rural activities Updated 14 November 2005
Name/address Legal Description Zone Map No
Coutts Island Road
(a) sawmilling and timber processing Lot 1 DP 23016 Ru4 10B
(b) processing of aggregates Lot 4 DP 8592 Ru4 3B 10B
4.0 Utilities
Updated 14 November 2005
Guide to using these rules Step 1 Establish whether the work proposed is a utility in terms of the definition in Clause 4.2.2. Step 2 If it is a utility, check which zone or zones the utility is to be located in. Step 3 Check whether the utility involves: (a) a line or support structure; and/or (b) a telecommunication or radio-communication facility; and/or (c) electro-magnetic radiation (d) a building as described in Clauses 4.4.1 - 4.4.6 and whether any of the stated exemptions in these clauses apply. Step 4 If the utility does not meet the community or critical standards in Clauses 4.4.1 - 4.4.6 then application will need to be made for a resource consent for either a controlled activity, a discretionary activity or a non-complying activity. Step 5 If the utility does not require consent under Clauses 4.4.1 - 4.4.6 then it is a permitted activity.
4.1 Statement
Updated 14 November 2005
Utilities are essential to the servicing and functioning of the city and include a wide range of infrastructure services which vary significantly in scale and function, and hence the levels of their effects.
Utilities include buildings, lines, underground cables, towers and other structures associated with communications, power, water supply, gas, sewerage and navigation facilities. Large scale infrastructure, such as large substations and sewage treatment facilities are provided with specialised rules through zoning, scheduling or designation.
Provision for smaller scale utilities was previously covered by a blanket permitted activities provision under Section 64 of the Town and Country Planning Act. The City Plan also provides for these essential basic utilities in a manner which allows their establishment and operation without undue delay through resource consent processes (a principle of the old Section 64). At the same time, it also has sufficient controls to ensure consent is required when impacts of utilities are significant.
These impacts, actual or potential, mainly relate to the visual effects of utilities. This is particularly the case with overhead lines and towers, and to some extent buildings. Accordingly the threshold standards for resource consents have been set with visual impacts as a major factor, but also taking account of public health and the realities of operational requirements.
Environmental results anticipated (a) Continued provision, and extension, of utilities in an economic manner, which enables the health and convenience of city residents to be maintained. (b) Minimised visual impacts of necessary overhead lines to the maximum extent practicable, with a progressive reduction in the length of such lines in the city. (c) The establishment and design of communication facilities and other utilities in locations which minimise their visual effects to the maximum extent practicable. (d) A high standard of landscaping and presentation around fixed utility buildings. (e) Minimised visual impacts, or loss of natural values in environmentally sensitive areas, particularly living, cultural, conservation zones, and the Central City and Rural Hills Zone. (f) Minimised exposure to radio frequency emissions and low frequency magnetic fields that may adversely affect health.
4.2 General rules
Updated 14 November 2005
4.2.1 Application of these rules Updated 14 November 2005 (a) These rules on utilities replace any zone rules which may otherwise apply to utilities in zones through which utilities pass, or within which they are sited unless specifically stated to the contrary. (b) Any existing utility legally established as at the date of notification of this Plan (24 June 1995), including maintenance and vegetation trimming and removal required to continue the operation of those utilities, is a permitted activity, subject to any extensions to such utilities complying with these rules; except vegetation removal in the C1, C1A, C1B (east of Cuthberts Road), C2, C3 and ecological heritage site No 5.01 refer to Part 5 Clause 2.3.2.
4.2.2 Definition of utility Updated 14 November 2005 Utilities comprise the following: (a) transformation, transmission, generation or distribution of electricity provided by network utility operators or requiring authorities, and private connections to such utilities; (b) drainage or sewerage reticulation provided by network utility operators or requiring authorities and private connections to such utilities; (c) the distribution of water for supply, including irrigation; (d) telecommunication and radio communication facilities including transmitting/receiving devices such as aerials, dishes, wires, insulators, casings, tunnels and associated equipment as well as support structures such as towers, masts and poles and ancillary buildings and private receiving dish antennae; (e) pipes for the distribution or transmission of petroleum or natural or manufactured gas, and necessary incidental equipment provided by network utility operators or requiring authorities, and private connections to such utilities; (f) pipes for the conveyance of irrigation water, or drainage of water or sewerage, and necessary incidental equipment including pumping stations provided by network utility operators or requiring authorities, and private connections to such utilities; and (g) light houses, meteorological facilities, navigational aids and beacons including approach control services within the meaning of the Civil Aviation Act 1990. (h) Transmission lines including a wire or wires or a conductor of any other kind (including a fibre optic cable) used or intended to be used for telecommunications or the transmission of electricity; and includes any insulator, casing, tunnel or other equipment or material used or intended to be used for enclosing, surrounding or protecting any such wire or conductor. (i) Aerially suspended incidental equipment for facilitating electricity or telecommunication transmission, including any fixture used or intended to be used for the transmission of electricity or telecommunications or any other utility; (including but not limited to amplifiers and power boxes), forming part of, or used or intended to be used for the maintenance or functioning of telecommunications or electricity transmission.
4.3 Categories of activities
Updated 14 November 2005
4.3.1 Rules Updated 14 November 2005 Any utility which is not listed as a controlled, discretionary or non-complying activity under Clause 4.4 shall be a permitted activity.
4.4 Community standards and critical standards
Updated 14 November 2005
4.4.1 Lines and support structures ‐ discretionary activities Updated 14 November 2005
Any utility that forms part of an aerial network utility is a discretionary activity where it involves any of the following: (i) Erecting any support structure for overhead transmission lines, not including lattice towers, in all zones with the exception of: (1) Rural 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 7, Rural Quarry Zones; and (2) Special Purpose (Road) Zone and Special Purpose (Rail) Zone which is adjacent to any Rural 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 7, Rural Quarry Zones. (ii) Erecting any lattice tower support structure for overhead transmission lines in the Rural Zones, except Rural Hills and Rural 6. (iii) Transmission lines which have a diameter exceeding 20mm attached to existing support structures; and/or are located in any of the following areas: (1) Special Amenity areas; (2) Business 4T and Business 4P zones; (3) Conservation 1A zone. (iv) Transmission lines are located less than 5.5 metres above the road reserve. (v) Overhead incidental equipment for facilitating electricity or telecommunications with dimensions exceeding 300mm wide, 200mm deep and 150mm high not located within 400mm of support structures. (vi) Overhead incidental equipment for facilitating electricity or telecommunications with dimensions exceeding 260mm wide, 180mm deep and 500mm high not directly affixed to a support structure.
4.4.2 Lines and support structures ‐ non complying activities Updated 31 July 2012
Erecting any support structure for overhead transmission lines, including lattice towers, in the Business 1, Business 2, Living, Conservation, Open Space, Cultural, Central City Business, Central City Mixed Use, Rural Hills, Rural 6 and Special Purpose Zones (except the Special Purpose (Road) and Special Purpose (Rail) Zones) shall be a non complying activity.
Except where (for clause 4.4.1 and clause 4.4.2): (i) new poles and lines are to provide power supplies to electric tramway trolley bus or rail systems; or (ii) any new poles are solely for the purpose of providing street lighting; or (iii) any new poles or lines are for the reinstatement of existing facilities; or (iv) any new lines and associated support structures in Area D of the Special Purposes (Ferrymead) Zone; or (v) minor upgrading: minor upgrading of existing lines and support structures, defined as follows: (1) the reconducting of the line with higher capacity conductors; (2) the resagging of conductors; (3) the addition of longer and more efficient insulators;
(4) on electricity lines on lattice towers, the addition of earth wires which may contain telecommunication lines, earthpeaks, and lightning rods; (5) the replacement of an existing line or support structure with another line or support structure; (6) seismic strengthening of existing pole transformers structures; (7) the replacement of poles that are a traffic hazard with poles in a different position. (8) the replacement of existing overhead lines and support structures with others in a different position where there is aerial trespass or where ground clearance does not comply with the relevant regulations or where foundation conditions require replacement; Provided that the effects of the works above are the same or similar character and scale to those which existed prior to the alterations. Except as provided above, minor upgrading shall not include: (1) the addition of circuits, conductors, lines or utility structures; (2) an increase in the voltage of the line unless the line was originally constructed to operate at the higher voltage; (3) an increase in the diameter of any individual wire, cable, or other similar conductor that exceeds 20mm or the bundling together of any wire, cable, or other similar conductor so that the bundle exceeds 20mm in diameter, provided that this exclusion does not apply to electricity lines carried on lattice towers.
4.4.3 Telecommunication and radio communication facilities Updated 31 July 2012
Any utility, except lines and support structures for lines, is a discretionary activity where it involves any of the following: (a) Erecting any telecommunication or radio communication facility above ground level (including any mast, antenna, tower, or support structure) which is: (i) within any conservation zone, Open Space 1 Zone, Rural Hills Zone, Special Purpose (Pedestrian Precincts) Zone, or Cultural 1 Zone, where any of the development or community standards for that zone are not complied with, or in any case (except the Rural Hills Zone) where the height exceeds 3.5m or the area exceeds 15m2 ; except that in any conservation zone, the Open Space 1 Zone and Rural Hills Zone, this rule shall not apply to any structure 1.8m or less in height, or 1.5m2 or less in area and such structures shall be a permitted activity; (ii) located on any site containing a protected building, place or object, listed in Part 10 of these rules, except that for Group 3 and 4 buildings the utility will be a controlled activity; (iii) located in a living zone and is: (A) over 12m in height and located within 20 metres of a residential unit sited within any living zone. This rule shall not apply if (1) or (2) below apply; (B) located within 20 metres of a residential unit sited within any living zone and has a support structure with a diameter greater than 0.4m. This rule shall not apply if (1) or (2) below apply; (1) it complies with all the development and community standards for the zone in which it is located, in which case it shall only be a discretionary activity if it exceeds a height of 18m or a diameter greater than 0.9m; or (2) it is a mast and/or antennae not exceeding 17m in height and provided that: • The centre of the structure is located at least 6m from all boundaries; and • No part of the structure extends beyond the site boundary; and • The mast or antenna is unguyed above 10m; and • Where the antenna is other than simple wire dipole the distance from the centre of the mast to the furthest elements tip shall not exceed 7.5m; and • The mast which supports the antenna has a cross section diagonal measurement not greater than 226mm for a distance of 6m from ground level and 142mm between a height of 6m and the maximum permitted height; and • Any temporary extendable structure is nested at all times when not in use; and • There is only one such structure on any one site; and • Any antennae at a height exceeding 6m has a horizontal dimension of less than 55mm. (iv) located in any zone other than a Living Zone and is situated within 20m of a residential unit in any living zone and has a support structure that either: (A) exceeds any of the dimensions in the table below:
Mast Structure Maximum Diameter
Top 20% 700mm
Middle 60% 220mm
Bottom 20% (above ground level) 500mm with an average diameter no greater than 400mm (B) is setback from living zone boundaries by less than 3m. (v) over 20m in height in any other zone (any 'other' zone being any zone not referred to in rule 4.4.3(a)(i) except that where the facility is attached to a building in the Central City Business Zone, any business zone, or the Special Purpose (Airport) Zone, the facility us a permitted activity in terms of rule 4.4.3(a) (v) provided that the zone rules relating to building height and sunlight applicable to the building are not exceeded by: (a) 1.5m in height and 5m in any other dimension in the Central City Zone; (b) 1.5m in height and 3m in any other dimension in the Business 1, Business 2, and Business 2P zones. (c) 2.2m in height and 3m in any other dimension in the Business 3, 4, 5 and 6 zone, and the Special Purpose (Airport) zone, except that where an existing building in these zones exceeds the zone rules for height, an attached facility may exceed the existing height of the building by no more than 2.2m in height and 3m in any other dimension as a permitted activity. (b) Erecting any telecommunication or radio communication facility in a living zone which includes any dish antenna, which is more than 1.5m in diameter and does not comply with the zone rules, and which exceeds the limit for permitted activities as set out in Clause 4.4.3 (a) (iii). (c) Erecting any telecommunication or radio communication facility which includes any dish antenna, more than 3m in diameter in any other zone where it does not comply with one or more of the zone rules and which exceeds the limits for permitted activities as set out in Clause 4.4.3 (a) (v).
4.4.4 Other utility structures Updated 31 July 2012
Any utility structure (other than those subject to clauses 4.4.1, 4.4.2 and 4.4.3 above) except for an underground facility shall be a discretionary activity in the following cases: (a) Where it is located in the Conservation 1, 1B, 2, 3 or 5 Zones and exceeds a gross floor area of 5m 2, or a height of 3 metres; (b) Where it is located in the Special Purpose (Road) Zone and exceeds a gross floor area of 5m2, or a height of 3 metres; (c) Where it is located in a Living Zone, and: (i) exceeds a height of 5 metres; or (ii) occupies more than 40% of the site area; or (iii) is set back less than 2 metres from the street boundary; or (iv) exceeds a gross floor area of 40m2 ; or (v) projects beyond a building envelope constructed by recession planes from points 2.3m above the boundary of an adjoining property within a Living Zone, as shown in Appendix 1, Part 2 (Living Zones); except that subclauses (c) (ii) and (iii) shall not apply where the structure has a gross floor area of less than 5m2, or a height of less than 2m. (d) Where it is located in the Rural Hills Zone; and (i) is located more than 50m from a Living Hills or Rural 2 Zone boundary and exceeds a gross floor area of 5m2 or a height of 3m; or (ii) is located above the 160 metre height contour (shown on the planning maps) except any line or pipe for the supply of fuel, water or for the disposal of sewage or effluent and which is for rural or residential activities. (e) Within the Rural 6 Zone and is more than 50m from the zone boundary; and exceeds a gross floor area of 5m2 or a height of 3m. (f) Where it is located in any rural zone (except those parts of the Rural Hills and Rural 6 Zones covered by subclauses (d) and (e) above); and (i) exceeds a height of 5 metres; or (ii) is set back less than 2 metres from the road boundary; or (iii) exceeds a gross floor area of 60m2; or (iv) occupies more than 40% of the site area.
(g) Utility structures in other zones shall be subject to the provisions applicable to buildings generally in these zones, except that this subclause shall not apply where the structure has a gross floor area of less than 10m2, or a height of less than 3m, and in these circumstances the structure shall be a permitted activity.
4.4.5 Landscaping of utility sites Updated 14 November 2005
Any utility except for an underground facility shall be a discretionary activity if it does not comply with any landscaping requirement contained in the rules for the zone in which it is located.
4.4.6 Electromagnetic radiation Updated 14 November 2005
For the purpose of this rule:
Measurement or estimates of "general public" exposure shall be made in respect of areas reasonably accessible to the general public, as provided by the New Zealand Standard (NZS). In addition, for the purposes of these rules, "areas reasonably accessible to the general public" shall, for any site adjacent to the site on which the utility is located, be deemed to include airspace up to 2 metres above the permitted activity building height of that adjacent site, where building development on that adjacent site is a permitted activity in the City Plan. (a) Any utility which emits radiofrequency electro-magnetic radiation, where it is not regulated by an amateur radio licence, that is measured in accordance with NZS 6609 (1990) Part 2 and will comply with the applicable reference levels for the "general public" exposure category as specified in Table 6 of NZS 2772.1:1999 Radiofrequency Fields Part 1: Maximum exposure level 3kHz -300GHz ("the New Zealand Standard"), is permitted where the following information is provided to the Environmental Services Unit of the Council at least 20 working days prior to the installation of the utility: (i) written advice of the locality of the utility; and (ii) a report prepared by a suitably qualified radio engineer/technician containing: • an estimate (undertaken in accordance with the NZS) of radiofrequency exposures relative to the applicable reference levels for the "general public" exposure category as specified in Table 6 of the NZS 2772.1:1999 so as to determine whether the NZS will be complied with; • Radiofrequency field diagrams illustrating in plan view and elevation: firstly the spatial area where, in accordance with the above-mentioned estimate, radiofrequency exposure levels will not exceed the applicable reference levels for the "general public" exposure category as specified in Table 6 of NZS 2772.1:1999; and secondly the spatial area where such estimate determined that such exposure levels will not exceed 25% of those reference levels, and • A scale diagram of the facility located on the site, including the site boundaries and orientation of the radiofrequency emissions; and • Details of the qualifications and relevant experience of the person(s) undertaking and assessing the estimate; and (iii) where the report provided to the Council under (ii) above estimates that radiofrequency exposure levels in any areas reasonably accessible to the general public will exceed 25% of the applicable reference levels for the "general public" exposure category as specified in Table 6 of NZS 2772.1:1999, then, within 3 months of radiofrequency emissions commencing, a report from the National Radiation Laboratory certifying compliance with NZS 2772.1:1999, based on measurements at the site will be provided to the Environmental Services Unit of the Christchurch City Council. (b) Any utility which emits radiofrequency electro-magnetic radiation, that is measured in accordance with NZS 6609 (1990) Part 2, and will not comply with the applicable reference levels for the "general public" exposure category as specified in Table 6 of NZS 2772.1.1999 shall be a non-complying activity. (c) Any utility which creates exposures to power frequency electric and magnetic fields in areas normally accessible to the public exceeding 5 kilovolts per metre and 100 microtesla as measured and assessed in accordance with the International Commission on Non-Ionising Radiation Protection guidelines, shall be a non-complying activity.
4.4.7 Electricity Transmission Line Corridor ‐ Restricted Discretionary Activity Updated 15 April 2013
For the transmission lines shown on Part 2, Appendix 3T - Outline Development Plan (Awatea), Part 3, Appendix 18, Outline Development Plan Business 8 Zone - Islington, and Part 3, Appendix 21, Outline Development Plan - Sir James Wattie Drive, and Part 4 Appendix 6 Outline Development Plan (Templeton Special Rural Zone), the: • Erection of a building; or • Erection of any other structure that exceeds 3m in height. shall be a restricted discretionary activity where located between 12 and 32 metres from the centre line at ground level of the transmission corridor.
Except that:
This rule shall not apply to buildings or structures erected for the purposes of electricity transmission by a Network Utility Operator.
For the purpose of this rule the 12 and 32 metres shall be measured horizontally from the centre point at ground level.
Advice note:
The Electricity Transmission Line network utility owner or operator shall be considered an affected party for any activity requiring consent.
Any application within the transmission line corridor in the Templeton Special Rural Zone, Business 5 Zone at Sir James Wattie Drive and Business 8 Zone need not be publicly notified and need not be served on any affected party other than Transpower New Zealand Limited.
Vegetation to be planted within the transmission corridors should be selected and/or managed to ensure that it will not result in that vegetation breaching the Electricity (Hazards from Trees) Regulation 2003. To discuss works, including tree planting near any electrical line, contact the line operator.
4.4.8 Electricity Transmission Line Corridor ‐ Non Complying Activity Updated 15 April 2013
Within 12 metres either side of the centre line of the transmission lines shown on Part 2, Appendix 3T - Outline Development Plan (Awatea) Part 3, Appendix 18 Outline Development Plan Business 8 Zone (Islington), and Part 3, Appendix 21, Outline Development Plan - Sir James Wattie Drive, and Part 4 Appendix 6 Outline Development Plan (Templeton Special Rural Zone), there shall be no: • Erection of a building; or • Erection of any other structure that exceeds 3m in height.
Except that:
this rule shall not apply to buildings or structures erected for the purposes of electricity transmission by a Network Utility Operator.
For the purpose of this rule the 12m shall be measured horizontally from the centre point of the transmission line at ground level.
4.5 Assessment matters for resource consents
Updated 14 November 2005
4.5.1 General Updated 14 November 2005 (a) The matters contained in Sections 104 and 105, and in Part II of the Act, apply to consideration of all resource consents for land use activities. (b) In addition to the matters above, the Council shall also apply the relevant assessment matters set out in Clause 4.5.2 below in deciding whether or not to grant consent or impose conditions.
4.5.2 Assessment matters Updated 14 November 2005 (a) The visual impacts of the utility in terms of likely effects on: (i) residential or recreational use of land in the vicinity, including land in living, cultural, conservation or open space zones; (ii) ridge lines and view planes from public places, including roads, particularly in the Rural Hills Zone; and/or (iii) design elements in relation to the locality, with reference to the existing character of the locality and amenity values. (b) The extent and opacity of screening or landscaping of the utility and any modifications to its colour and design, to ensure reasonable compatibility with the character of the surrounding environment. (c) The practicality of screening or landscaping the utility, with regard to its operational requirements (excluding overhead lines and towers which cannot be screened). (d) The siting of any building or other structure in relation to existing dwellings, and the effect on views of, or from such dwellings. (e) Any unreasonable additional costs or environmental impacts of placing lines underground, where it is relevant to take this into account. (f) The visual appearance and design of utility buildings and structures with regard to the character and amenity of the surrounding environment, and the adequacy of landscaping, or screening treatment. (g) The cumulative visual effects with respect to existing facilities within an area, particularly radio communication and telecommunication facilities. (h) The appropriateness of, and necessity for the scale and height of buildings or other structures proposed, in terms of their intended function. (i) Whether the best contemporary engineering practice has been adopted to reduce unnecessary public exposure to radio frequency and low frequency magnetic radiation or emission and the need for monitoring. (j) Summit Road (Canterbury) Protection Act 1963 and any amendments in respect of any landscaping or screening in the area that this Act applies to.
(k) With regard to facilities attached to buildings; the degree to which the facility is placed within the visual envelope of the existing building, and the extent to which the colour and design of the facility corresponds to that of the existing building. (l) With regard to facilities attached to buildings; consideration of the number and size of any other existing utility facilities on the building, and the need to avoid the cumulative effects of utilitarian ‘clutter'.
4.5.3 Assessment matters ‐ Electricity Transmission Line Corridor ‐ applicable to the area shown on Part 2, Appendix 3T ‐ Outline Development Plan (Awatea), Part 3, Appendix 18, Outline Development Plan Business 8 Zone (Islington) and Part 3, Appendix 21 Updated 15 April 2013 (a) Where an application for resource consent for building(s) is considered, the Council's discretion shall be restricted to the following: • the risk to the structure and functioning of the transmission line; • the effects on the ability of the transmission line owner (or an authorised agent) to operate, maintain and upgrade the high-voltage transmission network; • the proximity of buildings to electrical hazards; • the risk of electrical hazards affecting public safety, and/or risk of property damage; • the risk of electrical faults causing disruption to electrical supply; • the extent of earthworks required, and use of mobile machinery near the transmission line corridor which may put the line at risk; • the risk of electrical hazards due to the mature height of any associated vegetation, including within the landscaped areas; • the siting of building(s) in relation to transmission lines to minimise visual effects from transmission lines; • the risk of genearting radio interference or earth potential rise; • any other matters set in plans for buildings; • extent of compliance with NZECP34:2001.
4.6 Reasons for rules
Updated 15 October 2012
Utilities, particularly those involving the provision of essential services such as power, water, gas, sewerage and telecommunications are an essential and expected part of urban and rural infrastructure. The provision of such utilities, by public or private bodies, inevitably entails some environmental impacts which have to be balanced against the need to establish, improve or maintain essential services quickly and at minimal financial cost to the community and end users.
A number of utilities, particularly underground lines and services, have been defined in the Plan and are allowed as of right. Limitations have been made to ensure the general provision of utilities is undertaken by responsible, approved operators, and to avoid proliferation of facilities with adverse visual impacts. Control has been confined to specified circumstances, including overhead lines, towers, dish antennae, masts and other structures above a specified size. The reason for these controls is related to the height, bulk, location, design and visual appearance of the utilities, according to the sensitivity of the environment within particular zones. In particular, the rules provide control over tall or bulky structures although for reasons of distribution, and to avoid large numbers of such facilities as cell sites, some facilities will need to be in or near residential areas.
Provision for dish antennae has been made to recognise likely developments in technology and communications. It is recognised that further refinement of the rules may be necessary over time.
Overhead lines can have a major visual impact and their detraction from amenities can be readily appreciated by contrast to those areas and streets where they are not present. There is, however, a substantially higher cost in providing underground reticulation. While existing lines (of similar scale) can be replaced under Section 10 of the Act, new overhead lines are controlled in areas where natural or amenity values are particularly important (eg Rural Hills Zone and conservation zones) and zones which serve an important community - related function (Business 1, and 2 zones or cultural zones) or within living zones. High costs of installation, low user densities or potential capacity difficulties means that control of overhead lines in most of the rural area and industrial areas is unwarranted. Overhead lines are also essential for the operation of some forms of transport, such as electric trams, trolley bus and railway systems.
A special provision for the area defined on Part 2, Appendix 3T - Outline Development Plan (Awatea) requires a minimum separation distance between buildings, structures and vegetation and high voltage transmission lines. The reasons for this rule include minimising the health and safety risk to persons, maintaining a high level of security supply, and preserving access for maintenance. It is anticipated that the current position of the high voltage transmission lines will be used as a future open space connection point to Westlake Park. In Islington it is anticipated that the current position of the high voltage lines will, in part, align with road corridors and stormwater attenuation areas. An exemption is made for buildings and structures erected for the purpose of electricity transmission. On occasion plant and equipment that supports and ensures the continuing function of electricity transmission will be required to be erected in the minimum separation distances.
Greater control on utilities in certain zones (e.g. Rural Hills) recognises that in some cases they must be located in these zones for operational reasons, and accordingly the intention of the rule is not necessarily to prevent establishment, but to enable options such as alternative siting, landscaping or co-location to be considered.
However, in the case of high voltage power lines (in excess of 110MVA) any overhead power lines are inevitably placed on large support structures or lattice towers where control over appearance and/or location is important to protect amenity values. The rule recognises that such facilities will be required and will have some adverse visual impacts, but allows control over location.
Overhead lines are not particularly suited to screening or softening by planting and trees, and screening in close proximity to these lines could be hazardous to their safe operation and maintenance.
Buildings are frequently associated with utilities such as pumping stations, kiosks, reservoirs or transmitting facilities such as masts, towers or dish antennae. Such structures require some control on location, design and appearance in sensitive environments such as the Rural Hills Zone and conservation zones.
In other rural and urban zones, small scale structures such as kiosks and masts are commonly associated with provision of services. Small scale activities of low impact which have adequate setbacks and landscaping are provided for as of right, while those above this size are subject to discretionary activity status so that matters of design, appearance and location can be assessed. This recognises that utilitarian structures will usually have greater impacts than, say, a dwelling of the same size. In the Central City Zone, business and special purpose zones, the controls imposed on buildings are those for buildings in those zones in recognition of their compatibility with such environments.
An attempt was made through decisions on submissions on the Proposed Plan, to make the utility rules no more restrictive than the zone rules. However in some cases the scope of submissions did not allow this to be achieved for all utilities in all zones. This has resulted in some inconsistencies. In particular the provisions applying to the Rural Hills Zone in Clause 4.4.2 (a) (i) are more liberal than those for other sensitive zones. This has occurred because the scope of submissions on the other sensitive zones did not enable utilities to be permitted to the same extent that the zone rules permit other structures in those zones.
In respect of radio frequency emissions, the New Zealand Standard 6609 (1990) has been adopted having regard to the potential effect of such facilities on the health of persons in the vicinity. All such facilities exceeding that standard will require a non-complying activity resource consent.
Although a number of studies suggest potential risks to public health from low level electro magnetic field strengths, scientists do not yet know whether these fields, other factors, or methodological problems are responsible for the findings of such associations. To date, there is no demonstrable link to adverse health effects from these fields and even if proved the level of risk is extremely small. The Council has used the ICNIRP guidelines as the basis for controls as they represent a very conservative level of exposure to established effects.
General public exposure, previously referred to as the non-occupational exposure levels, forms the basis of where exposure limits are defined. It incorporates any area "where the public may reasonably gain access", and should also be taken to incorporate the potential for where the general public may gain access. This potential is important, as the rules need to ensure that any development that is permitted by the Plan is incorporated within the estimates made by operators in terms of delineating exposure levels.
5.0 Filling, excavation and building adjacent to waterways
Updated 15 April 2013
Guide to using these rules Step 1 Determine the zoning of the land to be filled, excavated or upon which the building is to occur. All filling and excavation: Step 2 Check whether the materials to be used for filling, or to be excavated, comply with the rule in Clause 5.8. If not, application will need to be made for a resource consent, assessed as a non-complying activity. Filling , excavation or building adjacent to a waterway or mean high water springs: Step 3 If the proposed filling, excavation, or building is adjacent to a waterway or mean high water springs (the coastline), establish whether it is within a setback specified within clause 5.2.4. Step 4 If it is, establish whether the filling, excavation, or building is covered by an exemption to the rule as specified in Clause 5.2.6. Step 5 If the filling, excavation, or building is within a setback specified in Clause 5.2.4, and it is not covered by an exemption specified in Clause 5.2.6, an application will need to be made for a resource consent assessed as a discretionary activity. Filling or building within a flood management area: Step 6 Establish whether the filling or building is within an area which identified as a flood management area on the planning maps Step 7 If it is, an application will need to be made for a resource consent assessed as a restricted discretionary activity. Filling, and excavation in ponding areas and on the Cashmere Stream floodplain: Step 8 Establish whether the proposed filling, excavation or building is within a ponding area or on the Cashmere Stream floodplain. Step 9 If it is, establish whether the proposed filling, excavation or building is covered by an exemption specified in Clause 5.4.5. Step 10 Establish whether the proposed filling, and excavation is subject to clause 5.4.3 or clause 5.4.4(a). An application will need to be made for; (a) a resource consent assessed as a restricted discretionary activity if the filling, and excavation is subject to Clause 5.4.3; or (b) a resource consent assessed as a non-complying activity if the filling, and excavation is subject to Clause 5.4.4. Filling, excavation and building within the Waimakariri River stopbank floodplain Step 11 Establish whether the location of the activity is shown on the planning maps as being within the Waimakariri River stopbank floodplain. Step 12 Establish whether the location of the activity is shown on the planning maps as being within a high hazard area, or within 100m of a primary stopbank, or 50m of a secondary stopbank. Step 13 If so, check the summary table below to determine activity status. Residential Unit Accessory Filling & or Other building excavation Habitable Building Within 100m of the Non-complying Non-complying Non-complying primary stopbank High hazard Non-complying Permitted* Subject to Table 1 requirements Within 50m of the Restricted Restricted secondary stopbank Discretionary Discretionary Remainder of the Permitted* Subject to Table 1 floodplain requirements * Subject to compliance with other rules in the City Plan. (see Clause 5.5.6 for exemptions that may affect the activity status included in the above Table) All development within the Waimakariri River stopbank floodplain taking place within 100m of the primary stopbank and 50m of the secondary stopbank requires consent. Residential units and other habitable buildings require consent throughout the floodplain. Filling and excavation and accessory buildings beyond 100m of the primary stopbank and 50m from the secondary stopbank are subject to the underlying zone rules. Step 14 Establish whether any filling, excavation or building is covered by an exemption to the rules as specified in Clause 5.5.6. Step 15 Establish whether any filling, excavation and/or accessory building permitted by these Rules complies with all other Rules elsewhere in the City Plan.
Filling and building on land that is not adjacent to a waterway or mean high water springs, in ponding areas, on the Cashmere Stream floodplain or within a flood management area and Excavation on land that is not adjacent to a waterway or mean high water springs, in ponding areas, or on the Cashmere Stream floodplain: and Filling and excavation on land not within the Waimakariri River stopbank floodplain: Step 16 Check whether the filling or excavation proposed exceeds the volume, depth or landslope standards in Table 1 of Clause 5.5. If it does, then application will need to be made for: (a) a resource consent if the volumes/depth/landslope of filling or excavation exceed those standards in Columns A, C, D or E of Table 1, assessed as a discretionary activity in respect to filling and excavation; or (b) a resource consent if the volumes of filling or excavation exceed those in Column B of Table 1, assessed as a non- complying activity. If the filling, excavation or building proposed complies with all of these rules, it shall be a permitted activity in respect of these rules. Note: Ecological heritage areas. Special limitations apply to filling and excavation in the whole of the Conservation 1, 1A, Rural 6 and Rural Hills Zones, and to a small number of individual sites outside these zones. These sites are listed in Appendix 2, Part 4, Rural Zones.
5.1 Statement
Updated 15 April 2013 Filling and excavation of land can have significant environmental effects on drainage patterns, visual amenities, erosion potential, loss of versatile soils, disturbance of ecosystems and dust nuisance. The rules on filling and excavation are intended to address these effects. These rules also act as a control on quarrying and removal of topsoil, outside Rural Quarry Zones. Filling, excavation and building can also have adverse effects adjacent to the coastline, waterways and ponding areas and within other areas that are subject to a risk of flooding, in terms of flood management, and in the case of waterways and the coastline, their ecological and natural values. Rules controlling buildings adjacent to waterways may initially seem to be unrelated to excavation and filling, but there is a close association in terms of the issues of waterway flood management and ecology. Accordingly rules related to excavation, filling and building have been integrated to promote adequate management of waterway margins, an issue applicable across various zone boundaries. Building activity can also affect access for waterway management purposes. The width of setbacks from waterways for building excavation and filling is related to the nature and size of the waterway, and the width of its floodplain. In some areas of the City, identified as flood management areas, rules require a resource consent to be obtained for filling of sites and the erection of buildings. These rules provide the Council with discretion over the floor level of buildings and potential adverse flood management related effects of new buildings, additions and the filling of sites. As large portions of these areas are already developed these rules will primarily affect people who are redeveloping existing sections or erecting large new buildings or additions. Many areas however are largely undeveloped, especially in or around ponding areas. A 0.5% annual exceedence probability flood has been identified as an appropriate event on which to base minimum floor levels for buildings or additions within these areas. Within the Waimakariri River stopbank floodplain, the erection of, or addition to, residential units and other habitable buildings not falling within the exemptions require consent. In the areas identified as either high hazard or within 100m of the primary stopbank dwellings and other habitable buildings are non-complying activities. This is due to the volume and depth of floodwaters likely to be experienced in such locations, which represent a significant hazard to life and property. Filling, excavation and accessory buildings similarly require consent if undertaken within the setback from either a primary (100m) or secondary (50m) stopbank. Beyond these setbacks the underlying zone rules apply. Finally, there is the related issue of the content of fill material. Such material is often utilised for general filling or as backfill in worked out quarry areas. Such material has the ability to contaminate groundwater, particularly on the more porous soils west of the city. In addition, unsuitable fill material may create a poor foundation for any future building activities through subsidence and damage to structures or services. Environmental results anticipated (a) Protection of the functioning of river margins for flood management and avoidance of damage to property caused by flooding associated with impeded waterways and floodplains. (b) Protection of the function of natural floodplains, particularly the Upper Heathcote and the Lower Styx, and consequent ability to manage flood discharges. (c) Prevention of contamination of groundwater from the deposition of unsuitable fill material. (d) The avoidance of building in proximity to waterways and the coastline which would impede flood or erosion management, or detract from natural values. (e) The protection and enhancement of water quality and ecological values of waterways. (f) Avoidance of development which may compromise the protection of water quality or aquatic habitats along the river margins. (g) Avoidance of changes to patterns of surface drainage which may create adverse effects on neighbouring properties. (h) Avoidance of filling and excavation which may promote erosion. (i) Prevention of deposition of material which renders land unsuitable for permitted activities. (j) Avoidance of filling, excavation, or building that may detract from the amenity value of waterways and their margins.
(k) To ensure the effects of buildings on the openness, spaciousness, visual qualities and natural values of waterways are avoided or mitigated. (l) Filling, excavation and erection or addition to buildings restricted to areas where the hazard from flooding can be managed. (m) Avoidance of development in areas where the risk to people, their safety, well-being and property from flooding is high. (n) Avoidance of development that could undermine the integrity and functioning of flood protection works.
5.2A Rules - Repair of land used for residential purposes damaged by earthquakes until 31 December 2018
Updated 10 October 2013 1. Any filling or excavation undertaken to repair land use for residential purposes damaged by earthquakes is a permitted activity provided it: i. complies with all the standards in (a) to (i) below; ii. occurs in a zone listed in Table 1 or 2 below; and iii. is commenced prior to the expiry of Rule 5.2.A on 31 December 2018.
(a) Any filling, excavation or disturbance of soils shall not exceed the criteria in Tables 1 or 2 below.
Table 1: Where the land repair and earthworks are not designed, supervised or certified by a suitably qualified and experienced chartered geotechnical engineer. Column A Column B Column C Column D Column E Max. Volume Max. depth Max. depth Fill above Setback (Cumulative) (m) of fill (m) ground level from site [below boundary ground level] Living Zones (excluding the 50m3/site 0.6 0.6 0.3m max. depth; Setback from Living H, H deferred, HB and site boundary 1D Zones), where a site or part must be of a site is located OUTSIDE a equivalent to Flood Management Area* or greater Living Zones (excluding the 50m3/site 0.6 0.6 0.3m max. depth; than the Living H, H deferred, HA, HA and depth of deferred, HB and 1D Zones), 10m3/site max. filling or where a site or part of a site is volume excavation. located WITHIN a Flood Management Area* Rural 1 - 5 Zones, where a site 2000m3/site 0.6 0.6 0.3m max. depth; or part of a site is located OUTSIDE a Flood Management Area* Rural 1 - 5 Zones, where a site 50m3/site 0.6 0.6 0.3m max. depth; or part of a site is located and WITHIN a Flood Management 10m3/site max. Area* volume Land repair works involving soil 10m3/site 1.0 1.0 0.3m max. depth; mixing aggregate piers, or grout. * shown on planning maps
Table 2: Where the land repair and earthworks are designed, supervised or certified by a suitably qualified and experienced chartered geotechnical engineer. Column A Column B Column C Column D Column E Max. Volume Max. depth Max. depth Fill above Setback (Cumulative) (m) of fill (m) ground level from site [below boundary ground level] Living Zones (excluding the 250m3/site 2.0 2.0 NA NA
Living H, H deferred, HB and 1D Zones), where a site or part of a site is located OUTSIDE a Flood Management Area* Living Zones (excluding the 250m3/site 2.0 2.0 0.3m max. depth; NA Living H, H deferred, HA, HA and deferred, HB and 1D Zones), 10m3/site max. where a site or part of a site is volume located WITHIN a Flood Management Area* Rural 1 - 5 Zones, where a site 2000m3/site 2.0 2.0 NA NA or part of a site is located OUTSIDE a Flood Management Area* Rural 1 - 5 Zones, where a site 2000m3/site 2.0 2.0 0.3m max. depth; NA or part of a site is located and WITHIN a Flood Management 10m3/site max. Area* volume Land repair works involving soil 250m3, where not 4.0 4.0 NA 1.5m mixing aggregate piers, or more than 50m3 grout. may be grout * shown on planning maps FOR: FMA’s/FLOOR LEVEL & FILL MANAGEMENT AREAS IN RESIDENTIAL ZONES THIS PHASE (b) There shall be no filling, excavation or disturbance of soil within: i. 3m from any utility waterway to be piped; ii. 5m from any open utility waterway; iii. 7m from any environmental asset waterway; iv. 10m from any other waterway; and v. 20m from any coastline except where works within these riparian area setbacks are permitted under the Canterbury Regional Council rules for repair to earthquake damaged land in or where the earthworks are authorised by a land use consent granted by the Canterbury Regional Council. (c) All filling, excavation or disturbance of soil: i. is not within the dripline of a heritage or notable tree listed at Volume 3 Part 10 Appendix 4; or ii. does not alter the ground level by more than 0.25m within 5m of the dripline of a heritage or notable tree listed at Volume 3 Part 10 Appendix 4; or iii. is not within an Ecological Heritage Area; or iv. is not at or within 5m of a heritage item listed at Volume 3 Part 10, including items of significance to tangata whenua, where the heritage item is on the same site. (d) All filling, excavation or disturbance of soil greater than 10m3 in volume and 0.6m in depth or within the waterway setbacks at (b) shall be undertaken in accordance with the Erosion and Sediment Control Guidelines for Small Sites and Section 6.1 of the Erosion and Sediment Control Guidelines (both prepared by Environment Canterbury). (e) All filling, excavation or disturbance of soil greater than 0.3m in depth shall be in accordance with New Zealand Standard NZS 4431:1989 Code of Practice for Earth Fill for Residential Development. Certification is not required except as specified at (g). (f) All filling, excavation or disturbance of soil is to be undertaken in accordance with New Zealand Standard NZS 6803:1999 Acoustics - Construction Noise and DIN 4150 1999-02 Structural Vibration. (g) For filling, excavation or disturbance of soil completed under Table 2, PS-4 certification completed by a suitably qualified and experienced chartered geotechnical engineer must be provided to the Council within 3 months of the land repair being completed. This shall include as-built plans of the works. (h) Land repair works involving mixing or insertion of grout shall not involve: i. mixtures with a flow time greater than 30 seconds when tested in accordance the grout flow test at NZS 3112: Part 1: 1986 (Test 3) or a flowable concrete/grout including cement and inert additives which exceed a diameter of 300mm when tested in accordance with inverted cone test where at NZS 3112: Part 1: 1986 (Test 11) except for in-situ mixing; or ii. pressurised injection of grout into the ground. (i) i. Where grout is deposited into land using in-situ mixing the grout shall be mixed evenly through the augured soil column and the percentage of grout within the augured soil column shall not exceed 20%; or ii. Where grout is deposited into land using methods other than in-situ mixing, the percentage of cement in the dry grout mixture shall not exceed 30%. (j) Land repair materials shall consist only of: i. soil, gravel, rocks, concrete, sand, silt (such as exists on site already), or clean, inert material; or ii. cement and/or bentonite grout including inert additives.
2. Any filling or excavation undertaken to repair land use for residential purposes damaged by earthquakes that does not comply with Rule 5.2A.1 shall be a restricted discretionary activity with the exercise of Council's discretion limited to the matter(s) addressed in the assessment matters at clauses 5.9.2, 5.9.3, 5.9.4 and 5.9.6 (Volume 3 Part 9). Any restricted discretionary activity application arising from non-compliance with Rule 5.2A.1 will not require the written approval of other persons and shall be non-notified. 3. Exemptions to Rules 5.2A.1 and 5.2A.2: i. Works involving the establishment, repair or replacement of any permitted utilities or the maintenance of existing drains or ponds by a utility operator. ii. Works permitted by a building consent do not require resource consent under Rules 5.2A.1 or 5.2A.2 where; a) they comply with criteria in column D of Tables 1 and 2 controlling fill above ground level in Flood Management Areas; or b) they are designed, supervised and certified by a suitably qualified and experienced chartered geotechnical engineer, including where they exceed the criteria at columns A, B, C or E of Tables 1 and 2; or c) they comply with criteria 5.2A.1(b) - (j). iii. Testing or investigation preceding land repairs or remediation as a result of land damaged by earthquakes are permitted provided it meets the criteria at rule 5.2A.1(b), (c), (e), (f), (h) and (i). iv. filling or excavation associated with the maintenance of flood protection works. v. post holes for the erection of fences or for permitted or approved buildings and signs. vi. planting holes for trees and plants. 4. For the avoidance of doubt, where the earthworks are associated with the repair of land damaged by earthquakes and used for residential purposes in the zones listed in Tables 1 and 2: i. Rule 5.2A substitutes other earthworks Rules 5.2, 5.3, 5.4. 5.5, 5.6 and 5.7; and ii. Rule 5.8.1 relating to the content of fill material applies, except in relation to (h) and (i) above. Advice Notes: i. For the purposes of this rule, "repair land used for residential purposes damaged by earthquakes" does not include repair of land on the Port Hills or Banks Peninsula. It does include all other residential land whether or not an EQC payment has been made and residential land which was unimproved when damage occurred. ii. People intending to do land repair earthworks are responsible for complying with the National Environmental Standard for Assessing and Managing Contaminants in Soil to Protect Human Health (2011). People should contact the Christchurch City Council or ECan to find out whether their land has been used for hazardous activities which might trigger the need for compliance with the NES. iii. People intending to do land repair works should check that the works they intend to undertake do not compromise the insurance of their land in the event of future seismic events, including with EQC. iv. Any vegetation removed during land repairs should not be replaced with pest species as listed in Appendix 1 to the Infrastructure Design Standard (Part 10). The Council prefers that replanting occurs in accordance with its Streamside Planting Guideline to ensure bank stability is not compromised. v. Information regarding the disposal of excavated material and the Standards and Guidelines referenced in the rule is available from the Council. vi. Measurement of volume shall include only areas which have been disturbed, including by filling, excavation, soil mixing or injection of materials. Soil above or between these areas which remain undisturbed does not form part of the allowable volume, including where those undisturbed soils are compacted or otherwise altered by the works. vii. For the purposes of this rule, the building consent platform extends to a maximum of 2.5m from the exterior wall of an enclosed structure or support structures of open structures. viii. The injection of grout under pressure should be undertaken by competent practitioners in line with current best practice guidelines. The practitioner should be aware of buried services when undertaking works.
5.3 Rules: Filling and building within flood management areas
Updated 31 January 2011
5.3.1 Reference to other rules
Updated 31 January 2011 Attention is drawn to the provisions of the zone rules as well as the other General City Rules (including those within Clause 5) that may separately result in an activity being identified as an activity requiring resource consent as non-complying, discretionary, restricted discretionary, controlled, or permitted, in addition to the provisions of these rules.
5.3.2 Bylaws and other relevant legislation
Updated 31 January 2011 (a) Attention is drawn to Council bylaws on earthworks that relate to the structural suitability of fill material for engineering works and building. (b) Attention is drawn to Part I of the Historic Places Act 1993, which states that no work may be undertaken on an archaeological site (whether recorded or unrecorded) until an archaeological authority to destroy, damage or modify a site has been granted by the New Zealand Historic Places Trust in accordance with that Act. 5.3.3 Development standards
Updated 31 January 2011 PHASE 1 COVERS RESIDENTIAL, COMMERCIAL AND INDUSTRIAL ONLY (a) The erection of any building or addition within a flood management area, shall be a restricted discretionary activity with the Council's discretion restricted to the floor level of the building with respect to the assessment matters set out in clause 5.9.3 below. Any application arising from this rule shall be processed without public notification and need not be served on any party. (b) Filling within a flood management area that is located within a living zone shall be a restricted discretionary activity with the Council's discretion restricted to the assessment matters set out in clause 5.8.3 below. (c) Filling within a flood management area that is located within a business, cultural, or open space zone shall be a controlled activity with the Council's discretion limited to the assessment matters set out in clause 5.9.3 below. 5.3.4 The rules set out in Clause 5.3.3 above do not apply to:
Updated 10 October 2013 PHASE 1 COVERS RESIDENTIAL, COMMERCIAL AND INDUSTRIAL ONLY (a) garages of no more than 40m2 in area and any other accessory building that is of no more than 25m2 in area, except in rural zones where the rules set out in Clause 5.3.3 above do not apply to accessory buildings which are of no more than 200m2 in area, or to plastic covered tunnel houses; (b) any additions to existing buildings that do not increase the area of the building footprint. (c) additions to existing buildings of a maximum of 25m2 in any five year period, except in rural zones where the rules set out in Clause 5.3.3 above do not apply to additions to accessory buildings which are of a maximum of 200m2 in any five year period. (d) unenclosed buildings and swimming pools. (e) filling associated with the maintenance of flood protection and bank erosion works; (f) any works involving utilities that are permitted by Chapter 9, or the replacement , repair or maintenance of existing utilities, or the maintenance of existing drains or ponds; (g) any filling permitted pursuant to a land use consent granted by the Canterbury Regional Council; and (h) filling of building platforms only to achieve the identified minimum floor level. (Building platform for the purposes of this clause is that area of a site, excluding the required minimum setbacks from all boundaries, that is less than or equal to the maximum permitted area of site covered by buildings applicable to the subject site. If there is no applicable maximum permitted area of site covered by buildings, the platform shall not extend further than the footprint of a permitted building on this site.) (i) filling to enable a subdivision to comply with Clause 7.2.2 Cashmere and Worsleys, Part 14, which complies with Clause 4.3.2 Minimum Standards - Living Zones (F)(e), Part 14. (j) the erection of buildings on land for which a subdivision complying with Clauses 4.3.2 Minimum Standards - Living Zones (F)(e) and 7.2.2 Cashmere and Worsleys, Part 14, has been issued for the subdivision by the Council in accordance with Section 224 of the Act. (k) the erection of buildings located in the Academy, Driving Range, Maintenance and Resort Community Activity Areas in the Open Space 3D (Christchurch Golf Resort) Zone provided that the floor level of any building achieves or exceeds RL 12.3 (l) any filling or excavation permitted pursuant to rule 5.2A. IN RESPECT TO FMA’s IN RESIDENTIAL ZONES ONLY
5.6 Rules : Filling and excavation on other land
Updated 15 April 2013 5.6.1 Application of these rules
Updated 06 December 2013 (a) The rules within Clause 5.6 are applicable to:
(i) all filling and building on land that is not: adjacent to a waterway or mean high water springs; in a ponding area or on the Cashmere Stream floodplain; or within a flood management area; or within the Waimakariri River stopbank floodplain; and (ii) all excavation on land that is not adjacent to a waterway or mean high water springs, in ponding areas or on the Cashmere Stream floodplain; or within the Waimakariri River stopbank floodplain. (b) The maximum filling or excavation volumes in columns A and B of Table 1 below, are to be used as a ratio (eg. 2000m3/ha for Business 5 Zone equates to 200m3 for a site area of 1000m2). (c) The volume/area ratio in Column A applies to each area within a site which is subject to fill or excavation. (d) The time period applicable to filling and excavation in terms of volume shall be interpreted to mean the maximum volumes specified may not be exceeded within any continuous period of ten years. (e) The filling and excavation rules apply whether or not the work is undertaken on the same site; and the volumes of fill and excavation apply independently of each other. (f) With respect to Rule 5.6.2 and Table 1, the effects of land improvement measures undertaken in the Living G (Highfield) Zone are to be considered in conjunction with associated filling, excavation, building and compaction activities. Note: Building consents - any person contemplating filling or excavation should note that the Building Act requires that the land and other property be protected from erosion, falling debris, slippage, subsidence, inundation, alluvion or avulsion regardless of whether or not any other consent is required for the proposed activity. 5.6.2 Development standard
Updated 31 January 2011 Any filling or excavation which exceeds any one of the standards relating to the volume of material in column A, the depth specified in columns C or D, or the landslope in column E of Table 1, shall be a discretionary activity with the exercise of Council's discretion limited to the matter(s) subject to the standard. The Council shall consult with tangata whenua upon any application being required under these rules for areas containing sites of significance to tangata whenua identified in Part 10, Appendix 3 of these rules. Applicants should note that all archaeological sites (whether recorded or unrecorded) are protected under the provisions of Part 1 of the Historic Places Act 1993 and no work may be undertaken on a site until an archaeological authority to destroy, damage or modify a site has been granted by the Trust in accordance with that Act. 5.6.3 Critical standards
Updated 31 January 2011 (a) Any filling or excavation, which exceeds any one of the standards relating to the volume of material in column B of Table 1 shall be a non-complying activity. The Council shall consult with tangata whenua upon any application being required under this rule for areas containing sites of significance to tangata whenua identified in Part 10, Appendix 3 of these rules. (b) Any filling on that part of the land described as Lots 7 and 8 DP 5998 and Lot 3 DP 17557 in the Rural Zone, excluding that part of the Living 1 Deferred Zone (Philpotts Road), shall be a non-complying activity. 5.6.4 Exemptions from these rules
Updated 10 October 2013 The rules set out in Clause 5.6.1 above and in Table 1 do not apply to: (a) land adjacent to waterways, mean high water springs or in ponding areas (refer to Clauses 5.2.3 and 5.2.4); (b) filling or excavation associated with the maintenance of flood protection works; (c) any works involving the establishment, repair or replacement of any permitted utilities or the maintenance of existing drains or ponds; (d) post holes for the erection of fences or for permitted or approved buildings and signs; (e) planting holes for trees and plants, except that in the Rural Hills, Rural 6, Conservation 1 and Conservation 1A Zones, such planting shall only be associated with species indigenous to the site or permitted exotic plantings; (f) excavation for any approved wells; (g) any works authorised pursuant to a subdivision consent under Clauses 7 or 9 of Part 14; (h) any works permitted pursuant to a building consent; (i) any spoil from drain clearance work on a property; or (j) The construction or maintenance of vehicle or foot tracks in the Conservation 1, Conservation 1A, Rural Hills, Rural 6 Zones, and on ecological heritage sites outside these zones* provided their width is no greater than 1.5m. (k) filling to enable subdivision to comply with Clause 7.2.2, Part 14, and which complies with Clause 4.3.2(F)(e), Part 14. (l) any filling or excavation permitted pursuant to rule 5.2A. ( * Refer to note 3, Table 1)
Table 1 - Filling and excavation - volume and depth of material: Column A Column B Column C Column D Column E Max. volume Max. volume Max. depth of Max. depth of Max. slope of excavation fill (m) land to be filled (m) or excavated (Development (Critical (Development (Development (Development standard) standard) standard) standard) standard) (a) Living H Zone(3), Living HA Zone(3) 10m3/site 0.5 0.5 na (b) Living 1D Zone(2) (c) All other living zones, Cultural 1, 2 and 3(3) 150m3/ha na 0.5 0.5 na Zones, Open Space 1 Zone(3), Business 1 Zone, Special Purpose (Hospital) Zone, except Living TMB Zone (d) All Conservation Zones and the Living TMB Zone 50m3/ha na 0.15 0.15 15° on Port (except Conservation 1, 1A, 3W and 4 Zones) (3) Hills (e) Conservation 1(3), 1A(3) Zones 25m3/ha and no na 0.15 0.15 15° on Port more than 100m2 Hills surface area (f) Business 2, 2P, 3, 4(3), 4P, 4T, 7 (except on that 1000m3/ha na 0.5 0.15 na area shown as hatched on Part 3, Appendix 12) and Central City Mixed Use Zones (g) Business 5, 6 and 8 Zones, Business 7 Zone on 2000m3/ha na 0.5 0.5 na that area shown as hatched on Part 3, Appendix 12, Central City Business, Special Purpose (Ferrymead) Zone, - Area D Special Purpose (Wigram) Zone - Areas B (h) Rural 1(3) and 4(3) Zones 2000m3/ha na 1.0 1.0 na (i) Rural Hills Zone(1) (3), Rural 6 Zone, Rural 7 25m3/ha and no na 0.5 0.5 15° on Port Zone, Ecological heritage sites(3) more than 100m2 Hills surface area (j) Rural 2, 3 and 5(3) Zones Special Purpose 100m3/ha 1000m3/ha 0.5 0.5 (Wigram) Zone - Area A Special Purpose (Ferrymead) Zone - Areas A, B and C(3) (k) Rural Quarry Zone 2000m3/ha (fill na na na na only) (l) All open space zones (except Open Space 1 500m3/ha na 0.5 0.5 na Zone and Ruapuna Park Raceway) (3) (m) Ruapuna Park Raceway 5000m3/ha na 0.5 1.3 na (n) Special Purpose (Airport) Zone 5000m3/ha na 1.0 1.0 na (o) Templeton Special Rural Zone 150m3/ha na 0.5 0.5 na Notes: (1) The provisions of the Living H Zone apply to any land zoned Rural Hills within 100m of a Living H or Living HA zone boundary. (2) Any filling in the Living 1D Zone is a non-complying activity except where the exemptions in Clause 5.5.4 apply. (3) Except for ecological heritage sites where the filling and excavation rules shall be as for the Rural 6 Zone. Those sites outside the Conservation 1A, Rural 6, Rural Hills Zones are listed in Part 4 (Rural Zones) - Appendix 2.
5.7 Rule: Filling and Excavation Under Transmission Lines Business 5 Zone at Sir James Watte Drive, Templeton Special Rural Zone, and Business 8 Zone
Updated 15 April 2013
Except for earthworks for existing and new Network Utilities, no earthworks (Including both filling and excavation) shall be carried out within 12 metres from the centre line of the electricity transmission lines shown on outline development plans for the Templeton Special Rural Zone, Business 5 Zone at Sir James Wattie Drive and the Business 8 Zone Islington.
Any application for earthworks within the transmission line corridor need not be publicly notified and need not be served on any affected party other than Transpower New Zealand Limited.
5.8 Rule : Content of fill and excavation material
Updated 31 January 2011
5.8.1 Critical standard Updated 31 January 2011
In addition to compliance with the standards relating to the volume and depth of filling and excavation in Clauses 5.2 and 5.3 of these rules, any filling or excavation of land, is a non-complying activity where: (a) the fill or excavated material contains putrescible, pollutant, inflammable or hazardous components; and/or (b) fill consists of material other than soil, gravel, sand, silt, or demolition material, and/or has a particle size in excess of 200mm; and/or (c) fill material consists of vegetation which comprises more than 5% of any load by volume, and/or which is derived from a different site to the rest of the fill material except that this rule shall not apply to any filling or excavation on any land within the Special Purpose (Landfill) Zone, and rule 5.4.1 (b) shall not apply to the Rural Quarry Zone in respect to particle size.
5.9 Assessment matters for resource consents
Updated 31 January 2011
5.9.1 General
Updated 31 January 2011 (a) The matters contained in Sections 104 and 105, and in Part II of the Act, apply to consideration of all resource consents for land use activities. (b) In addition to the matters covered in (a) above, the Council shall also apply the relevant assessment matters set out in clauses 5.7.2 and 5.7.3 below to discretionary activities. 5.9.2 Discretionary activity - Filling, excavation and building adjacent to waterways and the coastline
Updated 06 December 2013 (a) Any adverse effects on the natural qualities of the waterway and the ecology of areas within and adjacent to the waterway. (b) Any benefits associated with waterway enhancement, or flood management. (c) Any adverse effects on the amenities of adjoining land, including visual impacts, effects on surface drainage, or any likely sedimentation or dust nuisance. (d) The likely effects of proposed excavation or building on the functioning of the waterway during flood periods, including any likelihood of work undertaken exacerbating inundation, erosion, alluvion or avulsion whether upstream or downstream of the site. (e) Where relevant, any adverse effects likely on land as a result of tidal influences during flood periods including the potential for exacerbation of those effects with potential sea level rise. (f) The potential risk of damage to buildings proposed to be erected in the setback. (g) The effectiveness and environmental impact of any measures that may be proposed to mitigate the effects of filling, excavation or building. (h) Any adverse effects on access to and along the waterway or the coastline for maintenance or flood protection works. (i) The width, depth, and alignment of the waterway within and adjacent to the site, the relevance of these factors to the circumstances applying to the proposed work. (j) Any impact on sites or areas of significance to tangata whenua, particularly significant areas as shown in Part 10, Appendix 3. (k) Any beneficial effects, including the provision of public access, or for enhancing the ecological or visual qualities of the waterway. (l) Any relevant provisions of a Regional Plan that may apply to the waterway. (m) The degree to which building development impacts on the existing waterway amenity values through reduced views of the waterway from adjoining sites and the privacy of adjoining neighbours. (n) The location and orientation of existing neighbouring buildings and outdoor living areas in relation to the waterway. (o) The degree to which the proximity or bulk of the structure dominates and detracts from the spaciousness and openness of the waterway. (p) The ability to mitigate any adverse effects on the amenity values of the waterway including existing planting and the ability to screen the building. Avon River - Upstream Rivers (other zones)
In addition to the assessment matters listed in (a) to (p) above, the Council shall also apply the following assessment matters below when considering resource consents for activities that breach Volume 3, Part 9, Rule 5.2.4 in relation to setbacks from the Avon River where it is demarcated in Volume 3, Part 9, Appendix 1 as an Upstream River (other zones): (q) The physical relationship between the waterway setback standard and flood events and the location of the building or structure thereon. (r) The absence of natural, ecological and amenity values due to the existence of buildings and hard surfaces. (s) Any adverse effect on the quality of groundwater. (t) Any adverse effects of noise and vibration associated with filling, excavation and land improvement in the Living G (Highfield) Zone, and the effectiveness of methods to mitigate such effects. 5.9.3 Restricted discretionary activity - Filling and building within flood management areas
Updated 31 January 2011 Filling and buildings: (a) The effectiveness and environmental impact of any proposed mitigation methods. (b) Any likelihood that the proposed activity may exacerbate inundation or erosion upstream or downstream of the site. (c) The extent to which other properties will be adversely affected as a result of disturbances to surface drainage patterns. (d) Any benefits associated with flood management. (e) Any likelihood that the proposed activity may disturb sites of potential archaeological value requiring the imposition of conditions for an Accidental Discovery Protocol, the training of contractors in the recognition of archaeological sites, monitoring by a suitably qualified archaeologist and notification to Tangata Whenua of the commencement, staging and duration of works. Additional criteria with respect to buildings: (f) Whether the floor level of the building is above the predicted 0.5% Annual Exceedence probability flood level plus an allowance for freeboard not exceeding 400mm; (g) If the building is in a location where the height of flood waters may be influenced by tides, whether the floor level of the building is 11.8m above CCC datum. (h) The way in which the building is sited and constructed and its intended use. (i) The frequency at which the building or addition is predicted to be inundated by floodwaters and the extent of damage that is likely to occur in such an event. 5.9.4 Restricted discretionary activity - Filling and excavation in ponding areas and on the Cashmere Stream floodplain)
Updated 31 January 2011 (a) The likely effects of proposed filling, or excavation on the functioning of the ponding area or floodplain during flood periods. (b) Any potential impacts of excavation or filling on the rate, level or volume of flood discharges to the Heathcote and Styx Rivers and their tributary streams and margins. (c) Any adverse effects on the natural qualities, amenity values or ecology of waterways and wetland areas. (d) In respect to the Lower Styx Ponding Area, any adverse effects likely on land as a result of tidal influences during flood periods including the potential for exacerbation of those effects with potential sea level rise. (e) Any adverse effects on access for maintenance or flood protection works. (f) The effectiveness and environmental impact of any measures that may be proposed to mitigate the effects of filling or excavation. (g) Any beneficial effects, including the provision of public access, or the enhancement of the natural qualities, amenity values or ecology of waterways and wetland areas. 5.9.5 Restricted discretionary activity - Filling, excavation and/or building within the Waimakariri River stopbank floodplain
Updated 15 April 2013 (a) The likely effects of proposed filling, excavation and/or building on the functioning of the Waimakariri River stopbank floodplain during and after flood events, including any likelihood of work undertaken exacerbating inundation, erosion, alluvion or avulsion whether upstream or downstream of the site. (b) The frequency at which the building or addition is predicted to be inundated by floodwaters and the extent of damage that is likely to occur in such an event. (c) Whether the floor level of any new building/building addition is above the predicted 0. 5% Annual Exceedence Probability (AEP) or 1 in 200 year flood event level with a stopbank breach plus an allowance for freeboard not exceeding 400mm. (d) Whether the integrity and/or function of either the Primary or Secondary stopbanks will be adversely affected by the method to achieve the floor level set out in (c).
(e) Where relevant, any adverse effects likely on land as a result of tidal influences during flood periods including the potential for exacerbation of those effects with potential sea level rise. (f) The way in which any building is sited and constructed and its intended use. (g) Any adverse effects on access for maintenance of flood protection works. (h) The effectiveness and environmental impact of any measures that may be proposed to mitigate the effects of filling, excavation or building. (i) The extent to which other properties will be adversely affected as a result of disturbances to surface drainage patterns. (j) Any benefits associated with flood management, including the provision of public access, or the enhancement of the natural qualities, amenity values or ecology of waterways and wetland areas. (k) The extent to which development could result in surface water ponding in the event of flooding, and hence and increased risk of birdstrike. 5.9.6 Discretionary activity - Filling and excavation of other land (i.e. not adjacent to waterways, the coastline or within ponding areas)
Updated 06 December 2013 (a) The effect of filling and excavation with respect to the extent of any versatile soils on the site, and the degree to which this would be lost to production, or have its physical and biochemical qualities compromised. (b) Any potential impacts of the filling or excavation in terms of water or wind erosion, and including dust nuisance and sedimentation. (c) Any adverse visual effects of the filling or excavation. (d) The extent of vehicular traffic generated as a result of filling and excavation on neighbouring properties, and on the road network particularly heavy vehicles. (e) Any potential changes to the patterns of surface drainage or subsoil drains, and whether adjoining land will be at higher risk of inundation runoff, or a raised water table. (f) The stability of adjoining land, and its susceptibility to subsidence or erosion upon excavation taking place. (g) Any alteration to natural ground levels in the vicinity, and consequently on the height and bulk of buildings that may be erected on the site. (h) The significance of ecological or natural values of the land affected, and whether these would be adversely compromised by filling or excavation. (i) The future development potential of land for permitted activities, taking account of the nature of fill material proposed. (j) Any impact on sites or areas of significance to tangata whenua, particularly significant areas as shown in Part 10, Appendix 3. (k) Any adverse effect on an archaeological site. (l) Any adverse effect on the quality of groundwater. (m) Any adverse effects of noise and vibration associated with filling, excavation and land improvement in the Living G (Highfield) Zone, and the effectiveness of methods to mitigate such effects. 5.9.7 Filling and Excavation Under Transmission Lines - Business 5 Zone at Sir James Wattie Drive, Templeton Special Rural Zone, and Business 8 Zone
Updated 15 October 2012 (a) Any effects on the integrity of the transmission line. (b) The volume, area and location of the works, including temporary activities such as stockpiles in relation to the transmission line corridor and infrastructure. (c) The timing and duration of the works. (d) The effectiveness of the proposed site remediation and the long-term protection of effects on the transmission line. (e) The use of mobile machinery near the transmission line which may put the line at risk. (f) The extent to which the proposal will comply with NZECP 34:2011. (g) Outcomes of any consultation with Transpower New Zealand Limited. 5.10 Reasons for rules
Updated 31 January 2011 5.10.1 Filling, excavation and building adjacent to waterways and the coastline
Updated 20 December 2013 There are seven main reasons for rules requiring setbacks for filling, excavation and buildings from waterways. Firstly, filling and/or associated building activity can adversely impact the on function of floodplain areas adjacent to waterways, by impeding flood discharges and exacerbating inundation upstream of a site.
Secondly, filling, particularly associated with bank works, can damage or destroy the ecological value of rivers and river margins by creating an artificial or sterile environment, as well as temporary adverse effects such as sedimentation. Thirdly, filling and building can detract from the amenities of adjoining properties. Filling can have an adverse visual effect as well as artificially modifying the natural character of river margins. Likewise building may affect the visual qualities, spaciousness and natural values along the waterways. The setback will provide a buffer between development and the waterway margins which will promote an open and spacious amenity. The setback may also provide an opportunity for riparian planting to maintain and enhance water quality through filtering non-point discharge and protect aquatic habitat. Fourthly, filling, excavation and particularly building, can reduce the opportunity to protect riparian margins where there are high conservation values. Fifthly, building activity can permanently alienate potential river access as well as exacerbating risk of flood damage to the structures on the site. Sixthly, setbacks provide for improvement of the waterway which may involve any of the following: bank regrading, riparian planting and modifications to the stream bed to create diversity of aquatic habitat. Finally, the ability of the Council to undertake necessary waterway management and maintenance can be diminished by filling, excavation or building adjacent to waterways. The City's waterways have been classified into a number of categories. Environmental asset waterways are tributaries of upstream rivers, downstream rivers, estuaries or other environmental asset waterways. They are smaller in width than upstream or downstream rivers and generally have some natural character with a high potential for restoration. Hill waterways are relatively steep watercourses on the Port Hills which have seasonally dry channels with a high potential for restoration. A utility waterway is generally an artificial waterway without a natural floodplain but often having potential for enhancement. Upstream rivers are the mid to upper reaches of rivers and major streams. In terms of width, they are the intermediate category between environmental asset waterways and downstream rivers. They have a distinctive natural character with a high potential for restoration. Downstream rivers are the large Christchurch waterways with wide floodplains. They have distinctive natural character with high potential for restoration and are tidal in their lower reaches. A new waterway is any waterway which is created, usually associated with development. New waterways are treated as environmental asset waterways. The width of the setbacks specified for particular categories of waterway are related to the size and character of the waterway, being greater generally downstream where water volumes are greater and floodplains wider. Large development setbacks are required on the upstream and downstream rivers for restoration, enhancement of amenity values, to avoid flood damages, particularly the inundation of buildings, and for the natural functioning of their floodplains. Environmental asset waterways have a high potential for restoration, and the greater setback is primarily required for restoration, enhancement of amenity values and the natural functioning of their floodplains. Utility waterways often have potential for enhancement but a smaller setback is generally sufficient to achieve this. Hill waterways (also subject to regional rules) also have higher setbacks because of the steeper nature of their margins and higher risk of erosion and sedimentation. Some waterways will be redeveloped into open "natural" watercourses upon development of adjoining land, particularly in the north of the city. Most of the city's coastline is already protected within conservation zones and subject to separate rules, but a 20m setback has been required on other parts of the city's coastline to ensure a minimum buffer for ecological, access, recreation and erosion protection reasons. This includes small sections of coastline in areas such as South New Brighton and Redcliffs which are within living zones. Waterways and activities which affect them are potentially of concern to tangata whenua and accordingly the rules emphasise attention to waterway values, potential impacts on water quality, or on sites. Exemptions from the rules have been provided for works which have minor effects, or where consents have been obtained under other procedures. In the latter case this will include subdivisions (covered under Part 14 of this Plan), buildings approved under the Building Act, and works covered by regional rules where it is desirable to avoid multiple assessment and consent processes. Essential utilities and floodbank protection works are also excluded. The 100m setback from the Waimakariri River stopbank has been imposed to reduce the possibility of loss of life and extensive damage to property in the event of stopbank failure or overtopping. Stopbank failure may result from: • decreased channel capacity; or • gravel accumulation; or • changing river courses; or • structural damage to the stopbank. Exemptions from the rules have been provided for works that have minor effects, essential utilities, and floodbank protection works. In the Business 4 zoned land known as Kennaway Park (being the land bounded by Tunnel Road and the Heathcote River, shown on the Outline Development Plan in Part 3 Appendix 9) the landscape area adjacent to the Heathcote River is to provide for planting to act as screening for Business 4 activities on site and to enhance the visual amenity and ecological values of the river margin. 5.10.2 Filling and building within flood management areas
Updated 31 January 2011 A number of ‘flood management areas' have been identified as being subject to a greater risk of flooding than the City as a whole. An increased frequency and severity of flooding is anticipated within the identified areas as a result of climate change. It is predicted an increased number of buildings could be inundated by flood waters in these areas. This would result in significant adverse effects on the general and economic wellbeing and safety of the community. If infill development and redevelopment of these areas were permitted without additional protection from rules and standards in the City Plan the extent of adverse effects would increase over time. It is also likely that the demand for physical protection works would increase. A requirement has been introduced for a resource consent to be obtained for new buildings and additions within the identified flood management areas. This provides the Council with the discretion over the finished floor level of those buildings. Two distinct levels have been identified as necessary in order to manage the effects of tidal and non-tidal influenced flood risks. Tidal influenced flooding may result directly from seawater during extreme tide and/or storm events. Alternatively, it may result from back up of river waters during such events. ‘Non-tidal' flooding results from heavy or sustained rainfall within the catchments of the rivers that flow through the City.
An 11.8m level (CCC datum) has been identified with respect to ‘tidal' flooding. This level includes a 0.5m allowance for the sea level rise, being the best estimate from IPCC (Inter-Government Panel on Climate Change) for sea level rise over the next 100 years as adjusted for Christchurch's coastline. This level reflects tidal flooding within a 2% to 1% annual exceedence probability storm event, once the sea level rise has occurred, depending upon whether a 300mm or 400mm buffer (or freeboard) is provided. The minimum finished floor level that has been identified with respect to non-tidal flooding is that which would result from 0.5% annual exceedence probability rainfall event plus an allowance for freeboard. Some tidal influenced area such as parts of Sumner and Redcliffs are also subject to local drainage constraints and the minimum finished floor level for these areas will be that which would result from a 0.5% annual exceedence probability rainfall event plus freeboard. These finished floor levels have been chosen because they reduce the potential for damage in moderate to significant flood events over the life of the building, taking into account the anticipated effects of climate change, in particular sea level rise. While these rules will provide some benefits for individual land owners the overriding reason for their imposition is the benefit to the City as a whole in terms the sustainable management of the City's resources. Both of these floor levels include a ‘free board' for factors such as wave and wind run up, vehicle wash, blockages, and survey errors. Each of these factors is explained below: • Wave and wind run up can cause a significant variation to computed levels. Flood events in Christchurch are frequently accompanied by very strong winds. Strong southerly winds increase sea levels in Pegasus Bay and across the estuary. Wind and waves can also elevate flood levels in ponding areas and open reaches of the rivers. • Vehicle wash flooding in the past has been exacerbated by vehicles travelling along flooded roads, for example a vehicle travelling in 100 mm of water could generate a 200 mm high wave, and runup of 150 mm will occur when the wave hits the building. The impact of this can be reduced by fencing or planting. • Inevitably blockages in waterways, secondary flowpaths and structures such as culverts, inlets, etc occur during flood events. As an example the event in October 2000 when very strong winds brought down numerous trees across the Heathcote River. The impact of blockages on property flooding will vary depending on location, and the ability for floodwaters to spread out. • Inevitably errors in setting the appropriate floor level do occur. Provision for checks on levels once the floor has been constructed will help to alleviate this. Additional filling restrictions have also been imposed within the identified flood management areas as filling can disturb drainage patterns between properties. Furthermore, filling may have an adverse cumulative impact on the river catchment and could result in an increase flood risk in other parts of the catchment.
5.10.3 Filling, and excavation in ponding areas and on the Cashmere Stream floodplain
Updated 31 January 2011 Rules also apply to the rural zoned area of the Cashmere Stream floodplain, three ponding areas within the upper Heathcote River catchment, and to the Lower Styx Ponding Area. Although all of these areas extend well beyond the waterway margins, they can become inundated following prolonged rainfall. The storage of floodwaters within the Upper Heathcote River ponding areas and the Cashmere Stream floodplain reduces the rate at which floodwaters are discharged downstream through residential areas (hence reducing the exposure of these residential areas to flood damage). Excavation and filling within these storage areas may reduce the existing storage capacity in the catchment and potentially reduce future options to enhance flood mitigation functions downstream of the ponding areas. Accordingly excavation and filling is controlled within these areas. In recognition of the existing activities within these areas provision is only made for excavation and filling normally associated with that which will have minor effect, as well as work associated with future waterway and wetland enhancement. In the lower Styx River, the discharge of floodwaters to the sea is restricted during high tides and an extensive low lying area of the floodplain acts as a ponding area for floodwaters. The storage capacity of this area would be substantially reduced if filling and development were allowed to take place on a large scale in this area. Controls on filling and excavation are required. Exemptions from the rules have been provided for works that have minor effects. Essential utilities and floodbank protection works are also excluded. 5.10.4 Filling, excavation and building within the Waimakariri River stopbank floodplain
Updated 15 April 2013 Filling and excavation of land can result in a number of adverse physical effects, including erosion, subsidence, sedimentation, impacts on the natural drainage pattern (and hence adjoining land), and in some circumstances on sites of ecological value. There are also potential amenity effects of filling and excavation including dust nuisance, traffic generation (heavy vehicles) and artificial disturbance of the natural land surface. To deal with these potential effects, controls are included which set threshold levels for excavation and filling based on volumes (per site or land area) and depth of both fill and excavation, beyond which a restricted discretionary activity resource consent is required. Such applications would be assessed in terms of the factors identified above. However, within a floodplain filling and excavation below these thresholds can adversely impact on the function by impeding flood discharges and/or disturbing drainage patterns thereby exacerbating inundation on adjoining properties. For this reason additional restrictions apply within 100m of a primary stopbank and 50m of a secondary stopbank. Furthermore, filling may have an adverse cumulative impact on the river catchment and could result in an increase flood risk in other parts of the floodplain. Building activity, particularly buildings intended for human occupation, can exacerbate risk of flood damage to life and property within the floodplain. The of erection or addition to residential units and other habitable buildings within the Waimakariri River stopbank floodplain close to the primary stopbank and within high hazard areas is a non-complying activity given the high risk to life and property of deep and/or fast moving floodwaters. In that context avoidance is preferred to mitigation, which is unlikely to prove
effective and may contribute to adverse flooding effects elsewhere in the floodplain. The potential effects in relation to the secondary stopbank relate more to potential impacts on structural integrity rather than direct threat to life and property. On that basis a reduced setback of 50m applies to the secondary stopbank, with restricted discretionary consent being required to undertaken activity within this setback distance. The 100m setback from the Waimakariri River primary stopbank and additional restriction within the identified high hazard area have been imposed to reduce the possibility of loss of life and extensive damage to property in the event of stopbank failure or overtopping. Stopbank failure may result from: • decreased channel capacity; or • gravel accumulation; or • changing river courses; or • structural damage to the stopbank. Exemptions from the rules have been provided for small scale works including accessory buildings which will have minor effects, both in the rural and Open Space 3A (McLeans Island) Zones, or where consents have been obtained under other procedures. In the latter case this will include subdivisions (covered under Part 14 of this Plan), buildings approved under the Building Act, and works covered by regional rules where it is desirable to avoid multiple assessment and consent processes. Essential utilities and floodbank protection works are also excluded. 5.10.5 Filling and excavation on other land
Updated 20 December 2013 Filling and excavation of land can result in a number of adverse physical effects, including erosion, subsidence, sedimentation, impacts on the natural drainage pattern (and hence adjoining land), and in some circumstances on sites of ecological value. Secondly filling, and more especially excavation of land, can result in the loss of versatile soils. In this respect the restrictions on excavation act to limit topsoil extraction and quarrying in rural zones (except the Rural Quarry Zone). Thirdly, there are potential amenity effects of filling and excavation including dust nuisance, traffic generation (heavy vehicles) and artificial disturbance of the natural land surface. To deal with these potential effects, controls are included which set threshold levels for excavation and filling based on volumes (per site or land area) and depth of both fill and excavation, beyond which a discretionary activity resource consent is required. Such applications would be assessed in terms of the factors identified above. These rules have been set acknowledging that in many cases filling and excavation is undertaken in conjunction with subdivision and building. The procedures associated with these processes provide adequate controls, but these rules deal with filling and excavation on land which is unrelated to these processes. The rules are intended to control volumes according to the nature of physical impacts, soil values and amenities, in particular zones. In general, restrictions are greater on the Port Hills (visual, erosion, stability factors), living zones generally (amenities), in zones containing versatile soils, and in areas of high amenity, natural or heritage values (e.g. cultural and conservation zones). The rules have stronger application in the Rural Hills, Rural 6, Conservation 1 and Conservation 1A Zones where ecological values, particularly the presence of indigenous plant species is an important factor. Special restrictions apply in the Living 1D Zone in Sparks Road and in part of Rural 3 Zone described as Lots 7 and 8 DP 5998 and Lot 3 DP 17557, excluding that part zoned Living 1 Deferred (Philpotts Road), in recognition of known problems with stormwater disposal and the undesirability of filling in the zone. The limits on depth of fill and excavation complement those on volumes, and act to prevent excavation or filling of material over a wide area, or concentrated into a small area with greater depth. In the rural zones containing versatile soils, an upper threshold volume is specified to ensure larger volumes of excavated or fill material is a non-complying activity, while on the Port Hills a limit is placed on land of a slope greater than 15° to ensure filling and excavation does not create unreasonably risk of erosion or subsidence. Filling and excavation of land may entail disturbance of sites having significance to tangata whenua, and the rules address the need to consider this in areas known to be of historic significance to them. In addition archaeological sites may be disturbed and the rules address the protection of these sites under the Historic Places Act 1993. 5.10.6 Content of fill material
Updated 31 January 2011 The nature of acceptable fill material is specified in the plan to ensure that materials deposited are "inert" - that is, will not have the potential to contaminate groundwater. Provision for deposition of some hardfill material is appropriate, (even allowing for a degree of enforcement difficulties) because of the large volumes of material generated from site clearance works in the city would, if deposited at the landfill site, reduce the life of that facility. Furthermore, it is useful to allow filling of quarried land as one, of a number of means, of restoring such land upon completion of excavation. The rules are also intended to ensure fill material which is unsuitable as a future building platform, is not deposited. This could result in subsidence and damage to subsequent buildings and services, or the creation of land with limited end uses. Where soil has been contaminated in the past, it may be preferable to provide a sealing layer rather than distribute such contaminated soil as fill material elsewhere in the city. 5.10.7 Other matters and exclusions from rules
Updated 31 January 2011 Matters relating to the structural implications of building on filled land are identified on the Register of Natural Hazards and site characteristics and dealt with city bylaws and the Building Act.
Exceptions to the rules are provided for utilities (subject to separate rules) holes for fences, signs and planting, wells, and retention basins. These exclusions are not expected to result in significant effects, and would allow necessary activities to proceed without undue restriction. Maintenance (but not construction) of flood protection works are also excluded. Exclusions are also provided from the filling and excavation rules for the Special Purpose (Landfill) Zone, the Special Purpose (Road) Zone, the Special Purpose (Rail) Zone, the Conservation 3W (Waterway Conservation Waimakariri) Zone, the Conservation 4 (Cemeteries) Zone, and the Rural Quarry Zone where filling and excavation is a necessary part of activities anticipated in these zones. In the Conservation 3W Zone activities on the bed of the Waimakariri River are subject to regional rules, and removal of aggregates is encouraged as an alternative to dry land quarrying. Accordingly, restrictions on filling and excavation are of little relevance in this zone. In the case of the content of fill material, exceptions are provided for the landfill zone (as its purpose is as a managed filling facility) and for the quarry zones in respect to particle size. The latter exception is to allow for disposal of large demolition material (e.g. concrete) as a supplement to the landfill zone. As noted earlier, works associated with subdivision and building consents are covered under these separate procedures. In the case of the Cashmere and Worsleys Valleys, specific provisions are included in the subdivision rules to deal with these matters before the urban development of that area occurs.
6.0 Airport Protection Surfaces
6.1 Statement
Updated 14 November 2005
An essential part of the operations of airfields, and in particular major facilities such as the Christchurch International Airport, are rules which protect the airspace of aircraft leaving and approaching the runways. They also protect the operation of lighting, instruments and navigation facilities essential to the operation of aircraft in the vicinity of the airport.
The controls are of necessity technical in nature and require specific calculation in respect to the extent to which the height of structures or vegetation may be limited by the angle and height of the approach planes in the rules. Environmental results anticipated (a) Maintenance of the operational safety of aircraft operations at Christchurch International Airport. (b) Maintenance of the effectiveness of lighting, instruments and other navigational aids in and around the airport, and consequent aircraft safety.
6.2 Prohibited Activity
Updated 24 January 2011
An activity shall be a prohibited activity for which no resource consent shall be granted where: (a) a building, or any utility, as defined in this plan (except a navigational aid for aircraft) shall penetrate the protection surfaces described in Clauses 6.2.1-6.2.6, or be located within the REPA indicated on Appendix 4; excluding • structures associated with upgrades for State Highway 1; • maintenance or repair works on any existing permitted building or utility; • enclosed walkways associated with vehicle parking areas which are no greater than 2.4m in height and 1.8m in width or (b) any tree that penetrates the protection surfaces described in Clauses 6.2.1-6.2.6; or (c) an activity that results in the following effects within the REPA indicated on Appendix 4: • mass assembly of people, including but not limited to gathering associated with recreation activities, public entertainment events, or fairs. Golf course recreation does not amount to mass assembly of people; • the release of any substance which will impair visibility or otherwise interfere with the operation of aircraft, including the creation of smoke, dust and steam; • Notwithstanding the zoning applicable to land within the REPA, the use or storage of hazardous substances in excess of the quantities specified for a Group 1 Zone in Volume 3, Part 11 (Hazardous Substances) in the City Plan;
• production of direct light beams, or reflective glare which will interfere with the vision of a pilot, provided that for the purposes of this rule the following are excluded: (i) Reflections from glass and mirrors used in motor vehicles; and (ii) Light from motor vehicle lights. Note: refer also Rule 11-2.3.5 with regard to glare restrictions within a 500m distance of the runway thresholds. • production of radio or electrical interference which could affect aircraft communication or navigational equipment; • the use of land for activities which may attract birds, including but not limited to crops, orchards, and waterbodies (including swales or retention basins for the management of stormwater).
6.2.1 Explanation of protection surface Updated 14 November 2005
The environs of Christchurch International Airport are protected by a series of protection surfaces.
These surfaces are in accordance with the Civil Aviation Authority of New Zealand Advisory Circular 139.06A (AC139.06A).
The protection surfaces of an aerodrome are defined surfaces in the airspace above and adjacent to the aerodrome. These protection surfaces are necessary to enable aircraft to maintain a satisfactory level of safety while manoeuvring at low altitude in the vicinity of the aerodrome. These surfaces shall be free of obstacles and subject to control such that the erection of buildings, masts, growing of trees or any other obstacles which infringe the surfaces are prohibited.
6.2.2 Conical surface Updated 14 November 2005 (a) Description A surface sloping upwards and outwards from the periphery of the inner horizontal surface (Appendix 4). (b) Characteristics (i) The lower edge is coincident with the periphery of the inner horizontal surface and rises to an elevation of 150m above the aerodrome datum level. RL 38.00 AMSL above mean sea level. It rises upwards and outwards from the periphery of the inner horizontal surface at a gradient of 1:20. (ii) The slope is measured in a vertical plane perpendicular to the periphery of the inner horizontal surface i.e. 5%.
6.2.3 Inner horizontal surface Updated 14 November 2005 (a) Description A surface located in a horizontal plane above an aerodrome and its environs. (See Appendix 4 ) (b) Characteristics (i) The inner horizontal surface is contained in a horizontal plane having its outer limits at a locus of 4000m measured from the periphery of the runway strip. (ii) The plane is located 45m above aerodrome elevation datum, (RL 38.00 AMSL) being 83m AMSL.
6.2.4 Approach surfaces Updated 14 November 2005
Each strip is provided with an inclined approach surface such that aeroplanes approaching to land have a clear, obstacle-free path with a guaranteed clearance surface. This approach path is located within a defined area called the approach fan (see Appendix 4). (a) Description The origin of the approach fan is an inclined plane originating at the end of the strip, the co-ordinates of the centre line of which are shown in Appendix 4. (b) Characteristics (i) The fan is essentially a truncated triangle with the cut-off apex line called the inner edge. The width of this inner edge is 300m for RW02/RW20 and 300m for RW 11/29. (ii) The expanding sides of the approach fan diverge at a constant rate of 1:6.6 (15% , 8 ° 31' 51")
related to the distance from the end of the strip, and extend to a distance of 15000m from the origin. (c) Elevation (i) The elevation of the inner edge of the approach fan is the same as the highest point on the extended centre line between the end of the runway and the end of the strip ie RW02 RL37.7. RW20 RL26.4. RW11 RL36.0. RW29 RL28.8. (ii) The slope of the approach surface is 1:50 (2% , 1 ° 8 ' 45") and is measured in the vertical plane containing the centre line of the runway.
6.2.5 Transitional side surfaces Updated 14 November 2005 (a) Description A complex surface originating along the side of the strip and part of the side of the approach surface that slopes upwards and outwards to the inner horizontal surface (see Appendix 4). (b) Characteristics From the sides of the strip and the approach surface, the transitional side surface slopes upwards and outwards at a gradient of 1:7, extending until it reaches the inner horizontal surface. No obstacle should penetrate the transitional side surface.
6.2.6 Take‐off climb surface
Updated 14 November 2005 (a) Each runway strip is provided with a take-off climb surface such that aeroplanes taking off have a clear, obstacle-free path with a guaranteed clearance surface over which to climb. This climb path is located within a defined area called the take off fan which originates from the end of the runway strip (see Appendix 4) (b) Characteristics (i) The fan is essentially a truncated triangle with the cut-off apex line called the inner edge. The width of this inner edge is 180m. It is located 61m from the runway ends of 20 and 11, 433.15m from the runway end of 02 and 305m from the runway end of 29. (ii) The expanding sides of the take-off fan diverge at a constant rate of 1:8 (12.5%, 7 ° 07' 30") related to the distance from the origin. It expands to a maximum width of 1,200m and then the sides remain parallel for a distance of 15,000m. (iii) The elevation of the inner edge is equal to the highest ground level along the centre line between the runway end and the end of the strip. RW02 RL26.4. RW20 RL37.7. RW11 RL 28.8. RW29 RL 36.0. (iv) The slope of the take-off climb is 1:62.5 (1.6%) and is measured in the vertical plane containing the centre line of the runway.
6.3 Reasons for rules
Updated 14 November 2005
Unobstructed airspace is essential for the approach orbit and manoeuvring of aircraft in the vicinity of airfields. The comprehensive provisions in the City Plan are a modification of long-standing provisions in earlier district schemes, and are necessary for the operation of the large and increasing numbers and types of aircraft using the International Airport. The rules are essential to maintaining the safety of aircraft operations, and because these cannot be compromised, no provision is made to break the protection surfaces (hence prohibited activity status).
The rules logically relate to diverging fans from the airport with increasing restriction over structures closer to the airport. This is supplemented by controls on height around the airfield.
The impact of the rules extends over private land beyond the Special Purpose (Airport) Zone, although only very high structures and trees would be affected at distant points within the protection surfaces.
To be effective the controls must contain proposed buildings, or any other structures (including utilities not related to navigation). In addition, trees must not be allowed to grow through the protection surfaces consideration must be given to the type of trees planted within these surfaces, to ensure that they will not grow to a height that will obstruct them.
REPAs are provided at the end of each runway strip. These areas are required to be free of obstructions or activities which could interfere with aeronautical navigational aids. They are also areas in which statistically there are greater chances of aircraft related accidents. It is therefore desirable that the public's exposure to such risks be reduced by limiting the range of activities permitted in the REPAs.
The REPAs comprise fan shaped areas commencing at the ends of the runway strips as shown in Appendix 4 (defined in the Section Airport Protection Surfaces) consistent with the dimensions shown in the diagram Runway End Protection Areas.
While the likelihood of concentrations of people occurring on land within the REPA's is low, the consequences of any aircraft accident related effect are potentially of major impact (refer section 3(f) of the Act). Activities which result in a substantial number of people gathering on land within the REPA's have the potential to exacerbate loss of life in the event of an aircraft accident. A number of these activities are addressed indirectly through controls on buildings. Others, which occur outside or independently of buildings include sports or entertainment events. Golf courses do not normally involve intensive gatherings of people and/or spectators, and are therefore excluded from the application of the rule.
Other activities may attract birds and increase the risk of bird strike accidents, particularly in take off/landing operations; light sources or smoke, dust, or steam could impair pilot visibility, while the presence of significant quantities of hazardouse substances could exacerbate the effects of an aircraft accident. A balance has to be struck between the reasonable use of land within the REPA's and the degree of risk associated with potentially incompatible activities. Some potentially incompatible activities already exist and have been recognised. Exclusions have been provided for reasons of practical necessity, for example effects of vehicles on traffic routes passing across parts of the REPA's
7.0 Financial Contributions
Updated 22 May 2006
7.1 Statement
Updated 22 May 2006
The Local Government Act enables Councils to require development contributions (cash and/or land) to be paid for reserves (for open space and recreation), network infrastructure and community infrastructure, at the time of a resource consent (land use or subdivision), a building consent or a service connection. The Council has decided to require these contributions under the Local Government Act, rather than under the financial contribution provisions of the Resource Management Act.
The Council has prepared a Development Contributions Policy, by way of the special consultative procedure, as part of its Long Term Council Community Plan (LTCCP). Under this Policy, development contributions are required for the following: • Land and/or cash for reserves at the time of development and/or subdivision of additional residential units; • Cash for the upgrading or development of network infrastructure (for water supply, wastewater, roading and other transport, and surface water management services) by way of city-wide infrastructure contributions, local cost share areas and contributions for works adjacent to development and/or subdivision. • Cash for community infrastructure (to provide public amenities on Council land) at the time of additional, non-residential, building development.
The Council has decided that three financial contributions will remain in the City Plan, because they do not fall within the scope of the Local Government Act 2002 provisions for development contributions. These are: • Esplanade reserves and/or strips; • Heritage Conservation Contributions; and • Cash-in-lieu of parking contributions.
Where land has recently been subdivided, esplanade reserves and strips within or adjoining the coastal marine area or along the margins of rivers or streams as defined by Section 230(4) of the Act have usually been fully provided where the Plan requires such provision. However, in some instances, new land use
activities are established on sites that have not been recently subdivided. This can also apply to business activities which are more likely to involve the amalgamation of allotments rather than subdivision to create new parcels. Intensification or redevelopment of residential or other building activity on a site also provides an opportunity for ongoing acquisition of esplanade reserves and/or strips, including along waterways, as though the development of the building(s) was in conjunction with subdivision of the site.
Where resource consent has been granted for demolition or alteration, of a protected heritage item under Part 10, Appendix 1, involving the erection of a new building and/or additional floorspace being added to an existing building(s), a heritage conservation contribution may be appropriate for heritage items dependent upon the value of the development (where the building consent value exceeds $200,000.00).
Where the physical provision of parking on site is impracticable, a cash-in-lieu of parking contribution is to be used by the Council to acquire land and provide off street parking in existing business areas where there is a large number of individual titles and fully developed sections, making it difficult to provide on site parking. This provision is included in Volume 3, Part 13, Section 2, Clause 2.2.1.
7.2 Categories of activities
Updated 22 May 2006 (a) Any activity which complies with all of the development standards under Clause 7.3 shall be a permitted activity . (b) Any activity which does not comply with any one or more of the development standards under Clause 7.3 shall be a discretionary activity with the exercise of the Council's discretion limited to the matter(s) subject to that standard.
7.3 Development standards
Updated 22 May 2006
7.3.1 Esplanade reserves or strips Updated 22 May 2006
In any zone where: (a) one or more additional residential units are to be erected on, or added to, an allotment or certificate of title; or created by dividing an existing building; or by adding to an existing building on an allotment, whether in conjunction with a subdivision consent or not; or (b) any building(s) for a land use activity other than a residential activity either: • increase(s) the gross floor area of buildings on the site, used for activities other than residential activities, over and above the gross floor area as of 1 June 2002, by more than 50%; or • exceed(s) a site coverage of greater than 40%; whichever is the lesser
and the site of the residential unit(s) or other land use activity adjoins or is within the coastal marine area, or a river or stream as defined by Section 230(4) of the Act;
and the planning map for the locality shows a requirement to make provision for esplanade purposes;
a contribution towards esplanade reserves and/or strips, assessed in accordance with Part 14, Clauses 6.2 and 6.3 shall be provided as though the development of the residential unit(s) or other building(s) is in conjunction with a subdivision. For land use activities, other than residential activities, where the requirement in Part 14, Clauses 6.2 and 6.3 requires the vesting of land as reserve to the Council, the requirement shall only relate to an esplanade strip, to be created pursuant to Section 232 of the Act.
7.3.2 Savings for previous contributions Updated 22May 2006 (a) Where the activity is being undertaken in conjunction with a subdivision consent, the financial contributions under Clause 7.3.1 above shall be assessed as part of, and not in addition to, the subdivision consent requirements.
(b) Where, a financial contribution for esplanade reserves or strips, has been made to the Council on the subdivision of the land or pursuant to a previous development of residential units on the land, that contribution shall be assessed as a credit and deducted from the value of the relevant contribution above.
7.3.3 Heritage conservation contributions Updated 31 July 2012
Where any land use activity is proposed on a site outside the Central City where a resource consent has been granted for the demolition or alteration of a protected building, place or object listed in Part 10, Appendix 1 and involves: (a) the erection of a new building; and/or (b) additional floorspace being added to an existing building(s); and the building consent value exceeds $200,000.00, a cash contribution shall be made to the Council towards purchasing, compensating owners or restoring heritage items listed in Part 10, Appendix 1. This cash contribution shall be assessed at 0.5% of the building consent value.
7.3.4 Payment of contributions Updated 22 May 2006
All respective financial contributions under Clauses 7.3.1 and 7.3.3 above shall be paid to the Council at the time of the issue of the building consent, except where application for subdivision consent is made in conjunction with the undertaking of the activity. In such cases, the subdivision consent will specify when the payment shall be made.
7.4 Assessment matters for resource consents
Updated 22 May 2006 (a) In considering any application relating to financial contributions for esplanade reserves and/or strips from developments, the Council shall in considering whether or not to grant consent or impose conditions, have regard to the respective assessment matters for financial contributions on subdivision activity applications in Part 14, as though the application for a building development was for a subdivision activity. (b) In considering any application relating to heritage conservation contributions towards purchasing, compensating owners or restoring listed heritage items , the Council shall in considering whether or not to grant consent or impose conditions, have regard to the following assessment matters. (i) The extent to which cash contributions towards the purchase, compensating owners or restoration of listed heritage items is consistent with the objectives and policies of the Plan in relation to the protection of such items. (ii) Whether the proposed development involves, or will achieve, the protection or restoration of a listed item.
7.5 Reasons for rules
Updated 22 May 2006
The reasons for the rules relating to financial contributions for esplanade reserves and/or strips from developments shall be the same as the reasons for the rules relating to the provision of esplanade reserves and /or strips on subdivision activities, as though the building development was a subdivision activity (Refer Part 14, Clause 19.5).Esplanade provision on subdivision is a statutory requirement under the Act, with the onus of justifying lesser or non provision of such land being placed upon the Council. This contribution ensures, to the maximum extent possible, equality of esplanade provision irrespective of whether the land is being subdivided or not.
In addition, these rules contain a rule relating to cash contributions towards purchasing, compensating or restoring listed heritage items This rule recognises the importance of these features to the heritage of the city and impacts on the cultural wellbeing and amenity values of the city which would result from their loss. Although there are rules in Part 10 of the Plan which aim to protect listed heritage items, it is recognised that their protection can restrict the ability of the owner to realise what would otherwise be the full potential of their land and buildings. Accordingly, it may not always be possible to protect an item and have it remain in private ownership without compensating the owner. The reason for this rule is to provide a source of funds from which the Council, if necessary, may provide compensation to owners, purchase the item, or contribute
towards restoration.
8.0 Wigram Airfield Protection Surfaces
8.1 Statement
Updated 11 July 2011
An essential part of facilities such as the New Zealand Defence Force Wigram are rules which protect the airspace of aircraft leaving and approaching the site. The rules also protect the operation of lighting, instruments and navigation facilities essential to the operation of aircraft in the vicinity of the site.
The controls are of necessity technical in nature and require specific calculation in respect to the extent to which the height of structures or vegetation may be limited by the angle and height of the approach planes in the rules.
Environmental results anticipated (a) Maintenance of the operational safety of aircraft operations at Wigram. (b) Maintenance of the effectiveness of lighting, instruments and other navigational aids in and around NZDF land at Wigram, and consequent aircraft safety.
8.2 Critical Standard
Updated 11 July 2011
An ac vity shall be a prohibited ac vity for which no resource consent will be granted where: (a) a building or other structure, or any utility (except a navigational aid for aircraft) shall penetrate the protection surfaces described in Clauses 8.2.1 - 8.2.2 and Appendix 5; and (b) any tree penetrates the protection surfaces described in Clauses 8.2.1 and 8.2.2 and Appendix 5.
8.2.1 Explanation of protection surface Updated 11 July 2011
The environs of the New Zealand Defence Force Land at Wigram are protected by a series of protection surfaces.
These surfaces are in accordance with the Civil Aviation Authority of New Zealand Advisory Circular 139 - 8, Chapter 4, page 11, paragraphs 4.1.1 to 4.1.2 (revision 2, April 2007).
The protection surfaces are defined surfaces in the airspace above and adjacent to the helipad. These protection surfaces are necessary to enable aircraft to maintain a satisfactory level of safety while manoeuvring at low altitude in the vicinity of the helipad. These surfaces shall be free of obstacles and subject to control such that the erection of buildings, masts, growing of trees or any other obstacles which infringe the surfaces are prohibited.
8.2.2 Approach Protection surfaces Updated 11 July 2011
Associated with the helipad safety area are geometrically defined Obstacle Limitation Surfaces (OLS) or protection surfaces. The protection surfaces for the NZDF land at Wigram are both an approach slope and a take-off climb surface.
The protection surfaces commence in the vicinity of the helipad safety area with an inclined approach surface such that helicopters approaching to land or taking off have a clear, obstacle-free path with a guaranteed clearance surface.
Two alignments are included in the Plan. An alignment for use in strong NW winds which retain the approach
slope width that applied when Wigram operated as an Airfield. In addition a SW alignment provides for safe operations during the predominant NE wind. (a) Description The origin of the approach fan is an inclined plane originating at the edge of the helipad as shown in Appendix 5. (b) Characteristics (i) The fan is essentially a truncated triangle with the cut-off apex line called the inner edge. (ii) The expanding sides of the NW protection surface diverge at a constant rate of 1:6.6 (15% 80 31' 51") from the helipad and extend to a distance of 1225m. The SW protection surface expands outwards at a gradient of 1:10 (day) and 1:6 (night) until it reaches the widths described in Appendix 5. Beyond that point the sides extend parallel to a distance of 1225m from the helipad. (c) Elevation (i) The elevation of the inner edge of the protection surface is the same as the highest point on the helipad. (ii) The slope of the approach protection surfaces rise upwards at 1.8 (12.5%) from the centre edge of the helipad to an elevation of 152.4 metres.
8.3 Reasons for rules
Updated 11 July 2011
Unobstructed airspace is essential for the approach orbit and manoeuvring of aircraft in the vicinity of airfields. The comprehensive provisions in the City Plan are a modification of long-standing provisions in earlier district schemes, and are necessary for the operations at the New Zealand Defence Force land at Wigram. The rules are essential to maintaining the safety of aircraft operations, and because these can not be compromised, no provision is made to break the protection surfaces (hence prohibited activity status).
The impact of the rules extends over private land, although only very high structures would be affected at distant points within the protection surfaces.
To be effective the controls must contain proposed buildings, or any other structures (including utilities not related to navigation). In addition, trees must not be allowed to grow through the protection surfaces.
9.0 Canterbury Earthquake Recovery
Updated 31 August 2011
9.1 Statement
Following the Canterbury earthquakes of 2010 and 2011, demolition works, alterations of buildings, and related earthworks need to be carried out promptly to enable recovery in a timely manner. Works carried out under the control of the Canterbury Earthquake Recovery Authority pursuant to section 38 of the Canterbury Earthquake Recovery Act 2011 can be exempted from the usual requirements to obtain resource consent.
(Pursuant to section 27(1)(a) of the Canterbury Earthquake Recovery Act 2011)
Rule 9.1 Demolition works carried out by CERA permitted activities Notwithstanding any other rule in this plan, works carried out or commissioned by or on behalf of the chief executive of the Canterbury Earthquake Recovery Authority, pursuant to section 38 of the Canterbury Earthquake Recovery Act 2011 are a permitted activity.
(Pursuant to section 27(1)(a) of the Canterbury Earthquake Recovery Act 2011)
9.2 Workers' temporary accommodation for the greater Christchurch rebuild
Updated 26 September 2012
Note: The objective and policies in this section of the Plan are intended to provide a complete code for workers’ temporary accommodation to which this section applies.
Objective Suitable accommodation is available to meet the needs of workers supporting the rebuild of greater Christchurch following the 2010/11 earthquakes without creating significant effects over its duration or long term impacts beyond the rebuild period.
Policy: Providing for workers' accommodation for the greater Christchurch rebuild (A) To recognise the importance of the availability of workers’ accommodation during the peak rebuild period of greater Christchurch by providing for workers’ accommodation through: (i) Permanent accommodation that is consistent with the long term outcomes anticipated for the locality; or (ii) Temporary use of permanent accommodation buildings where the temporary use will be discontinued by 31 December 2022 and the temporary use may not be consistent with the long term outcomes anticipated for the locality but will not result in significant adverse effects for that duration; or (iii) Temporary buildings that will be removed in the period up to 31 December 2022 where the erection and use of buildings may not be consistent with the long term outcomes anticipated for the locality but will not result in significant adverse effects for that duration.
Explanation
An area of housing pressure in greater Christchurch is accommodating large numbers of people coming into greater Christchurch to work on the rebuild. The priority of this type of accommodation is recognised in the Recovery Strategy for greater Christchurch Mahere Haumanutanga o Waitaha. A range of accommodation types, sizes and locations will be required. There is likely to be substantial and short-term demand for a large number of temporary units during the peak rebuild period over a 5-10 year period up to the end of 2022.
Policy: Temporary use of permanent buildings for workers' temporary accommodation (B) To enable temporary use up to 31 December 2022 of accommodation and non-accommodation buildings where use of that building for workers’ temporary accommodation will not result in significant adverse effects for that duration.
Explanation
The temporary use of buildings such as motels, student accommodation, or commercial buildings provides a solution for workers’ accommodation during the peak rebuild period.
Policy: Temporary buildings for workers' temporary accommodation (C) To manage the potential adverse effects of workers’ temporary accommodation for the rebuild of greater Christchurch in accordance with the “Guideline for Temporary Accommodation for Workers” managing: (i) Decommissioning; and (ii) Location and size of the development; and (iii) Site layout and building design; and (iv) On-site management. (D) To maintain the zone and neighbourhood characteristics anticipated in the longer term by requiring that before 31 December 2022, all temporary accommodation buildings be removed; all use for workers’ temporary accommodation cease; and the site restored in accordance with a project decommissioning strategy and the “Guideline for Temporary Accommodation for Workers”. (E) To ensure location choice and project design achieves quality living for occupants while avoiding, remedying or mitigating significant adverse effects on the characteristics of local neighbourhoods in accordance with the “Guideline for Temporary Accommodation for Workers”. (F) To recognise that effective operation of workers’ temporary accommodation contributes significantly to its quality and effects by requiring workers’ temporary accommodation to be owned and managed as one development including on-site management in accordance with the “Guideline for
Temporary Accommodation for Workers”.
Explanation
These policies seek to ensure that key matters are considered and addressed to achieve quality accommodation while managing the potential adverse effects on the location. Removal of the temporary buildings is critical to ensure a development does not have permanent effects on the environment. The “Guideline for Temporary Accommodation for Workers” outlines key considerations and possible responses for location choice, site layout, building design, effective decommissioning, and on-site management.
Rules: This section of the District Plan a complete code 1. The rules in this section of the District Plan provide a complete code for workers’ temporary accommodation activities to which the rules in this section apply. The erection and/or use of a building for workers’ temporary accommodation that is a permitted activity, controlled activity, restricted discretionary activity, non‐complying activity or prohibited activity by virtue of these rules for workers’ temporary accommodation, retains that status despite anything to the contrary in the district plan. No other provisions of the district plan (including objectives, policies, rules and other methods) apply to erecting and/or using workers’ accommodation unless specifically referenced in this section.
Temporary use of permanent buildings for workers' temporary accommoda on Permitted Activity - temporary use of permanent accommodation buildings for workers' temporary accommodation 2. The erection and/or use of any permanent accommodation building for temporary use for workers’ accommodation is a permitted activity if the following standards and terms are met:
Standards and terms
(i) At the time the temporary use commences, the permanent accommodation building complies with all relevant District Plan requirements or resource consent for that permanent use; and (ii) The temporary use for workers’ temporary accommodation is only for the period, or part of the period, up to 31 December 2022; and (iii) The temporary use for workers’ temporary accommodation does not result in an existing activity on the site failing to comply or increasing the degree of non-compliance with a rule in the District Plan or resource consent; and (iv) On-site management is provided for the workers’ temporary accommodation.
Conversion from temporary use to a previous use 3. Within 12 months of the cessation of any temporary workers accommodation use of a site, the previous use of that site may be reinstated, provided that such reinstatement is in accordance with either: i. an existing use certificate issued under section 139A of the RMA; or ii. a resource consent issued under section 114 of the RMA; and in relation to (i) and (ii) above, the certificate or resource consent was issued prior to conversion to workers accommodation and was still valid at the time of the conversion. This reinstatement is permitted whether or not the certificate or resource consent would have otherwise lapsed or ceased to have effect.
Restricted Discretionary Activity - temporary use of permanent non-accommodation buildings for workers' temporary accommodation 4. The erection and/or use of any permanent non-accommodation building for temporary use for workers’ accommodation is a restricted discretionary activity if the following standards and terms are met:
Standards and terms (i) At the time the temporary use commences, the permanent non-accommodation building complies with all relevant district plan requirements or resource consent for that permanent use; and (ii) The temporary use for workers’ temporary accommodation is only for the period, or part of the period, up to 31 December 2022; and (iii) The site is not located within • a Rural or Rural-Residential Zone; or • a Conservation Zone or Open Space 3A or 3D Zone in the Christchurch City Plan; and
(iv) On-site parking is provided for use by the workers’ temporary accommodation at a minimum of one space per four beds; and (v) The temporary use for workers’ temporary accommodation does not result in an existing activity on the site failing to comply or increasing the degree of non-compliance with a rule in the District Plan or resource consent. This standard does not apply to a density rule for the existing activity; and (vi) On-site management is provided for the workers’ temporary accommodation; and (vii) A change of use strategy is provided as part of the temporary use which sets out the steps that will be followed to change the use from workers’ temporary accommodation to the permanent use provided for by the District Plan or resource consent.
Matters of discretion
In considering any application for resource consent under Rule 4, the Council shall, in deciding whether to grant or refuse consent and in deciding whether to impose conditions, exercise its discretion over the following matters: (a) Location suitability; and (b) Period for which the building is used for workers’ temporary accommodation; and (c) Nature of the permanent use and the effects of the site or building not being available for that permanent use until after the peak rebuild period; and (d) Nature of on-site management; and (e) Change of use strategy and its implementation; and (f) Parking; and (g) Financial contributions (if applicable under the District Plan); and (h) Monitoring.
Notification
In respect of Rule 4, any applications are not to be publicly notified and are not to be limited notified.
Other temporary use of permanent accommodation buildings or permanent non‐ accommodation buildings 5. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Rule 1, for the erec on and/or use of any permanent accommodation building or non‐accommodation building for temporary use for workers’ accommodation which does not comply with Rule 2 or Rule 4, the relevant district plan provisions will apply.
Temporary buildings for workers' temporary accommodation Permitted Activity - Workers’ temporary accommodation in Christchurch Central City 6. The erection or establishment of a workers’ temporary accommodation unit or workers temporary accommodation complex is a permitted activity if the following standards and terms are met:
Standards and terms (i) The workers’ temporary accommodation is located on a site in the Central City Mixed Use Zone of Christchurch City; and (ii) No more than 200 people are accommodated in the workers’ temporary accommodation; and (iii) Where the site shares a boundary with a Living Zone, in relation to that boundary, all buildings shall comply with the permitted activity development standards in the District Plan in respect of sunlight and outlook for neighbours; and separation from neighbours; and (iv) There is no alteration or destruction of any building or tree scheduled in the District Plan; and (v) The workers’ temporary accommodation is only for the period, or part of the period, up to 31 December 2022; and (vi) On-site management is provided for the workers’ temporary accommodation.
Controlled Activity - Workers' temporary accommodation for up to 20 people in specified zones 7. The erection or establishment of a workers’ temporary accommodation unit or workers’ temporary accommodation complex is a controlled activity if the following standards and terms are met:
Standards and terms
(i) The workers’ temporary accommodation unit or workers’ temporary accommodation complex is located on a site in: • Christchurch City within the Living 2, 3, 4A, 4B, 4C Zone or Business 1 or 2 Zone of the City Plan or within the Lyttelton Town Centre Zone of the Banks Peninsula District Plan; or • Selwyn District within any Living Zone within the greater Christchurch Urban Development Strategy area as shown on Map A below, or within the Business 1 Zone; or • Waimakariri District within the Residential 1, 2, 3, 6, 6A, 7 Zone or Business 2 Zone; and (ii) No more than twenty people are accommodated in the workers’ temporary accommodation on any one site; and (iii) The workers’ temporary accommodation unit or workers’ temporary accommodation complex does not result in an existing activity on the site failing to comply or increasing the degree of non- compliance with a rule in the district plan or resource consent. This standard does not apply to a density rule; and (iv) In relation to a boundary adjoining a neighbouring site (not a road boundary), all buildings shall comply with the permitted activity standards in the District Plan in respect of sunlight and outlook for neighbours, recession planes, setbacks and separation from neighbours; and (v) On-site parking is provided for use by the workers’ accommodation at a minimum of one space per four beds. (vi) There is no alteration or destruction of any building or tree scheduled in the District Plan; and (vii) A decommissioning strategy is provided as part of the proposed activity to remove the unit no later than 31 December 2022 or after it is unoccupied as workers’ temporary accommodation for a period of more than 6 months, whichever is the sooner; and (viii) On-site management is provided for the workers’ temporary accommodation; and (ix) A site design statement is provided.
Matters of control
In considering any application for resource consent under Rule 7, the Council shall, in deciding whether to impose conditions, exercise its control over the following matters: (a) Site layout and building design; and (b) The decommissioning strategy and its implementation; and (c) Nature of on-site management; and (d) Car parking; and (e) Financial contributions (if applicable under the District Plan); and (f) Monitoring.
Notification
In respect of Rule 7, any applications are not to be publicly notified and are not to be limited notified.
Map A - Rule 7(i), Rule 8(i) and Rule 9(i)
Restricted Discretionary Activity - Workers' temporary accommodation unit 8. Except as provided in Rule 6 or 7, the erection or establishment of one workers’ temporary accommodation unit accommodating up to 4 people is a restricted discretionary activity if the following standards and terms are met:
Standards and terms (i) The workers' temporary accommodation unit is located on a site within the greater Christchurch Urban Development Strategy area as shown on Map A above; and (ii) The workers’ temporary accommodation unit does not result in an existing activity on the site failing to comply or increasing the degree of non-compliance with a rule in the District Plan or resource consent. This standard does not apply to a density rule; and (iii) In relation to a boundary adjoining a neighbouring site (not a road boundary), all buildings shall comply with the permitted activity standards in the District Plan in respect of sunlight and outlook for neighbours, recession planes, setbacks and separation from neighbours; and (iv) On-site parking is provided for use by the workers’ accommodation at a minimum of one space per four beds. (v) There is no alteration or destruction of any building or tree scheduled in the District Plan; and (vi) A decommissioning strategy is provided as part of the proposed activity to remove the unit no later than 31 December 2022 or after it is unoccupied as workers’ temporary accommodation for a period of more than 6 months, whichever is the sooner; and (vi) iOn-site management is provided for the workers’ temporary accommodation; and (viii) A site design statement is provided.
Matters of discretion
In considering any application for resource consent under Rule 8, the Council shall, in deciding whether to grant or refuse consent and in deciding whether to impose conditions, exercise its discretion over the following matters: (a) Location suitability; and (b) Site layout and building design; and (c) The decommissioning strategy and its implementation; and (d) Nature of on-site management; and (e) Car parking; and
(f) Financial contributions (if applicable under the District Plan); and (g) Monitoring.
Notification
In respect of Rule 8, any applications are not to be publicly notified and are not to be limited notified.
Restricted Discretionary Activity - Workers' temporary accommodation 9. The erection or establishment of a workers’ temporary accommodation unit or workers’ temporary accommodation complex which does not comply with Rule 6 or 7 is a restricted discretionary activity if it complies with the following standards and terms:
Standards and terms (i) The workers’ temporary accommodation unit or workers’ temporary accommodation complex is located on a site within the greater Christchurch Urban Development Strategy area as shown on Map A above but is not located on a site within • a Rural or Rural-Residential Zone; or • a Conservation Zone or Open Space 3A or 3D Zone in the Christchurch City Plan; and (ii) There is no alteration or destruction of any building or tree scheduled in the District Plan; and (iii) A decommissioning strategy is provided to remove the workers’ temporary accommodation no later than 31 December 2022 or after it is unoccupied as workers’ temporary accommodation for a period of more than 6 months, whichever is the sooner; and (iv) On-site management is provided for the workers’ temporary accommodation; and (v) A site design statement is provided.
Matters of discretion
In considering any application for resource consent under Rule 9, the Council shall, in deciding whether to grant or refuse consent and in deciding whether to impose conditions, exercise its discretion over the following matters: (a) Location suitability; and (b) Number of units; and (c) Site layout; and (d) Building design; and (e) The decommissioning strategy and its implementation; and (f) Nature of on-site management; and (g) Financial contributions (if applicable under the District Plan); and (h) Monitoring.
Notification
In respect of Rule 9, any applications are not to be publicly notified. In respect of Rule 9, any applications for workers’ temporary accommodation for up to 200 people are not to be limited notified.
Non-Complying Activity - Workers' temporary accommodation 10. The erection or establishment of a workers’ temporary accommodation unit or workers’ temporary accommodation complex which does not comply with Rule 8 or 9 is a non-complying activity.
Notification
In respect of Rule 10, any applications are not to be publicly notified.
Prohibited Activity - Workers' temporary accommodation after 31 December 2022 11. Any workers’ temporary accommodation unit or a workers’ temporary accommodation complex, and the use of any building for workers' temporary accommodation from 1 January 2023, shall be a prohibited activity for which no resource consent shall be granted.
Prohibited Activity - Subdivision 12. Any subdivision activity creating an allotment on a site occupied by workers’ temporary accommodation is a prohibited activity for which no resource consent shall be granted.
Definitions
Accommodation building means residential unit, traveller or visitor accommodation, family flat, student or educational accommodation, elderly persons housing, retirement complex, or care home, or similar such activities, and any related accessory buildings, as provided for in the district plan. Change of use strategy means a statement of how the use of a building will change from workers’ temporary accommodation to its permanent use including: • Timing including any phasing; and • Alterations required to site, buildings or services for the permanent use. Decommissioning strategy means a statement of how all temporary accommodation buildings will be removed and the site reinstated ready for its anticipated permanent use including: • Building design to facilitate removal; • Timing and phasing; • Remediation works including any clearance of services, landscaping or hard surfacing; • The use for any buildings or services to remain on site in accordance with the district plan; and • Responsibility for the successful completion of the decommissioning strategy. Non‐accommodation building means industrial, commercial, office, retail or other building that is not an accommodation building, and any related accessory buildings. On‐site management means functions performed to maintain the quality of the workers’ temporary accommodation, to minimise potential adverse effects on the surrounding neighbourhood, and to provide services to the occupants and must include: • A live-in manager on-site or a nominated occupant as appropriate for the size and nature of the workers’ temporary accommodation; • Security services; • Cleaning, maintenance and servicing; • Communication procedures; and • On-site rules and policies.
Peak rebuild period means the period up to 31 December 2022. Permanent means for a period that extends beyond 31 December 2022.
Rural or Rural‐Residential Zone means the following Zones as shown on the relevant District Plan maps: • In Christchurch City the Rural 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, Rural H, Rural Q and Templeton Special Rural Zones in the City Plan; and the Rural or Rural Residential Zones in the Banks Peninsula District Plan; or • In Selwyn District the Inner Plains, Outer Plains, Malvern Hills, High Country, Port Hills Zones and any Existing Development Area listed in Table C10.1 of the Rural Rules; or • In Waimakariri District the Rural Zone, Mapleham Rural 4B, and the Residential 4A and 4B Zones. Site means an area of land: • Held in a single Computer Freehold Register; or • Comprised of two or more adjoining Computer Freehold Register held together in such a way that they
cannot be dealt with separately without the prior consent of the Council; or • For which a separate Computer Freehold Register could be issued without further consent of the Council.
Site design statement means an outline of how the project is designed and operated in accordance with the relevant guidelines for site and building design in the Guideline for Temporary Accommoda on for Workers. Temporary means for a defined period, or part of the period, up to 31 December 2022. Workers' temporary accommoda on unit means a temporary building and related infrastructure used for workers’ temporary accommodation for no more than 4 people operating as a household unit with shared facilities.
Workers' temporary accommodation complex means temporary building(s), facilities and related infrastructure used for workers’ temporary accommodation for 5 or more people either in a single unit or in two or more units on the same site. The complex may include provision of communal facilities such as dining and recreation.
A achment to Rules: Guideline for Temporary accommodation for workers
Introduction Why has this guideline been developed?
This guideline has been developed because special provision must be made to accommodate the additional workers and their families who will be in greater Christchurch for the rebuild. Housing demand analysis suggests additional accommodation will be needed for this substantial number of workers, many of whom will be coming from outside the region. Some will be accommodated in permanent housing (either existing or new), some in other types of accommodation such as motels, and others will be accommodated in temporary housing buildings or complexes developed specifically to accommodate construction workers.
An important part of meeting this housing demand will be to offer options for temporary accommodation. For example, bulk unit complexes may be desirable for the large construction gangs who are expected to temporarily migrate to greater Christchurch. The demand for this type of development, particularly at the numbers anticipated, is unique in New Zealand. Current District Plans, design guidelines and standards did not anticipate this type of temporary accommodation so have few rules, standards or guidance that apply to such a situation.
This imperative for workers’ accommodation is for the short term only. At the same time, this accommodation still needs to be of high quality and suitably located, have minimal if any impacts on surrounding neighbourhoods, be effectively operated, and be guaranteed as temporary only. This guideline therefore responds to the gap in current guidance on this unique type of accommodation.
Purpose of the guideline and how to use it
This guideline is intended to assist in delivering high-quality temporary accommodation to support the rebuild, with resulting benefits for the occupants, existing communities that host the accommodation, and greater Christchurch.
The purpose of this guideline is to: • outline considerations for planning and designing workers’ temporary accommodation in a way that encourages innovative and high-quality development • provide guidance to applicants and councils on the key considerations in determining resource consent applications • provide information to existing residents and communities on critical considerations for workers’ temporary accommodation.
The guideline complements District Plan provisions for workers’ temporary accommodation. It sets out
considerations and good practice examples. However, as each case will be different, the various considerations and examples may be more relevant in some situations than in others.
Other consents and approvals
This guideline is specifically about temporary accommodation for workers and is specifically about design and planning considerations. It is to assist in assessments by Christchurch City Council, Selwyn District Council and Waimakariri District Council under the Resource Management Act. It is not intended to apply to building consents or other regulatory assessments by the greater Christchurch councils. In addition to resource consent, a workers’ accommodation project may require consent or approval under the Building Act, Health Regulations, or under the Resource Management Act from Environment Canterbury. A separate information sheet is available on broader regulatory requirements.
Who has prepared the guideline?
As part of the new District Plan provisions for workers’ temporary accommodation, this guideline has been prepared jointly by the Canterbury Earthquake Recovery Authority, Christchurch City Council, Selwyn District Council, Waimakariri District Council, Environment Canterbury, New Zealand Transport Agency and Te Runanga o Ngai Tahu. Staff from the Stronger Christchurch Infrastructure Rebuild Team, Hawkins Construction and Fletchers EQR have also provided input.
Principles
This guideline has four overarching principles guiding the development of workers’ temporary accommodation. 1. Workers’ temporary accommodation is designed to respond to the characteristics of the locality and avoid, remedy or mitigate significant adverse effects on the characteristics of local neighbourhoods. 2. Workers’ temporary accommodation provides high-quality accommodation with good on-site amenity. 3. On-site management and operation of workers’ temporary accommodation effectively contribute to high-quality accommodation for occupants and minimise impacts on surrounding neighbourhoods. 4. Workers’ temporary accommodation is genuinely temporary in place no longer than 31 December 2022.
Guidelines for location suitability It is acknowledged that workers’ temporary accommodation is only there for the short term and may be of a modular, repeated or re-locatable style that would not normally be expected in a residential or commercial environment. It is not expected that temporary accommodation can fully integrate into an existing community, nor is it expected that temporary accommodation will have only minor effects. However, site selection, site design and building design can help to avoid significant adverse effects on existing neighbourhoods and to provide suitable accommodation for occupants.
Location suitability Examples of good practice consideration
Consideration 1: Location Key measures suitability • Location in the Christchurch central city is encouraged. • Location within the existing urban areas, particularly in existing residential or Whether a site is suitable for commercial areas, is encouraged. workers' temporary • Locations within incompatible adjoining or nearby uses should be avoided. Large accommodation will be developments should not be undertaken next to sensitive activities such as schools, assessed on a case by case because they may affect the amenity, character or social aspects of the area. Sites basis, taking into account: should not be chosen if adjoining uses generate significant effects on the workers that re • the scale of the not mi gated (eg noise, discharges or hazardous substance risk). development • Water, watewater and stormwater infrastructure should be available to the site and • who will occupy the have the capacity required for the number of workers in the accommodation. Locations complex and the within the existing urban area have more infrastructure availability. Areas where nature/location of the infrastructure capacity is not currently available or is particularly fragile is shown as the occupants' work EQ damaged area on the Christchurch Wastewater Overview Map below. • transport options • The land should be physically suitable for this type of accommodation. It will usually • adjoining uses be necessary to avoid areas of flood risk, sensitive aquifer zones, sites on the listed land‐ • the availability and use register, or other sites with physical constraints, unless the specific site, design or capacity of infrastructure to duration of the accommodation provides exceptions for developing there. service the site • physical constraints and Other considerations hazards such as flood risk • Location in medium or high density residential zones may be more appropriate than low density residential zones. • Location near to the work site(s) and near to public services and facilities such as retail and entertainment ares is encouraged • The suitability of the location will depend on the scale, nature and term of the development. For example, if migrant workers are living in accommodation on short‐ term rota on, (eg, three month rota on for a five year period), a development may be acceptable in an industrial zone or close to the airport, but this location is less likely to be acceptable for workers who are employed for a continuous 10 year period. • Sites should not displace permanent uses that are planned within an overlapping timeframe. For example, it would be inappropriate to choose a greenfield residential site that will be needed for permanent residential development before the temporary accommodation units are due for removal. Similarly, it would be inappropriate to use a commercial building if that type of building is in high demand due to displacement. • An acceptable size of development will be smaller in a low density residential area than in a high density residential, commercial or mixed use are. • The nature of transport arrangements to be provided for occupants will determine the appropriate distance between the accommodation site and the primary work site(s). For example, a distance within 5km would be desirable if no transport is to be provided between the two sites, but a distance of up to 10km would be acceptable if transport is provided. • Selecting a location where public transport options are available, such as to work sites and retail/entertainment centres, is encouraged. • The traffic and transport effects of a location include how the development will affect amenity, traffic safety and transport efficiency. The nature of the effects depends on the size of the development and the type of road used for access to the project site. Selecting a site which avoids significant traffic or transport effects is encouraged.
Guidelines for site layout and building design The standard of the design of buildings and the layout and orientation of buildings and activities on the site are a major influence on both the quality of the accommodation and its effects on the surrounding neighbourhood. Although the development is temporary, it may be the primary residence for an occupant for a number of months or years. A temporary accommodation project may be larger and more intense than anticipated and may have some temporary adverse effects, but site design can help to minimise the effects on the surrounding neighbourhood.
Site layout and building Examples of good practice design considerations
Consideration 2: Minimising Key measures effects on existing • Buildings such as the manager’s residence, site office, communal facility, or other neighbourhoods buildings which are not individual units should be located on street frontage if they assist in creating a compatible street frontage and a ‘street address’. It is desirable that • Facilities or services on the site that are to be available for public or community use developments are should be located on street frontages to limit public access through the site. This will compatible with the also help to create a ‘street address’. streetscape and mitigate potential effects on the • Fencing and landscaping along road boundaries should be provided. Road fencing amenity of an established should not provide extensive lengths of solid screening ‐ any fencing above 1m height environment. This is a should be at least 50 per cent transparent. particular consideration for • Building placement and orientation should internalise effects such as noise or lighting residential environments. rather than directing effects towards neighbouring sites. Design and layout should achieve the noise standards for the zone in the District Plan. Screening or landscaping around outdoor activities that generate effects also helps to internalise effects.
Other considerations • Screen fencing between 1.8m and 2m should be provided along boundaries adjoining residential neighbours. Fencing should be designed to be compatible with the adjoining use; for example, security fencing is not compatible with a residential environment. Landscaping along boundaries is also encouraged. • A separation between residential boundaries and buildings, service areas and recreation areas is encouraged. For example, it might take the form of a 3m setback. • The site can be designed to link with existing neighbourhood services, for example by providing an appropriate location for vehicle and pedestrian access points. • The working patterns of the occupants and the timing of traffic movements will influence how compatible the development is with surrounding uses. For example, a large site with shift workers travelling late at night may not be suitable in a residential area. Consideration 3: District Plan Key measures guidance on site and • If buildings and related services comply with the standards in the District Plan for building design permanent buildings, the project design is more likely to be similar to what the District Plan anticipates for the location. This measure is particularly relevant in the residential The District Plan provides environment, and should be given particular attention near site boundaries, for relevant guidance on example, in relation to height and setbacks from boundaries. appropriate site and building design to achieve the outcomes anticipated for the zone.
Consideration 4: Unit and Other considerations building design • Where communal facilities are provided (for example, cooking, dining, showers or recreational facilities), individual units can be small, for example a floor area of The appearance and design of14m 2 may be appropriate. workers’ temporary units and • Where units are completely self‐contained with no communal or on‐site facilities, buildings is not expected to individual units should be larger to provide more living space within each unit. be to the standard • Buildings that are highly visible from adjoining residential sites can use materials, anticipated for permanent accommodation. However, finishes, designs and techniques to minimise effects. For example, large continuous the choice of materials, type walls could be broken, or changes in building height and scale could be used to be more of construction, building compatible with the building bulk anticipated by the District Plan. size, design, and layout can • The design and appearance of large communal facility buildings are of particular contribute to a development importance as these buildings are o en a focus and significant visual feature of a site. that minimises impact on • There may be location‐specific considerations relevant to building design. For the neighbourhood while example, design, construction and opera on to reduce noise may be relevant in some providing quality living space locations near the airport or heavy industry for noise insulation. Another example of for occupants. location‐specific considerations would be effects relevant to a special amenity area identified in the district plan. • Providing weather protection at unit and building entrances is encouraged. • Units can be designed, constructed and located to make the most of the sun and to provide a warm and dry living environment. Consideration 5: On‐site Other considerations facilities and services • Sites should either be connected to council water, stormwater and wastewater networks, or be self‐contained. Each site will need to determine the expected demand The need for on‐site facilities on services and how that demand will be met. and services will be • Communal facilities and services provided on‐site will depend on the needs of the identified on a case‐by‐case occupants. For example, a recreation facility may be warranted on a site of more than basis depending on the 100 workers. Alternatively, on‐site facilities may not be necessary where public services nature and size of the development. On‐site and facilities are operating close by. facilities will help to improve • Where communal recreation or open space is provided, it is not necessary to provide the quality of open space with each unit, but this design is encouraged. accommodation, contribute • There needs to be servicing arrangements and adequate space for this. For example, to the successful opera on the site may manage its own solid waste or may rely on the council service. The site of the site, and reduce any may offer laundry service or laundry facilities may be contained in each unit. impact beyond the site. Consideration 6: Parking and Key measures access • Where communal transport services are provided or public transport will be used between the accommodation site and work site, a minimum of one parking space per Providing appropriate four occupants should be provided. Where no transport services are provided, the parking and access District Plan parking requirements provide relevant guidance. contributes to meeting the • Where transport services are provided, a bus or van drop‐off/pick‐up area should be needs of occupants while also avoiding or mitigating provided within the site. effects on the streetscape. • Communal transport services to both work sites and other activities should be Parking needs will depend provided on sites with more than 100 occupants. on the characteristics of the occupants and the transport Other considerations services provided. • Where developments accommodating over 200 people have road frontage to the Strategic Road Network (as defined in the Canterbury Regional Land Transport Strategy), access should be provided to another road unless this is not reasonably practicable. • Grouping parking spaces together will reduce vehicle movements within the site. • Avoid parking areas and accessways that adjoin residential neighbours as far as possible
Consideration 7: Key measures Incorporating safety and • Site layout and features should incorporate key crime prevention through security into design environmental design (CPTED) principles. For example, they should provide good internal site lighting, and avoid high fencing or plan ng at the street frontage. A Adopting the principles of reference to the national CPTED guidelines is provided at the end of this guideline. crime prevention through environmental design (CPTED) and limiting the Other considerations potential for hazards and • A locking system for the doors and windows of each unit will provide security. risks will contribute to • There should be suitable access for emergency vehicles and on‐site emergency providing accommodation management procedures. that is safe for the occupants and local community.
Guidelines for on‐site management and operation The quality of workers’ temporary accommodation projects will be improved through comprehensive management. In addition, the potential adverse impacts are likely to be reduced where accommodation is comprehensively managed as a ‘complex’. Depending on the size and nature of the accommodation, management as a complex may include providing services such as cleaning, catering, security, transport, health services, social support and communal recreation facilities.
On-site management Examples of good practice considerations
Consideration 8: On-site Key measures management • On-site management arrangements should be in place. The type of on-site arrangements management involved will depend on the size and nature of the complex. For example, for accommodation for less than 10 people, a nominated occupant Effective on-site could provide the on-site management role. For medium sized complexes, an management contributes appointed professional property manager could provide management services. significantly to the quality For larger complexes a full time live-in manager would be required. and successful operation of accommodation, and Other considerations minimises potential • Depending on the size and nature of the project, a written management plan will impacts on the local set out all site management procedures and ‘rules’ including: community. - roles and responsibilities - procedures for communication with neighbours and community On-site management linked - servicing, cleaning and maintenance arrangements to employment arrangements can be most - security and crime prevention measures effectively maintained and - drug and alcohol policy administered on an on- - management of transport of workers going basis. - health and safety measures - emergency management - animal control - catering arrangements - noise management - on-site behaviour expectations - management of disturbances - parking management - public facility management - management of requests and complaints. • Linking the on-site ‘rules’ to employment arrangements increases the status of
Consideration 9: Support Other considerations services • Providing appropriate support services - for example, pastoral care and migrant support - is encouraged. Providing workers with broader support will help to improve the overall quality of accommodation and help to integrate them into the local community.
Guidelines for decommissioning While the rebuild will continue for many years, its peak is anticipated to occur over a 5 to 10 year period. It is during this peak period that the majority of construction workers and the associated purpose-built accommodation will be required in greater Christchurch. As the standard District Plan expectations are being varied to provide for this special type of accommodation, it is critical that the temporary buildings are removed so that each development is indeed temporary and does not permanently affect the environment. A decommissioning strategy will provide confidence that these buildings are genuinely temporary and will set up the mechanisms for their removal.
Decommissioning Examples of good practice considerations
Consideration 10: Key measures Decommissioning • A decommissioning strategy should be in place to confirm the long-term plan for strategy buildings, phasing of decommissioning and removal of buildings and how the site will be reinstated ready for its anticipated permanent use. Workers’ temporary • All temporary units must be removed by 31 December 2022, or earlier. accommodation will be assessed on the basis Other considerations that it does not become • Building design should be a consideration in the decommissioning strategy to permanent ensure design does not inhibit the implementation of the strategy. accommodation. • Use of legal instruments to assist make future owners aware of the removal requirement or provide an additional means of assuring removal are encouraged, An enforceable for example an encumbrance may be registered. decommissioning strategy • After it has been used for workers’ temporary accommodation, a site may need is a critical component of to be remediated to make it suitable for its anticipated long-term use. any workers’ temporary accommodation project. • If landscaping of the site has been completed, it may be possible to retain some or all of the landscaping at the reinstatement stage.
Guidelines for communicating with neighbours It is important to keep adjoining neighbours and the wider neighbourhood informed about the project as it develops and also during operation so that a project can respond to perceived or actual concerns about the accommodation. Communication procedures will normally be part of the site management plan but are also a consideration during the design phase. While the new District Plan provisions may not require the approval of affected parties and may not require limited notification for a workers’ temporary accommodation project, communicating with neighbours is encouraged.
Communication Examples of good practice considerations
Consideration 12: Other considerations • A written communication statement or plan can identify: Communicating with - key points of contact for the accommodation project during the design, neighbours throughout the development and operation of the complex design, development and - contact details of immediate neighbours and any local neighbourhood groups operation of the - when neighbours will be notified and about what. accommodation project will help to contribute • Key times to notify neighbours may be during site selection, when the design is positively to the local complete, when construction is due to start, when occupation commences, key neighbourhood and phases of occupancy changes, and when decommissioning commences. More minimise effects on regular communication during operations may be appropriate depending on the neighbours. size of the accommodation complex. • Information that may be of interest to neighbours includes the site design, occupancy numbers, staffing, site management rules, on-site management arrangements, safety/security arrangements and occupants’ employment locations. • Information that may be of interest to occupants includes opportunities to participate in or support community activities, sport and other recreational or cultural activities. • Larger accommodation projects may hold regular meetings or events with neighbours to discuss operational matters.
References to further information and guidance The following information and guidance are either referred to in this guideline or provided as additional references in considerations for the design, assessment and operation of temporary accommodation for workers.
National Guidelines for Crime Prevention through Environmental Design in New Zealand (Ministry of Justice, November 2005)
Part 1: Seven Qualities of Safer Places: http://www.justice.govt.nz/publications/ global-publications/n/national-guidelines-for-crime-prevention-through-environmental-design-in- new-zealand-part-1-seven-qualities-of-safer-places-part-2-implementation-guide- november-2005/publication
Part 2: National Guidelines for Crime Prevention through Environmental Design in New Zealand Part 2: Implementation Guide: http://www.justice.govt.nz/publications/ global-publications/n/national-guidelines-for-crime-prevention-through-environmental-design-in- new-zealand-part-2-implementation-guide
Council information on planning and resource consent applications
Christchurch City Council: http://www.ccc.govt.nz/homeliving/buildingplanning/resourceconsents/index.aspx
Selwyn District Council: http://www.selwyn.govt.nz/services/planning
Waimakariri District Council: http://www.waimakariri.govt.nz/services/planning-resource-consents.aspx
Non-resident worker accommodation: Guideline for locating and designing high quality accommodation facilities (Queensland Urban Land Development Authority, Guideline No. 3, August 2011): http://www.ulda.qld.gov.au/01_cms/details.asp?ID=157
Workers’ accommodation, Processes and standards (International Finance Corporation and European Bank, November 2009):
http://www1.ifc.org/wps/wcm/connect/topics_ext_content/ifc_external_corporate_site/ifc+ sustainability/publications/publications_gpn_workersaccommodation
Information about the New Zealand Building Code: http://www.dbh.govt.nz/bcr-about-the-building-code
Christchurch Wastewater Overview Map
Appendix 2 ‐ Definition of banks of waterways
Updated 14 November 2005
Appendix 3 ‐Hendersons Basin Area
Updated 31 January 2011
Appendix 4 ‐ Map for interpretation of airport protection surfaces
Appendix 4 - Map for interpretation of airport protection surfaces Updated 14 November 2005 Map for interpretation of airport protection surfaces ‐ CIAL
Map for interpretation of runway end protection area (REPA) ‐ CIAL
Map for interpreta on of airport protection surfaces ‐ CIAL ‐ Take‐off slopes
Map for interpretation of airport protection surfaces ‐ CIAL ‐ Approach slopes
Appendix 5 ‐ Map for interpretation of airport protection surfaces ‐ NZDF Wigram
Updated 30 April 2011
Part 10 Heritage and Amenities
1.0 Protected buildings, places and objects
Updated 31 July 2012 Guide to using these rules - heritage items outside the Central City Step 1 Establish whether the site is shown on the planning maps as containing a listed historic building, place or object. Step 2 Check the lists in Appendix 1 to determine what Group the building, place or object is listed under (i.e. Group 1, 2, 3 or 4). Step 3 If a listed building, place or object is located on the site, and demolition, alteration or removal is proposed, and/or the erection of any additional building(s) is proposed on a site containing a listed building, place or object, application will need to be made for resource consents as follows:
Demolition Alteration or removal Additional buildings
Group 1 Non-complying Discretionary Discretionary
Group 2 Non-complying Discretionary Discretionary
Group 3 Discretionary Discretionary Controlled
Group 4 Discretionary Controlled - alteration Controlled
Discretionary - removal
Applications for any alteration to, or erection of any additional building(s) on a site containing a Group 3 or Group 4 building, place or object, or any internal alteration to a Group 1 or 2 building, place or object will not require the written consent of other persons and shall be non-notified. Step 4 If demolition is approved, no work shall commence until records have been supplied in accordance with the requirements of Clauses 1.3.4 - 1.3.6. Step 5 If the building is not listed, then also check whether the site is within a special amenity area group as identified on the planning maps, and referred to in rules applicable in the relevant living zone, the Cultural 1 Zone, or the Central City Zone. If the building isin a special amenity area then, any alterations to the exterior of buildings (excluding demolition) or the erection of new buildings mayl be a discretionary activity in respect to design and appearance. Note: If the building, place or object is within any special amenity area and listed under Appendix 1, it shall only be subject to these rules applicable to listed buildings and the rules described in STEPS 1- 4 above. Step 6 Check whether the site is identified as being, or containing, an archaeological site listed in the NZ Archaeological Association files of recorded archaeological sites. If it is, application must be made to the NZHPT (whether the site is listed or not) if any work is to be undertaken which will disturb the site. Note: 1. Separate procedures apply under the Act to any buildings, places or objects subject to Heritage Orders. 2. The recording requirements specified in Clause 1.3.4 - 1.3.6 should be noted where demolition has been applied for, or upon notice of demolition under the Building Act. 3. Attention is drawn to the zone or city rules which may apply to the proposed activity.
Guide to using these rules - heritage items within the Central City. Step 1 Establish whether the site is shown on the planning maps and/or listed in Appendix 1 as containing a listed historic building, place or object.
Step 2 Check the lists in Appendix 1 to determine what Group the building, place or object is listed under (i.e. Group 1, 2, 3 or 4). Step 3 If a listed building, place or object is located on the site, and demolition, alteration or removal is proposed, and/or the erection of any building(s) is proposed on a site containing or adjacent to a listed building place or object, application will need to be made for resource consents as follows:
Table 1
Group 1 Group 2 Group 3 Group 4
Repairs and Permitted Permitted Permitted Permitted maintenance
Reconstruction Permitted Permitted Permitted Permitted resulting from the Canterbury earthquakes
Alterations Controlled Controlled Permitted Permitted necessary for the primary purpose of implementing seismic, fire, or access building code upgrades
Alterations Restricted Restricted Restricted Controlled Includes all Discretionary Discretionary Discretionary other - external alterations not alterations covered by: • repairs and Controlled - maintenance, internal and alterations • reconstruction or alterations necessary for the primary purpose of implementing seismic, fire, or access building code upgrades (as set out above)
Additional Restricted Restricted Controlled Controlled buildings on Discretionary Discretionary the site of a listed heritage item
New buildings Restricted Restricted Controlled Controlled on a site Discretionary Discretionary adjoining a site with a listed heritage item
Removal Restricted Restricted Restricted Restricted Discretionary Discretionary Discretionary Discretionary
Demolition Non- Non- Discretionary Discretionary complying complying
Note: Refer also to Volume 3, Part 9, General City Rules: 9.0 Canterbury Earthquake Recovery for works exempted from the usual requirements to obtain resource consent.
Note: The above table is for purposes of information only. Refer to applicable rules.
1.1 Statement
Updated 14 November 2005
These rules apply to protected buildings, places and objects as listed in the City Plan (heritage features).
Listed historic buildings, places and objects are divided into four groups, being Groups 1, 2, 3 and 4 heritage items; with Group 1 heritage items having the highest level of protection. The rules affect proposals for demolition, alteration, removal, or additions to the listed items. They also apply to additional buildings proposed on sites containing protected buildings, places and objects.
In some cases, individual items may be listed separately on one site (e.g. the Arts Centre), while in some other cases items may include the surrounds (setting) of a building, or a "place" without a building.
Group 1 listed heritage items include buildings, places and objects of international or national significance, the protection of which is considered essential.
Group 2 listed heritage items include buildings, places and objects which are of national or regional importance, the protection of which is seen as very important where this can be reasonably achieved.
Group 3 listed heritage items include buildings, places and objects which are of regional or metropolitan significance, the protection of which is seen as important where this can be reasonably achieved.
Group 4 listed heritage items include buildings, places and objects which are of metropolitan significance and/or involve a contribution to the heritage of the city, the protection of which is seen as desirable by the Council.
The Council may use the heritage order provisions under the Act from time to time to protect buildings, features or objects where this is considered necessary to secure protection.
The New Zealand Historic Places Trust categories of registration have been taken into account, although these do not determine the group classifications in the rules which have a somewhat different basis to them, and which reflect a local perspective. The rules in Clauses 1.2 - 1.3 relate to these listed features and the lists are set out in Appendix 1. Appendix 2 contains further details of sites containing multiple listed buildings and Appendix 2a details of large sites containing multiple buildings, not all of which are listed.
In addition, special rules also relate to the external appearance of buildings in special amenity areas. Special amenity areas (Sams) are contained in the rules for the living zones (Part 2), and the Cultural 1 Zone (Part 7). Other provisions and legislation
There are areas of particular significance as archaeological sites within the city. Archaeological sites within the city are subject to specific procedures and consents under the Historic Places Act 1993 which protects all archaeological sites (whether recorded or unrecorded) and requires that no work be undertaken on a site until an archaeological authority to destroy, damage, or modify the site has been granted by the Trust in accordance with the Act. Many of these sites are of significance to Tangata Whenua, while others relate to pre- 1900 features associated with early European settlement.
In addition, there are areas within the city which are of cultural and historic significance to Tangata Whenua. These areas, are defined on Appendix 3 and reference is made in other city rules and zone rules to a requirement to consult with Tangata Whenua where a resource consent is required, in circumstances where an activity could disturb waahi tapu sites which may be present in these areas.
Environmental results anticipated (a) The enhancement of the heritage qualities of the city's built environment. (b) A progressive increase in the number of heritage items whose protection is permanently secured, both through the implementation of these rules, and incentives to landowners. (c) The maintenance of heritage buildings, places and objects representative of a variety of factors including: • historic and social significance; • cultural and spiritual significance; • architectural and artistic significance; • group significance and setting; • landmark significance; • archaeological significance; • technological significance and craftsmanship. (d) The economically and physically sustainable use of heritage buildings, places and objects in association with activities which are compatible with maintaining their integrity and character and are compatible with the amenities of adjoining properties. (e) The maintenance and enhancement of the qualities of special amenity areas of which heritage items are part, including areas adjacent to significant open spaces. (f) The protection of heritage items by additional measures to avoid adverse environmental impacts, (e.g. outdoor advertising). (g) The maintenance and enhancement of the special heritage qualities of buildings within the Cultural 1 Zone and their contribution to the character of the city. (h) The development and redevelopment of buildings adjacent to listed heritage buildings in the central city, in a manner which respects the heritage qualities of those buildings. (i) In conjunction with the Historic Places Trust, the ongoing protection of heritage buildings, places and objects, archaeological sites and waahi tapu. (j) Consultation with Tangata Whenua on development within areas identified as having potential waahi tapu sites, and the protection where possible of any sites identified within these areas. (k) The avoidance of incompatible new buildings on sites containing listed heritage items, where such buildings may detract from the setting, quality or visibility of the listed items.
1.2 General rules and provisions
Updated 14 November 2005
1.2.1 Other rules Updated 14 November 2005
Attention is drawn to the provisions of other city rules and zone rules which may apply in addition to any relevant rules for protected buildings, places or objects. If any one or more of the standards in the rules below are not met, the activity will require consent in respect to those rules.
1.2.2 Listing and mapping Updated 14 November 2005
The four categories of listed buildings, places and objects are set out in Appendix 1 to these rules and the legal descriptions are those applying at the time of notification of this Plan, except that where further subdivision of sites containing protected buildings, places or objects takes place, the legal descriptions and street address will from time to time be updated without further formality. In addition, where a site contains multiple listed buildings (e.g. the Arts Centre), these are shown in plan form in Appendix 2. Similarly, in some instances where a site contains multiple buildings on large sites, but not all buildings are listed, (eg. The University) a reduced site area is also shown in plan form in Appendix 2a.
These listed buildings, places and objects are also notated on the planning maps, but not differentiated by category. In some instances where listed items are located adjoining to, but not sites in the same ownership, the adjoining site has been incorporated in the listing where it is an essential part of the setting of the listed item.
1.2.3 Clarification of terms in these rules Updated 31 July 2012
For the purposes of these rules (including assessment matters) refer to Part One (Definitions) for the definition of the terms "additional buildings", "alterations", "demolition", "heritage fabric", "heritage values" "removal", "repairs and maintenance", "reconstruction" and "setting".
1.2.4 Buildings, places or objects subject to heritage orders Updated 14 November 2005
Any work affecting buildings, places or objects that may be subject to heritage orders are required to comply with the separate procedures specified in Part VIII of the Act.
Any heritage orders will only be placed as circumstances may require. Heritage orders may also be made by Heritage Protection Authorities other than the Council, such as the NZ Historic Places Trust.
1.2.5 Deletion of listed items Updated 14 November 2005
Where a listed building, place, or object has been demolished (with approval of the Council), it shall be deleted from the list without further formality.
Where a listed building or object has been removed to another site (with approval of the Council) the list should be amended to show the new site, without further formality.
1.2.6 Archaeological sites Updated 14 November 2005
Attention is drawn to the fact that any disturbance of archaeological sites, is subject to Sections 10-20 of the Historic Places Act. Application is to be made to the Historic Places Trust for any works that may affect an archaeological site.
1.2.7 Buildings in special amenity areas and in the Cultural 1 Zone Updated 31 July 2012
Special amenity areas are identified on the planning maps, as are buildings adjoining important public open spaces. The assessment matters applicable to considering the external appearance of new buildings, or exterior alterations to existing buildings, are set out in the relevant parts of the living zone, Cultural 1 Zone and Central City Business Zone rules. It should be noted that any alterations to listed heritage items in these areas are only subject to the separate rules contained in this section of the Plan, rather than the external appearance of buildings rules elsewhere in the Plan where these items are located outside of the Central City .
1.2.8 Areas of significance to Tangata Whenua Updated 14 November 2005
Appendix 3 to these rules, identifies areas within the city that are particularly important to the culture and history of the Tangata Whenua.
In particular, there is provision for consultation with Tangata Whenua in respect to any significant filling or excavation activities in these areas which would require consent under the city rules on filling and excavation (Part 9, Clause 5).
1.2.9 Application of the Building Act 1991
Updated 14 November 2005 Buildings listed in this Plan are also subject to the separate requirements of the Building Act 1991. Of particular relevance are Section 66 buildings which are deemed to be earthquake prone; Section 38 alterations to existing buildings, Section 46, change of use of buildings and Section 47, matters for consideration by territorial authorities in relation to the exercise of powers.
1.2.10 Description of listed items Updated 14 November 2005
The description of each protected building, place and object in Appendix 1 is as at date of notification. Any subsequent change to a street address or legal description shall not affect the application of the specific rules to that building, place or object. Street addresses and legal descriptions will, from time to time, be updated without further formality.
1.2.11 Non‐notification Updated 31 July 2012
An application for: (a) any alteration to, or erection of any additional building(s) on a site containing a Group 3 or Group 4 building, place or object; or (b) any internal alterations to a Group 1 or 2 building, place or object, (c) Within the Central City, alterations for the primary purpose of implementing building code upgrades for seismic, fire, or access purposes to Group 1 and 2 items.
shall not be publicly or limited notified. However, the Council shall consult with the NZ Historic Places Trust in respect to any consent required under these clauses.
Note: within the Central City, a broad range of earthquake-related repairs and rebuilding, and building code upgrades for seismic, fire or access purposes are permitted under Rule 1.3.3 and therefore no resource consent (or associated notification or consultation) is required.
1.3 Specific Rules
Updated 31 August 2011
1.3.1 Group 1 and Group 2 Buildings, places and objects (Listed in Appendix 1) outside of the Central City Updated 31 July 2012 (a) Development standard Any alteration or removal of a Group 1 or Group 2 building, place or object, or the erection of any additional building(s) on a site containing a Group 1 or Group 2 building, place or object, shall be a discretionary activity , with the exercise of the Council's discretion limited to matters concerning the heritage values of the protected building, place or object. (b) Critical standard Any demolition of a Group 1 or Group 2 building, place or object shall be a non complying activity .
1.3.2 Group 3 and Group 4 Buildings, places and objects (Listed in Appendix 1) outside of the Central City Updated 31 July 2012 (a) Community standard Any demolition of a Group 3 or Group 4 building, place or object shall be a discretionary activity. (b) Development standard Any alteration or removal of a Group 3 building, place or object, or any removal of a Group 4 building, place or object shall be a discretionary activity, with the exercise of the Council's discretion limited to matters concerning the heritage values of a protected building, place or object. (c) Development standard Any alteration of a Group 4 building, place or object, or the erection of any additional building(s) on a site
containing a Group 3 or Group 4 building, place or object shall be a controlled activity, with the exercise of the Council's discretion limited to matters concerning the heritage values of a protected building, place or object.
1.3.3 All protected buildings, places and objects (Listed in Appendix 1 and/or shown on the planning maps) located within the Central City Updated 31 July 2012 (a) Development standards (i) Any repairs and maintenance shall be permitted. (ii) Reconstruction resulting from the Canterbury earthquakes shall be permitted. (iii) Alterations, other than work carried out as repairs and maintenance or reconstruction, necessary for the primary purpose of implementing seismic, fire, or access building code upgrades: a. to Group 1 and 2 items, shall be a controlled activity, with the matter to which Council has reserved its control being consideration of potential effects on heritage values; b. to Group 3 and 4 items, shall be permitted. (iv) Any alterations that are not subject to (i), (ii), or (iii) above are: a. for Group 1 and 2 items, and external alterations to Group 3 items a restricted discretionary activity, with the exercise of the Council's discretion restricted to the listed Assessment Matter(s); b. for internal alterations to Group 3 items, and any alteration to a Group 4 item, a controlled activity with the matter to which Council has reserved its control being consideration of potential effects on heritage values. (v) The erection of an additional building on the site of a listed heritage item is: a. for Group 1 and 2 items, a restricted discretionary activity, with the exercise of the Council's discretion restricted to the listed Assessment Matter(s); b. for Group 3 and 4 items, a controlled activity with the matter to which Council has reserved its control being consideration of potential effects on heritage values. (vi) The removal of any heritage item is a restricted discretionary activity, with the exercise of the Council's discretion restricted to the listed Assessment Matter(s). (vii) The erection of any new building on a site that adjoins a site containing a listed heritage item is: a. for Group 1 and 2 items, a restricted discretionary activity, with the exercise of the Council's discretion restricted to the listed Assessment Matter(s); b. for Group 3 and 4 items, a controlled activity, with the matter to which Council has reserved its control being consideration of potential effects on heritage values. Except that Rule 1.3.3(vii) shall not apply if the listed heritage item on the adjoining site is a bridge, a statue, or is more than 30m from the proposed new building. (b) Community standard
The demolition of any Group 3 or 4 heritage item is a discretionary activity. (c) Critical standard
The demolition of any Group 1 or 2 item is a non-complying activity.
1.3.4 Exemptions from other standards Updated 31 July 2012 Sites outside of the Central City: That in respect of any activity on any site involving any heritage building, place or object, any activity in or upon the same site shall not be required to comply with any of the relevant standards specified below: (a) Scale of activities (Living Zones) (b) Retailing (Living Zones) (c) All development standards in Vol 3, Part 13 (Parking and Loading) as applicable to Business Zones. This rule shall only apply as long as the protected building, place or object is retained on the site.
Sites within the Central City: That in respect of any activity on any site involving any heritage building, place or object, any activity in or upon the same site shall not be required to comply with
any of the relevant standards specified below: (a) Scale of activities and residential coherence (Living Zones) (b) Retailing (Living Zones); (c) The following car parking and cycle parking standards in Vol 3, Part 13 Central City Zones: • 2.4.1 (a) Car parking space numbers; • 2.4.1 (c) Car parking space numbers; • 2.6.1 Car parking space numbers. (d) The following standards in Vol 3, Part 3: • 2.2.1 Building Setbacks and Continuity (Central City Business Zone); • 3.4.5 Street Scene (Business 1 Zones within the Central City). (e) The following standards in Vol.3, Part 3 or Part 11, for alterations to heritage buildings only: • 2.2.6, 2.2.16 and 2.2.12 Verandas, Minimum Unit Size, Outdoor Living and Service spaces (Central City Business Zone, and 3.2 Business 1 Zones within the Central City); • 1.3.4(h) Acoustic insulation (Central City Business and Business 1 Zones within the Central City); • 3.6.2 Gross Leasable Floor Area (Business 1 Zones within the Central City). The above exemptions shall only apply as long as the protected building, place or object is retained on the site. Where a substantial part of the protected building, place or object has been demolished (with the exception of retained facades of heritage buildings) or where the protected building, place or object has been demolished in full, then this Rule shall not apply.
1.3.5 Requirement to supply heritage records Updated 14 November 2005 The Council will require, in the case of any demolition of a listed building, place or object, the supply of heritage records (photographs or plans) described in Clauses 1.3.6 and 1.3.7. The provisions of Clauses 1.3.6 (a) - (g) and 1.3.7 apply to all Group 1 and 2 heritage features; and the provisions of Clause 1.3.6(a) (b) and (c) to Group 3 and 4 features. Work shall not commence until any information required is supplied to the Council.
1.3.6 Photographic records (Group 1‐4 heritage items) Updated 14 November 2005 (a) Photographs are required to cover all unique areas and features of the original heritage environment identified within the Plan or by associated records or identification, in an accurate photographic representation. (b) Photographic views will be required to show both the affected building, setting, place or object and the relationship between objects, buildings and places. (c) Detailed photographs will be required of specific features of particular heritage importance. It will be at the discretion of the Council to determine the subject, and scope of photographs which will be dependant on the heritage value of the environment and the degree of associated loss of heritage fabric and value. (d) Photographs of Group 1 and 2 heritage items will be required to be taken by a professional photographer with recognised experience in the subject field and a professional standard of equipment. (e) Archival quality is required with both the materials used and the processing of such materials. (f) The owner will be required to provide to the Council negatives, proof sheets and selected enlarged prints of the subject. (g) All required heritage records and photographic material shall be provided at the applicant's expense and the Council will retain copyright, ownership and control over the use of all submitted material.
1.3.7 Plan records (Group 1 and 2 heritage items only) Updated 14 November 2005 (a) For Group 1 and 2 heritage items, accurate scaled plans are required to clearly record in drawn form, the original state of all heritage fabric, objects, places, sites or other heritage environments which are subject to alteration, removal or loss of heritage value as identified in the Plan and associated records or by further identification. (b) Plans shall record all areas which will be altered from their original state, in scaled site plans, interior and exterior elevations, floor plans, sections and details as appropriate to provide a full record of the original heritage environment. (c) All documentation shall be recorded and dimensioned in accurate records by competent draught
persons, architectural designers, architects, archaeologists, geologists, ecologists or other appropriately qualified recording specialists. (d) Documentation details shall include notes on materials, finishes and specific constructional techniques, site identification characteristics, excavation details or other relevant heritage information. Documentation shall be clearly cross-referenced to photographic material. (e) All material supplied to meet this requirement must be originals and will become the property of the Council, which will have ownership, copyright and control over the use of the material. (f) All required plan documentation supplied to the Council shall be at the cost of the applicant. (g) Where a building or landowner has additional written, photographic, plan or other documentary material concerning their property (of heritage significance) the Council would appreciate being advised for the copying or recording of this information so as to be able to make it available to all interested groups.
1.4 Assessment matters for resource consents
Updated 14 November 2005 (a) The matters contained in Sections 104 and 105, and in Part II of the Act, apply to consideration of all resource consents for land use activities. (b) In addition to the matters covered in (a) above, the Council shall also apply the relevant assessment matters set out in Clause 1.4.1 below to discretionary and controlled activities.
1.4.1 Assessment matters ‐ Demolition, removal or alteration of any protected buildings, places or objects, or new buildings on sites containing heritage items, or on sites adjoining sites with heritage items Updated 31 July 2012
In considering any application to: • demolish any protected building, place or object listed in Group 3 or Group 4; • add any additional buildings on a site containing a protected building, place or object listed in Groups 1-4; • alter or remove any protected building, place or object listed in Groups 1-4, the Council shall, in considering whether or not to grant consent or impose conditions, have regard to the following assessment matters. (a) Any immediate or cumulative effects of the loss, alteration or removal of the listed building, place or object on the range, number, and quality of heritage features in the vicinity and the city as a whole. (b) The relative impact on the city's heritage values of loss, alteration or removal of the listed item, with regard to the reasons for listing (as contained in the criteria in the Statement of Objectives and Policies) and in particular the historic/social, cultural/spiritual, and architectural/artistic criteria; and the registration (if applicable) under the NZ Historic Places Act 1993. (c) The extent to which alterations have an irreversible effect on heritage form or heritage features of the building, place or object. (d) Whether any irreversible effects of alterations would cause a significant loss of heritage fabric or form. (e) Whether heritage items will be conserved to the fullest extent practicable under options available for alterations of listed items, including the nature of work proposed and the type of materials. (f) Whether alterations proposed will maintain or enhance the integrity of the original heritage items and design. (g) Whether an alteration, if not in sympathy with the heritage items or form, is clearly distinguishable from the original as new work. (h) Whether any proposals are likely to affect matters of cultural or spiritual significance to Tangata Whenua, the adequacy of any consultation undertaken and the response to that consultation. (i) Whether recognised heritage research and conservation advice has been obtained from the New Zealand Historic Places Trust or any other professionally recognised party in heritage conservation; any conservation plan and/or heritage inventory; and the conservation principles contained within the ICOMOS New Zealand Charter for the conservation of places of cultural or heritage value. (j) The ability of the applicant to economically develop the site without demolition, alteration or removal of the protected building, place, object or heritage feature, with regard to opportunities otherwise permitted on the site. (k) Whether the retention of the heritage features or form of the protected building, place or object
causes significant additional costs, or reduction in its range of potential uses. (l) The availability and suitability of incentives or other options, including the weight given to development or community standards when considering a resource consent, where the retention of a protected building, place or object would be secured by the applicant's proposal. (m) Within the Central City, the extent to which the protected building, place or object and its associated land has been damaged as a result of the Canterbury earthquakes and the associated impact on the heritage fabric and heritage values of the protected building, place or object. (n) The importance of, and the cost of, upgrading the building to current seismic standards and for adequate fire protection where this is required; and the effect of such work on the heritage fabric of the building. (o) In respect of maintenance, whether: • a plan for conservation, or cyclic maintenance has been promulgated, or specialist advice obtained. • replacement of original features retains the maximum amount of these features as can be realistically expected, and replaced with the same or equivalent material where heritage values are affected. • any proposed cleaning of heritage items, is to be carried out by the least destructive methods appropriate to the circumstances and specialist advice obtained. • the range and use of colours where painting is involved, and colour treatment of details. • the maintenance of original heritage features such as stone, brick, timber, copper or zinc, maintains the original state of these features, or reduces the heritage value by a coating application or removal of heritage patina. (p) In the case of any additional buildings, whether these would detract from the setting or quality of the listed item, or reduce the visibility of that item from any road or public place. Furthermore, for sites within the Central City, whether the proposed building’s siting, design, scale, proportions, and form is compatible with and does not detract from the heritage values of the listed item. (q) Within the Central City, the extent to which any reconstruction of a heritage item is based on historical evidence and protects remaining heritage values. (r) Within the Central City, the extent to which any reconstruction of a heritage item restores part of a damaged building or complex by maximising the reuse of retrieved heritage fabric, rather than simply replicating a heritage item that has been demolished. (s) Within the Central City, the extent to which alterations and additions are subordinate to and compatible with the heritage item, while also being identifiable as new work. (t) Within the Central City, the extent to which any proposal for alterations and additions to a heritage item as a result of the Canterbury earthquakes, which involves the retention of heritage facades with the erection of new structure or additional buildings behind, is based on: • the balance of the building needing to be demolished as a result of earthquake damage; • the integrity of the original façade being maintained, including existing architectural elements being retained or reinstated, and repairs being carried out in appropriate materials; • the new building work not projecting significantly above the height of the retained façade, or if it does that the higher element is set well back from the facade; • the size and design of new sections of building being informed by what remains of the retained facade but appearing distinct or separate to it; • the internal floor plates aligning with window openings in the retained façade; • materials in the new sections of building not dominating or detracting from the retained facade; • the retained façade elevation being the predominant elevation that is readily visible from the public realm. (u) Within the Central City, the extent to which any alteration or addition enables repair, reconstruction, seismic strengthening, building code upgrades, or maintenance of any heritage building, place, or object. (v) Within the Central City, the extent to which removal of a heritage item will enable ongoing use, adaption and economic viability of listed heritage items or of sites on which listed heritage items are located. (w) Outside of the Central City the likelihood that any heritage conservation contribution, which could be used for purchasing or compensating owners or restoring heritage items, will be paid as a result of the erection of a new building or additional floor space on the site.
(x) Within the Central City, for new buildings on a site adjoining a site which contains a listed heritage item, whether the proposed building’s siting, design, scale, proportions, and form is compatible with the heritage values of the listed item and would not detract from the setting of the listed item or reduce the visibility of the item from any road or public place.
1.5 Reasons for rules
Updated 14 November 2005
The basis of selecting heritage items is to be found in the criteria and reasons contained in the Statement of Objectives and Policies and summarised in Clause 1.1 (environmental results anticipated (c)) and are not repeated here.
The rules apply primarily to buildings, but may additionally apply to objects such as statues or other important heritage places. In some cases it is necessary to ensure that the surrounds of a building or object are protected as well as the item itself, where this is an important component of its character and integrity.
It is impracticable to set out all the detailed information relating to the items selected for listing in Appendix 1. Details are held in separate Council records.
Protection of buildings under the Historic Places Act is limited, unless by way of a heritage order under the Resource Management Act. The use of heritage orders is restricted in the plan review process, and is seen as a "last resort" measure by the Council, when other avenues (or urgency) justifies its use from time to time, particularly for Group 1 items, and possibly some in Group 2. However, the Historic Places Act does provide strong provisions for archaeological sites, with specified procedures which are not repeated in the City Plan.
Some items, particularly in the Group 1 category, are effectively protected through public ownership, or by formal agreement with the owners. However, the grouping system is, for reasons of consistency and transparency, applied to protected features regardless of ownership or status.
The Council acknowledges that the protection of buildings can interfere with the ability of building owners to make use of what would otherwise be the full potential of their land and buildings, and realise economic returns. Accordingly, the Council will endeavour to make use (to the extent practicable in each particular circumstance) of incentives that may be available; and if necessary pursue purchase or compensation where loss of development rights cannot be adequately resolved.
Where listed items are to be demolished, it is necessary to record the details of the heritage fabric of the building for the city's heritage records, so that some tangible element remains if retention cannot be achieved. In order to ensure that these records are of sufficient archival quality, specialised rules have to be promulgated to ensure this is achieved.
In accordance with the weighting given to particular items, and their related group category, the strength of rules in the city plan has been devised on the following basis.
Group 1: Retention essential; demolition non-complying; alterations/removal/additional buildings discretionary.
Group 2: Retention very important; demolition non-complying; removal/alterations/additional buildings discretionary.
Group 3: Retention important; demolition /alterations/removal discretionary; additional buildings controlled.
Group 4: Retention desirable; demolition/removal discretionary, alterations/additional buildings controlled.
The matrix of groupings and associated rules for features reflects the relative importance of their protection to the city.
Apart from demolition, the rules do not provide an all-encompassing definition of "alterations" because of the widely variable circumstances that are likely to apply, and accordingly the ability to set quantifiable standards for defining alterations. While rules relating to maintenance may appear stringent, experience has shown that buildings can be damaged by inappropriate cleaning/restoration techniques. The rules however exclude repainting, cleaning and washing that does not have a detrimental effect on the heritage fabric of the item as such works are unlikely to have a significant effect on heritage values.
Finally, the rules provide control, by way of discretionary activity, status, over the erection of new buildings on sites containing the most important categories of protected features, and by way of controlled activity status in other categories. The purpose of this control is to avoid incompatible buildings being erected in close proximity on the same site, in a manner which may detract from the quality of the listed feature, the setting of that feature or obscure it from roads and public places. This situation has arisen in the past, an example being the surrounds of "Long Cottage" in Papanui Road. This rule is likely to apply to sites having larger settings.
The rules also provide for certain exemptions from Development Standards in respect of any activity on a site involving a heritage building, place or object. This provides an incentive or concession to the owners of heritage items for the continued retention and protection of heritage values, and applies unless the items were approved for demolition or removal.
2.0 Protected trees
Updated 14 November 2005
Guide to using these rules Step 1 Establish whether the site is shown on the planning maps as containing a listed protected tree (or adjoining sites if a tree is on or near the site boundary). Step 2 Check the list of protected trees in Appendix 4 to confirm its listing, and whether it is a Category 1 heritage tree or a Category 2 notable tree. If a tree is listed on or adjacent to the site and proposed works affect the tree, application will need to be made for: (a) a non-complying activity if it is a heritage tree; (b) a discretionary activity if it is a notable tree. Proposed works are defined under Clause 2.2.4. Note (1) Separate procedures under the Act apply to any tree subject to a heritage order. (2) The Council will consider secured means of protecting other non-listed trees of significant value as part of consideration of consents for non-compliance with land use activity rules. (3) Other non listed trees may be protected as part of conditions on subdivision consents where appropriate. (4) Check the definition of works affecting trees (Refer Clause 2.2.4).
2.1 Statement
Updated 22 May 2006
The rules relating to listing of protected trees in the City Plan are aimed at the retention, as far as possible, of the city's stock of trees which are of special significance. Trees are a major part of the city's character and amenity, but these rules on listed trees protect only a small proportion of the city's trees. Protection has been conferred for a variety of reasons, of which amenity is only one, and the criteria on which the listing is based are contained in the Statement of Objectives and Policies.
There are two categories of listed trees, these being listed heritage trees (Category 1) and listed notable trees (Category 2), with the highest degree of protection applying to heritage trees.
In addition, there are other "significant trees" which contribute to the amenities of a local area but where listing in the plan would be impracticable. A limited degree of protection will be conferred on such trees by consent notices on subdivision activity applications where the trees are worthy of protection. (Refer Part 14).
The quantification of rules for tree protection is difficult, and the Council has taken account of matters such as the finite life of trees, effects on services and buildings and the cross-boundary effects of some trees. Incentives will be considered for secured tree protection in respect to accepting non-compliance with other rules on land use activities. Environmental results anticipated (a) The enhancement of the visual amenities of the city's environment. (b) A progressive increase in the number and variety of trees whose protection is secured over a long term, both through the implementation of these rules, and incentives to landowners, including development contribution remission for reserves. (c) The maintenance of protected trees including those representative of a variety of factors including • historic value; • scientific or botanical value; • landscape significance; • cultural, social, spiritual or recreational significance; • size; • age; • form and condition; • relationship to the setting; • functional value. (d) An increase in the extent to which existing planting having amenity and other value is retained upon subdivision and development, particularly upon redevelopment in the urban area.
2.2 General rules
Updated 14 November 2005
2.2.1 Other rules Updated 14 November 2005
Attention is drawn to the provisions of the other rules which may apply to any activity in addition to any relevant rules for protected trees. If any one or more of the standards in other city rules or zone rules are not met, the activity will require consent in respect to those rules.
2.2.2 Meaning of trees and categories of trees Updated 14 November 2005
For the purposes of these rules, the word "tree" may where applicable, be deemed to mean: (a) more than one tree, where a single listing refers to a group of trees; (b) smaller plants than trees, (such as shrubs) where identified in the listing; (c) a heritage tree is a tree identified in Appendix 4 (Category 1); (d) a notable tree is a tree identified in Appendix 4 (Category 2).
2.2.3 Listing and mapping Updated 14 November 2005
Listed protected trees are notated on the planning maps, but are not differentiated by category.
Any other trees, that may be required to be retained as a condition of any subdivision, or land use consents, and which are not listed or mapped, shall be identified on separate records kept by the Council.
2.2.4 Definition of work covered by these rules Updated 31 August 2011
For the purposes of these rules, any work affecting a protected tree (whether on the site or not) shall be deemed to include:
(a) removal of any tree or; (b) the construction of any building, or laying of overhead or underground services, any sealing, paving, soil compaction, or any alteration of more than 75mm to the ground level existing prior to work commencing, any depositing of chemical or other substances harmful to the tree within 10 metres of the base of any protected tree; Note: For the purposes of the 10 metre setback rules applicable to the lowland kahikatea forest remnant at 16 Kahu Road, which forms part of the greater Riccarton Bush and House Reserve and is defined by a 'Protected Trees Area' symbol on planning map 38B, the outer boundary of the symbol defining the protected trees area, which follows the predator proof fence surrounding the forest remnant, shall be deemed to be the 'base of the tree'; (c) the fixing of any structure or object to any part of the tree, any operation which will wound the bark tissue of any part of the tree or; (d) pruning at a height greater than one-third the total height of the tree, and also including any branches greater than 50mm diameter below this level.
2.2.5 Trees subject to heritage orders Updated 14 November 2005
Any work affecting a tree that may be subject to a heritage order, is required to comply with the separate procedures specified in Part VIII of the Act.
Any heritage order will only be placed as circumstances may require, and cannot be incorporated as part of a review of the City Plan. Heritage orders may also be made by approved Heritage Protection Authorities other than the Council.
2.2.6 Deletion of listed items Updated 14 November 2005
Where a listed protected tree has been removed (with the approval of the Council) or is in a dangerous or diseased condition such that its continued protection cannot be justified, it shall be deleted from the list without further formality.
2.2.7 Notification Updated 14 November 2005
Any application for non-compliance with clause 2.3.1 will not require the written consent of other persons, and shall be non-notified.
2.2.8 Description of listed protected trees Updated 14 November 2005
The description of the location of each heritage/notable tree in Appendix 4 is as at date of notification. Any subsequent change to a street address or legal description shall not affect the application of the specific rules to that heritage/notable tree. Street addresses and legal descriptions will, from time to time, be updated without further formality.
2.3 Specific rules
Updated 14 November 2005
2.3.1 Development standards Updated 31 August 2011
Any work defined by Clause 2.2.4 (b), (c) or (d) affecting a notable tree identified in Appendix 4, shall be a discretionary activity , with the exercise of the Council's discretion limited to the impact of the works on the tree;
except that
for the lowland kahikatea forest remnant at 16 Kahu Road, which forms part of the greater Riccarton Bush and House Reserve, and is defined by a 'Protected Trees Area' symbol on planning map 38B, any activities associated with the maintenance and running of the forest remnant carried out by or on behalf of the Riccarton Bush Trust shall be a permitted activity;
and
in the case of the property at 48 Rata Street (legally described as Lot 375 DP 11261) the 10 metre restriction on works defined in Clause 2.2.4(b) shall only apply to the northern boundary of that property.
2.3.2 Community standard Updated 31 August 2011
Any work defined by Clause 2.2.4(a) affecting a notable tree identified in Appendix 4 shall be a discretionary activity;
except that
for the lowland kahikatea forest remnant at 16 Kahu Road, which forms part of the greater Riccarton Bush and House Reserve, and is defined by a 'Protected Trees Area' symbol on planning map 38B, any activities associated with the maintenance and running of the forest remnant carried out by or on behalf of the Riccarton Bush Trust shall be a permitted activity.
2.3.3 Cri cal standards Updated 14 November 2005
Any work affecting a heritage tree identified in Appendix 4, shall be a non-complying activity .
2.4 Assessment matters for resource consents
Updated 14 November 2005
2.4.1 General Updated 14 November 2005 (a) The matters contained in Sections 104 and 105, and in Part II of the Act, apply to consideration of all resource consents for land use activities. (b) In addition to the matters in (a) above, the Council shall also apply the relevant assessment matters set out in Clauses 2.4.2 below, for discretionary activities.
2.4.2 Assessment matters Updated 31 August 2011
In considering any application for work affecting a notable tree, the Council shall, in deciding whether or not to grant consent or impose conditions, have regard to the following assessment matters. (a) Whether the applicant has the ability to undertake a complying development without work affecting the tree. (b) The condition of the tree including any potential hazard to people or property. (c) The effect of any trimming or disturbance of the root system of the tree on its appearance and health. (d) The effect of any building on the visibility of the tree from a road or public place. (e) Whether the tree is currently causing, or likely to cause, significant damage to buildings, services or property, whether public or privately owned. (f) The provisions of Section 333 of the Property Law Act 2007, (except where subject to a heritage order under Part VIII of the Act). (g) Whether the tree or trees seriously restrict the development potential of the site. (h) Whether the tree inhibits the growth of more desirable specimens nearby. (i) Any substitute or compensating tree planting or landscaping proposed.
(j) Whether a tree to be removed is capable of being successfully transplanted. For the lowland kahikatea forest remnant at 16 Kahu Road, which forms part of the greater Riccarton Bush and House Reserve, and is defined by a ‘Protected Trees Area’ symbol on planning map 38B, the Council shall additionally have regard to the following matters: (k) The effects of any building, including the type of foundation used, and/or shading by the building on the existing trees and the supporting ecosystem of the forest remnant, including the juvenile regenerating trees. (l) The effects of any works on the extensive surface and sub-surface root systems of the kahikatea trees. (m) The effects of any impervious surfaces on the health and viability of the trees and the supporting ecosystem including soil aeration and hydrological balance. (n) Whether constructing a building in close proximity to the forest remnant is likely to give rise to reverse sensitivity regarding shading, branch overhang, encroaching tree roots or windthrow.
(In considering any application Council may consult with any person or body with specialised knowledge or expertise associated with trees.)
2.5 Reasons for rules
Updated 31 August 2011
Protected trees are considered worthy of recognition on a number of criteria which may include: - historic significance to the community; - scientific or botanical significance; - cultural or spiritual significance; - recreational significance; - landscape significance; - functional value; - size or age.
A tree may be protected for a combination of these factors, or because it is outstanding in one respect. The assessment factors and specific reasons for listing particular specimens are set out in the Statement of Objectives and Policies.
The number of trees listed is a small proportion of the total number of trees within the city but includes those which have outstanding rarity or quality, and are consequently worthy of recognition.
The categories of protection contain two groups. These contain trees which are listed and categorised for protection on an assessment system and weighting based on the above criteria. Heritage trees have at least one or more factors which give them a metropolitan or wider significance and which makes them outstanding or unique. Notable trees are identified as important in the landscape of neighbourhoods, and while they may be a fairly common species, are large, old, have a high visual profile, or other character, which individually or in combination make them worthy of listing.
The system for assessing the suitability of trees for listing is set out in Appendix 5 for information. A tree must accumulate at least 30 points in one or more categories to be deemed worthy of listing under this system.
The last remnant of the lowland kahikatea forest once covering areas of the Canterbury Plains located within the Riccarton Bush reserve, is classified as a Notable trees area. The forest remnant contains a large number of mature kahikatea trees most of which are estimated to be between 300 to 500 years old, with the oldest up to 600 years old. These trees on their own would classify as Category 1 Heritage trees. The aim, however, is to protect not only the mature kahikatea trees but the entire Bush environment supporting the existing and regenerating rare flora and fauna. The substantial surface and sub-surface root systems of the kahikatea trees are known to extend over 10m from the tree base and are particularly important to the overall health and stability of the tree.
Some of the juvenile species in the forest remnant may not yet classify as protected trees on their own but they play an important role in the natural functioning and regeneration of the forest ecosystem. On balance, the Category 2 Notable tree status applied to the forest remnant as a whole provides the desired protection to this unique forest environment including the mature tree specimens as well as the juvenile tree stock and other indigenous vegetation. The 10m setback applicable to building and earth works provides not only the protection needed for the mature and younger trees but also to buildings which could be adversely affected by the growing trees and their roots in the future.
Urban development on the forest remnant periphery has the potential to adversely affect the healthy functioning of this ecosystem. Some development carried out so far has resulted in tree root damage, which may lead to tree dieback, altered hydrological balance and poor aeration of the soil around the trees. Separation between the forest remnant and urban development will help avoid these effects as well as those associated with reverse sensitivity e.g. shading, branch and leaf litter or the risk of windthrow.
The extent of the forest remnant protected trees area is defined by the line following the predator proof fence surrounding the forest remnant. The fence is generally set back 4m from the external (legal) boundary of the greater Riccarton Bush reserve on its north-western, southern and south-eastern sides. The outer line of the protected trees area is deemed to be the ‘base of the tree’ for the purposes of setback measurements.
Finally, there are trees which are of amenity value but do not score highly enough to be listed individually or by group. The aim is to ensure that such trees are protected if possible upon development or redevelopment of sites, (e.g. consent notices upon subdivision) as providing the opportunity to maintain or enhance amenities of existing areas.
3.0 Display of outdoor advertisements
Updated 14 November 2005
Guide to using these rules Step 1 Establish the zoning applicable to the site on which the outdoor advertisement is to be located. Step 2 Check the general rules and information in Clause 3.2. Step 3 Check whether the outdoor advertisement complies with the development standards in Clause 3.4. If not, application will need to be made for a resource consent, assessed as a discretionary activity with the exercise of the Council's discretion limited to the matter subject to that standard.. Step 4 Check whether the outdoor advertisement complies with the critical standards in Clause 3.5. If not, application will need to be made for a resource consent, assessed as a non complying activity. If the outdoor advertisement complies with all of the above standards and the general rules in Clause 3.2, then it is a permitted activity in respect of these rules. Step 5 Check the Christchurch City Public Places and Signs Bylaw (not part of this Plan) for any bylaws that may be relevant, particularly for any support structures. Note that: Other city and zone rules may apply to the associated buildings, land uses etc.
3.1 Statement
Updated 14 November 2005
The purpose of outdoor advertisements is to inform the general public of the availability including times of goods, services or forthcoming events, or to provide identification of a particular site or premises, or to provide directions for traffic, cyclist or pedestrian movement. The size, location and manner of any such outdoor advertising may have both positive and negative effects on the amenity values of buildings, sites or areas where they are displayed. In addition the cumulative visual effects of signs may in some circumstances become obtrusive and/or create a distraction to motorists.
The following rules provide for the display of advertisements in order to maintain or enhance amenity values and to ensure that advertisements do not prejudice public pedestrian or vehicular safety in trafficked areas.
Environmental results anticipated (a) Maintenance and enhancement of amenity values and traffic and pedestrian safety in all areas of the city. (b) The protection of the amenity values of heritage, environmental, cultural or open space areas of particular value to the community, and the display of outdoor advertising compatible with maintaining and enhancing such amenities. (c) Provision of the majority of outdoor advertising, primarily in appropriate business zones and, to a much lesser extent in living and rural zones, where it will not detract from amenity values, vehicular traffic, or pedestrian safety in those or adjoining areas.
3.2 General rules and information
Updated 14 November 2005
3.2.1 (a) Christchurch City Public Places and Signs Bylaw and Christchurch City Council Policy Register Updated 14 November 2005
Attention is drawn to the existence of the Christchurch City Public Places and Signs By-Law 1992 which controls outdoor advertisements displayed in public places such as footpaths and pedestrian malls. Attention is also drawn to Council policies in the policy register regarding election campaigns, signboards in public places and advertising on bus shelters.
Where a conflict exists between a rule in the Plan relating to outdoor advertisements and the provisions of the by-law or the policy register, the rule in the Plan shall be the prevailing control.
3.2.1 (b) New Zealand Transport Agency Bylaw Updated 14 November 2005
Attention is drawn to the existence of the New Zealand Transport Agency Bylaw 1987/32 which controls all signs within the state highway legal road reserve for all those sections of the state highway with speed restrictions above 50km/hr. New Zealand Transport Agency administers this bylaw as the controlling authority of the nation's state highways.
3.2.2 Advertising Standards Authority Updated 14 November 2005
Attention is drawn to the Advertising Standards Authority Code of Practice. The Code of Practice includes a code of ethics which specifies criteria for offensiveness and decency of advertising. The Advertising Standards Authority adjudicates in cases where there are alleged breaches of the Code of Practice. It is expected that complaints regarding offensive content of advertising will in the first instance be referred to this body.
3.2.3 Maintenance of outdoor advertising Updated 14 November 2005
The condition and appearance of any outdoor advertisement shall be maintained at all times so that these do not detract from amenity values.
3.2.4 Outdoor advertising in the Special Purpose (Road) Zone Updated 31 July 2012
Where any outdoor advertisement, or part of an outdoor advertisement, which is attached to a building or other structure on a site, extends across a zone boundary and over part of a Special Purpose (Road) or Special Purpose (Pedestrian Precincts) Zone, it shall be subject to the rules which are applicable to outdoor advertisements in the zone in which the site or building is located (or the zone in which the major part of the building is located if the building also extends across a zone boundary and over part of a Special Purpose (Road) or Special Purpose (Pedestrian Precincts) Zone. Clauses 3.4.8 and 3.4.9 are especially relevant.
Note: 1. The Council must give its consent for the erection of outdoor advertisements over the Special Purpose (Road) or Special Purpose (Pedestrian Precincts) Zone as owner of the land in that zone, except for state highways where the consent of New Zealand Transport Agency as owner will be required.
2. There are no rules in the Plan controlling outdoor advertisements which are located wholly within a Special Purpose (Road) or Special Purpose (Pedestrian Precincts) Zone. Such outdoor advertisements may require approval under the Christchurch City Public Places and Signs Bylaw 1992 or from New Zealand Transport Agency. For outdoor advertisements that extend over a Special Purpose (Road) or Special Purpose (Pedestrian Precincts) Zone, see clauses 3.4.8 and 3.4.9 .
3.2.5 Listed buildings, places or objects Updated 14 November 2005
For outdoor advertisements attached to or projected on to any protected building, place or object listed in Part 10, Appendix 1, the rules in Part 10, Clause 1 relating to alteration to listed buildings, places or objects shall apply.
3.2.6 Exception for traffic related outdoor advertisements Updated 14 November 2005
The following rules do not apply to outdoor advertisements used solely for directing traffic and which do not contain any wording, symbols or graphics relating to products, goods or services available on the site, or companies.
3.2.7 Clarification of terms in these rules Updated 14 November 2005
For the purposes of these rules the following meanings apply to the terms listed below.
Area - for displays located or painted upon a building, area shall be calculated as being that area within a continuous notional perimeter enclosing the extreme limits of lettering, symbols or other graphics together with any material or colour used to differentiate such an outdoor advertisement from the background against which it is placed. (See Appendix 7 - Area of Outdoor Advertisement for explanation)
In the case of freestanding outdoor advertisements, area shall be calculated as being that enclosed by the outer perimeter of a board or any other material against which the outdoor advertisement is placed, painted etc together with any material or colour used as a background.
In the case of two sided outdoor advertisements, the area shall be calculated as being that visible from one direction only provided that such outdoor advertisements are joined at the apex and are separated by an angle of 30 degrees or less.
In the case of a three dimensional outdoor advertisement, the area shall be calculated as being an area measured by taking a continuous outline or contour of the maximum profile of the object or display.
Building identification outdoor advertisement - means a display that is integrated into the structure and design of a building and includes only the name, logo and/or date of that building and in relation to any outdoor advertisement shall include any area of background colour and intended to distinguish it from the normal colour of the building materials on which it is displayed.
Free standing outdoor advertisement - means any outdoor advertisement which has an independent means of support and is not attached to any building or structure other than the outdoor advertisement's own support structure.
Height - In relation to any outdoor advertisement means the distance between ground level at any point and the highest part of the outdoor advertisement immediately above that point, unless otherwise stipulated in these rules.
Temporary outdoor advertisement - means an outdoor advertisement to advise of forthcoming cultural, religious, educational, sporting, community or other election events, or any on site related real estate outdoor advertisement. Temporary outdoor advertisements associated with any such event may be displayed for a continuous period of up to a maximum of 12 weeks in any 12 month period. All temporary outdoor advertising shall be removed within five working days after the event to which it relates.
3.3 Categories of activities
Updated 14 November 2005
3.3.1 Outdoor advertisements Updated 14 November 2005 (a) Any outdoor advertisement which complies with: • all of the development standards under Clause 3.4 and; • all of the critical standards under Clause 3.5 shall be a permitted activity (b) Any outdoor advertisement which complies with all of the critical standards, but does not comply with any one or more of the development standards under Clause 3.4 shall be a discretionary activity with the exercise of the Council's discretion limited to the matter(s) subject to that standard. (c) Any outdoor advertisement which does not comply with any one or more of the critical standards under Clause 3.5 shall be a non complying activity.
3.3.2 Reference to other city rules and zone rules Updated 14 November 2005
Attention is drawn to the provisions of the other city rules and zone rules which may separately specify, or result in, an activity being prohibited, non-complying, discretionary, controlled or permitted, notwithstanding the provisions of these rules.
3.4 Development standards
Updated 20 September 2006
3.4.1 Area and number Updated 15 October 2012 (a) All living zones (except Living 5 Zone, 458-464 Ferry Road (as shown in Part 2, Appendix 12) in the Living 2 Zone and all scheduled activities, other than scheduled metropolitan facilities in Living 4 Zones). The maximum total area of outdoor advertisements on any site shall be 0.5m 2 except that (i) for residential or other activities on front sites with frontage to a local road the maximum area of any single outdoor advertisement shall be 0.2 m 2 ; (ii) for other (non-residential) activities within a community footprint, fronting an arterial road or on a site in the Living 4A Zone with access to Bealey Avenue, Montreal Street, Durham Street North, Colombo Street and Manchester Street (north of Salisbury Street), the maximum total area of outdoor advertisements shall be 1.0m 2 ; (iii) for temporary outdoor advertisements displayed for electioneering purposes, advising forthcoming cultural, religious, educational or sporting events, or in connection with the sale or 2 redevelopment of a site or building, the maximum total area shall be 3m (See also critical standard 3.5.1 for the maximum duration of such signs.) (b) Business 1 Zone, Living 5 Zone, Central City Business, Central City Mixed Use Zone and Cultural 4 Zones together with scheduled hotels and taverns, scheduled public utilities and works depots, scheduled service centres and community services, scheduled spiritual activities, scheduled fire stations, scheduled chartered clubs and 458-464 Ferry Road (as shown in Part 2, Appendix 12) in the Living 2 Zone. (i) The maximum total area of outdoor advertisements on any site shall be 5m 2 or 10% of the site frontage area, whichever is the greater except that the maximum area of any single outdoor advertisement shall be 3m 2 .
For the purposes of this rule, site frontage area means the length of the road frontage of the site multiplied by:
Business 1, Living 5, Cultural 4 Zones, 458-464 Ferry Road (as shown in Part 2, 3m Appendix 12) in the Living 2 Zone and stated scheduled activities
Central City Business Zone 5m
Central City Mixed Use Zone 5m
(ii) The maximum number of free-standing outdoor advertisements on any site shall be one for each road frontage except that for sites with more than 40m of road frontage the maximum number of free- standing outdoor advertisements shall be one for every 20m of road frontage providing that no more than two of these outdoor advertisements shall exceed 1m 2 in area. (c) Business 2 and 2P Zones. (i) The maximum total area of outdoor advertisements on any site shall be 10% of the site frontage area provided that the maximum area of any single free-standing outdoor advertisement shall be 5m 2 . For the purposes of this rule, site frontage area means the length of the road frontage of the site multiplied by 3m: (ii) The total number of free-standing outdoor advertisements on any site shall be one except that for sites with more than 40m of road frontage, the maximum number of free-standing outdoor advertisements shall be one for every 20m of road frontage provided that no more than two of these free-standing outdoor advertisements shall exceed 1m 2 in area. (d) Business RP, 3, 3B, 4, 4P, 4T, 5, 7 and 8 Zones, Special Purpose (Hospital, Airport, Rail, Landfill, Transfer Station) Zones, Special Purpose (Wigram) Zone - Areas A and B, and scheduled service stations. (i) The maximum total area of outdoor advertisements on any site shall be 10% of the site frontage area provided that the maximum area of any single free-standing outdoor advertisement shall be 18m 2 . For the purpose of this rule, site frontage area means the length of the road frontage of the site multiplied by 5m. (ii) The total number of free-standing outdoor advertisements on any site shall be one except that for sites with more than 40m of road frontage, the maximum number of free standing outdoor advertisements shall be one for every 20m of road frontage provided that no more than two of these free-standing outdoor advertisements shall exceed 1m 2 in area. (iii) Within the Business 4 zoned land known as Kennaway Park (being the land bounded by Tunnel Road and the Heathcote River, shown on the Outline Development Plan in Part 3 Appendix 9) there shall be no outdoor advertising adjacent to and facing the Living zones north of the site, or Tunnel Road. (iv) for sites within the Business 5 Zone covered by the Outline Development Plan (Sir James Wattie Drive - Appendix 21) which are adjacent to Marshs Road or Shands Road, no signs shall be permitted which face these road. (v) for sites within the Business 5 Zone covered by the Outline Development Plan (Sir James Wattie Drive - Appendix 21) other than those which are adjacent to Marshs Road or Shands Road, and for facades of buildings on sites listed in (iv) above which do not face those roads, • the maximum total area of outdoor advertisements on any site shall be 10% of the site frontage area, provided that the maximum area of any single free standing sign shall be 10m 2 . • the maximum area of any single outdoor advertisement on any building facade shall be 50m 2 . • the minimum separation distance between any two outdoor advertisements shall be 5 metres. • the total number of free-standing outdoor advertisements on any site shall be one. (e) Cultural 1, 2, 3 Zones; The maximum total area of outdoor advertisements on any site shall be 3m2 except that the maximum area of any single outdoor advertisement shall be 2m 2 . (f) Rural, Special Purpose (Ferrymead), scheduled rural activity - Yaldhurst Transport and Science Museum, scheduled rural industries - sawmilling/timber processing and aggregate processing, Coutts Island Road and Business 6 Zones The maximum total area of outdoor advertisements on any site shall be 4m 2 for any single road frontage except that the maximum area of any single outdoor advertisement shall be 3m 2 . (g) Conservation zones; Open Space 1 Zone The maximum total area of outdoor advertisements on any site shall be 2m 2 except that the maximum
area of any single outdoor advertisement shall be 1m 2 . (h) Open Space 2, 3, 3A, 3B and 3D Zones. The maximum total area of outdoor advertisements on any site shall be 3m 2 except that: (i) This may be exceeded where a site has road frontage of more than 40m in which case the maximum total area of outdoor advertisements on any site shall be calculated at 2m 2 for every 40m of road frontage provided that the maximum area of any single outdoor advertisement shall be 3m 2 . (i) Open Space 3C Zone: (i) Except as permitted in (ii) below, outdoor advertisements within 20m of State Highways 73 and 75 or within 10m of any other roads shall be so located and directed as not to be visible from those highways or road; (ii) not more than two double sided outdoor advertisements shall be permitted on each of the Wigram Road and Curletts Road (State Highway 75) boundaries provided that: no single outdoor advertisement shall be greater in area than 15m 2 ; no such outdoor advertisement shall contain information other than the name of the complex, the on- site location of facilities (including carparks), hours of operation and forthcoming events; no such outdoor advertisement shall be flashing or illuminated by any means other than lights directed upon it.
3.4.2 Building identification outdoor advertisements Updated 14 November 2005
For outdoor advertisements for building identification purposes only the maximum height of any individual lettering, symbol or other graphic, shall be 1m.
3.4.3 Height Updated 31 July 2012 (a) All living zones (except Living 5 Zone and all scheduled activities, other than scheduled metropolitan facilities in Living 4 Zones); rural, scheduled rural activity - Yaldhurst Transport and Science Museum, scheduled rural industries - sawmilling/timber processing and aggregate processing, Coutts Island Road, open space, conservation, Special Purpose (Wigram) Zone - Area A, Special Purpose (Ferrymead) Zone - Areas A, B, and C, and cultural zones. (i) The maximum height of any outdoor advertisement shall be 4m. (ii) Any outdoor advertisement shall not intrude a recession plane constructed from points 2.3m above the boundary with a living zone as shown in Part 2, Appendix 1. Note: Recession planes do not apply to outdoor advertisements within the rural, Conservation 3 or 3W Zones (b) Central City Mixed Use Zone, Business 1, 2 and 2P Zones, Living 5 Zone, Special Purpose (Ferrymead) Zone - Area D, Special Purpose (Hospital, Rail, Landfill, Transfer Station) Zones scheduled hotels and taverns, scheduled public utilities and works depots, scheduled service centres and community services, scheduled spiritual activities, scheduled fire stations and scheduled chartered clubs. (i) The maximum height of any outdoor advertisement shall be:
Central City Mixed Use Zone, Business 1, and Living 5 Zones 4m
Business 2, 2P, and special purpose zones and scheduled activities as listed 6m above
or 1.2 m above the roof or verandah of the building, if the outdoor advertisement is attached to a building or verandah, whichever is the lesser except for building identification signs.
(ii) Any outdoor advertisement in the Living 5 Zone shall not intrude a recession plan constructed from points 2.3m above the boundary with any other living zone as shown in Part 2, Appendix 1. (c) Central City Business Zone (i) The maximum height of any free-standing outdoor advertisement shall be 6m. (ii) The maximum height of any outdoor advertisement attached to or displayed on a building shall be 6m, or 500mm less than the facade height of the building, whichever is the lesser except for building
identification outdoor advertisements. (d) Business RP, 3, 3B, 4, 4P, 4T, 5 (including sites within the Business 5 Zone covered by the Outline Development Plan (Sir James Wattie Drive) - Appendix 21, 6 and 7 Zones, together with the Special Purpose (Wigram) Zone - Areas B, Special Purpose (Airport) Zone and scheduled service stations (i) The maximum height of any free-standing outdoor advertising shall be 9m. (ii) Any outdoor advertisement attached to, or displayed on a building shall not exceed the facade height of the building.
3.4.4 Illumination Updated 16 July 2012
Any outdoor advertisement shall not be internally or externally illuminated by intermittent or flashing light sources.
For sites within the Business 5 Zone covered by the Outline Development Plan (Sir James Wattie Drive - Appendix 21) signs may only be illuminated by wall/sign mounted light fittings and/or ground mounted uplights.
(Refer also to critical standard, Clause 3.5.2)
3.4.5 Street scene Updated 14 November 2005
The street scene rule for a building in that zone shall apply to free standing outdoor advertisements, three dimensional outdoor advertisements and any structures supporting outdoor advertisements where any such outdoor advertisement fails to comply with Rule 3.4.1 - Area and number and/or Rule 3.4.3 Height in this part of the Plan, except that this rule shall not apply to free-standing outdoor advertisements, three dimensional outdoor advertisements and any structures supporting outdoor advertisements located in the Business 2 Zone.
3.4.6 Support structure visibility Updated 14 November 2005 Where any outdoor advertisement is attached to or displayed on a building by a support structure that is distinct from the building on which it is displayed, that support structure shall not be dominantly visible from any road or public place.
3.4.7 Verandah related displays Updated 14 November 2005
(Refer to Appendix 6 for illustration of these outdoor advertisements) (a) Where an outdoor advertisement is to be displayed under and affixed to any verandah: (i) the outdoor advertisement shall not project more than 2.5 metres into any public place, and/or forward of the face of the verandah; (ii) the lowest part of the outdoor advertisement shall not be less than 2.6 metres above footpath level. (b) Where an outdoor advertisement is to be displayed on the face of any verandah: (i) the outdoor advertisement shall not have a display with a depth which exceeds 500 millimetres and/or; (ii) shall not have the front face of such a display project forward of a vertical line drawn 500 millimetres inwards of the face of a kerb. (c) Where an outdoor advertisement is displayed above and affixed to any verandah: (i) the outdoor advertisement shall not be affixed such that the top is higher than 1.2 metres along the top edge of the verandah, or 6 metres above the footpath level (whichever is the lesser); (ii) the outdoor advertisement shall not project beyond any face of the verandah. (d) Where an outdoor advertisement is to be displayed above a verandah and affixed parallel to and against the face of the building the outdoor advertisement shall not project more than 200mm from the face of the building.
(e) Where an outdoor advertisement is to be displayed above a verandah and affixed to the face of the building but projecting from that face the outdoor advertisement shall not: (i) be other than at right angles; or (ii) project more than 1.26 metres; or (iii) have a width of more than 200 millimetres.
3.4.8 Projecting displays Updated 14 November 2005
(Refer to Appendix 6 for illustration of these outdoor advertisements.) (a) Where an outdoor advertisement is to be affixed to the face of any building without a verandah the outdoor advertisement shall not: (i) project more than 1.5 metres from that face where the outdoor advertisement is at right angles to the building; and/or (ii) project forward of a vertical line drawn 500 millimetres inside the face of a kerb; and/or (iii) have a depth of more than 600 millimetres; and/or (iv) shall not have its lower edge less than 2.6 metres above the ground and project more than 200 millimetres. (b) Where a free standing outdoor advertisement, including a flag, extends over part of a Special Purpose (Road) or Special Purpose (Pedestrian Precincts) Zone the lowest part of the outdoor advertisement shall not be less than 2.6m above ground level.
3.4.9 Architectural features Updated 14 November 2005
Outdoor advertisements displayed on wall surfaces shall not obscure windows or significant architectural features. Any application arising from this clause will not require the written consent of other persons and shall be non-notified.
3.4.10 Traffic safety Updated 14 November 2005 (a) Any outdoor advertisement shall not be located so as to be likely to obscure or to confuse the interpretation of any traffic signs or controls. (b) Where a site adjoins a State Highway or an arterial road with a speed restriction of 70km per hour or over, there shall be a maximum of one outdoor advertisement per site, provided that: (i) Where a site fronts two or more roads this restriction shall only apply along that part of the site fronting an arterial road or State Highway. (ii) Where the length of the site frontage exceeds 200 metres, 1 additional outdoor advertisement may be erected for every 180 metres of road frontage. Each additional outdoor advertisement shall be separated from other outdoor advertisements by a minimum distance of 180 metres. (iii) No outdoor advertisement shall be erected within 50 metres of an intersection controlled by traffic signals or a roundabout. (c) Where a sign is located on a site which adjoins a state highway in a location where the speed restriction is 70 km per hour or over, any lettering displayed on the sign shall have a minimum height as specified in the following table:
Lettering height (mm)
Speed Limit (km/hr) Main message Property name Secondary message
70 200 150 100
80 250 175 125
100 300 200 150
Note : Further information on the design of roadside signage can be obtained from the following technical standard: Land Transport Safety Authority "Advertising Signs and Road Safety: Design and Location Guidelines" - Road and Traffic Safety Standards series No 7.
3.4.11 Landscaping Updated 14 November 2005
No landscaping required by this Plan shall be removed, other than by necessary trimming and pruning, to afford greater visibility of any outdoor advertising.
Reference to other development standards Updated 14 November 2005
Protected buildings, places and objects (refer Part 10, Clause 1)
Reference to other community standards
Updated 14 November 2005
Glare (refer to Part 11, Clause 2)
3.5 Critical standards
Updated 14 November 2005
3.5.1 Relationship to the site Updated 30 September 2008 (a) All zones except Business 3, 3B, 4, 4P, 4T, 5, 7 and Special Purpose (Airport) Zones and Special Purpose (Wigram) Zone - Area B. Any outdoor advertisement shall be displayed on the building or site to which it relates and shall only contain the name of the building or site, the names of the owners, occupiers or tenants, and details of goods and services available from the building or site except for (i) temporary outdoor advertisements displayed for electioneering purposes, or advising forthcoming cultural, religious, educational or sporting events. The maximum duration of such outdoor advertisements shall be 12 weeks and the outdoor advertisement shall be removed within five working days after the event to which it relates. (ii) temporary outdoor advertisements displayed in connection with the sale or redevelopment of a site or building. Any such outdoor advertisement shall be removed immediately following the completion of the sale or redevelopment to which it relates. (Refer also to development standard, Clause 3.4.1.) (b) All zones Outdoor advertisements shall not continue to be displayed on any site or building if the goods, services or events to which the outdoor advertisement relates have occurred, are no longer available, or no longer relevant to that site or building as may be appropriate.
3.5.2 Illumination Updated 14 November 2005
Any outdoor advertisement shall not be illuminated by any means on any site as follows: (a) within the Conservation 1A or Rural Hills Zones; (b) in the Rural 1 Zone, within 100m of the boundary of the Conservation 1A Zone; (c) in any Rural zone within 20 metres of any state highway, except in the case of directional traffic signs. (Refer development standard clause 3.4.4)
3.5.3 Moving, flashing or retro‐reflective displays Updated 14 November 2005
No outdoor advertisements shall involve any flashing movement or apparent movement of any of its parts or messages. No outdoor advertising shall be finished in any retro-reflective material.
3.5.4 Captive balloons Updated 14 November 2005
For outdoor advertisements in the form of captive balloons. (a) The tethering point for any such captive balloon shall not be located on a site within a living or cultural zone or on a site within any other zone within 75m of the boundary of a living or cultural zone. (b) There shall be no more than one captive balloon on any site. (c) The captive balloon shall be tethered at a height of no more than 60m. (d) The captive balloon shall be tethered to a site or building for no longer than a total of three months in any calendar year.
Note : Where the captive balloon is tethered within three nautical miles of an aerodrome or within an airport control zone the consent of the Civil Aviation Authority will be required.
Reference to other critical standards Updated 14 November 2005
Glare (refer to Part 11, Clause 2)
3.6 Assessment matters for resource consents
Updated 14 November 2005
3.6.1 General Updated 14 November 2005 (a) The matters contained in Section 104 and 105, and in Part II of the Act apply to consideration of all resource consents for land use activities. (b) In addition to the matters covered in (a) above, the Council shall also apply the relevant assessment matters set out in Clauses 3.6.2 below, to discretionary activities.
3.6.2 Assessment matters Updated 14 November 2005
In considering any application the Council shall, in considering whether or not to grant consent or impose conditions, have regard to the following assessment matters. (a) Area and number (i) The visual amenities and characteristics of the locality (including tree or other planting) and whether the proposed display would be obtrusively visible beyond 50 metres (particularly in residential areas). (ii) The proximity of dwellings and the visual intrusion of the proposed display from dwellings on adjoining property or across any road from the proposed display. (iii) The nature and degree of compatibility of any other existing land use activities within 50 metres
of the proposed display. (iv) The classification of the road together with the nature of traffic using it and average daily traffic volumes with regard to the potential of the outdoor advertisement to distract motorists. (v) The range and nature of land use activities on the site concerned, and whether it necessitates larger outdoor advertisements. (vi) The length of the road frontage of the site concerned and the area of display proposed. (vii) The area of the proposed display in relation to the architectural characteristics of the building involved, or the site and/or frontage (where no buildings are involved). (viii) The heritage values, architectural characteristics and visual amenities of the buildings and/or sites in the immediate vicinity, including the number and sizes of any other existing outdoor advertisements either on the site concerned or immediately adjoining (and the need to avoid the cumulative effect of "clutter"). (ix) The likely visual prominence of the proposed display in comparison with what it may have looked like in compliance with the area rule concerned. (x) The nature of existing or likely future land use activities in the vicinity of the proposed display, together with any relevant environmental results anticipated for that zone. (xi) The sympathy of the proposed outdoor advertisement placement to the architectural features of the building onto which it is to be placed, or the site on which it will be located. (xii) The extent to which the proposed outdoor advertisements are sensitive to heritage values, public open spaces or areas possessing significant natural values. (xiii) The extent to which advertisements will result in visual clutter and loss of visual coherence of the character and amenity of the environment. (b) Building identification outdoor advertisement (i) Any adverse visual effects on amenities in the vicinity due to the size of lettering, symbols or other graphics. (ii) Distraction to motorists in their observance of traffic conditions, directions or controls. (iii) The extent to which building identification impacts upon the heritage values and architectural characteristics of the building and/or site. (c) Height (i) The height relative to the area of the proposed display, and the extent to which it may project from the face of any building or other structure so as to be visible from the street. (ii) The location of the proposed display on any building in relation to its heritage values, architectural features and to the line of any eaves or parapet. (iii) The number, location and scale of any other outdoor advertisements displayed on the building or site concerned or in the immediate vicinity. (iv) The likely visual prominence of the proposed display, by reference to its scale, colour, content, construction or illumination, in relation to the building or site on which it is to be displayed, adjoining buildings or sites and the visual amenities of the street scene generally. (v) The potential for the outdoor advertisement to district driver's attention from traffic signs or controls in the vicinity. (vi) The extent to which the height of the proposed outdoor advertisement is sensitive to heritage values, public open spaces or areas possessing significant natural values. (d) Illumination (i) The frequency and intensity of intermittent or flashing light sources and the proposed periods of illumination. (ii) The nature of surrounding land use activities. (iii) The proximity of the display to other properties and the likely effects of such intermittent or flashing lights upon those properties. (iv) The proximity of any traffic signals or controls and whether such display would be likely to distract drivers attention. (e) Moving, flashing or retro-reflective displays (i) Any adverse visual effects on amenities in the vicinity. (ii) Distraction to motorists in their observance of traffic conditions, directions or controls. (f) Street scene (i) The extent to which the proposed outdoor advertisements and support structure will be compatible with the scale of other similar support structures, buildings and other developments in the surrounding area. (ii) The extent to which the proposed outdoor advertisement and support structure will detract from
the outlook, pleasantness, coherence, openness and attractiveness of the site as viewed from the street and adjoining sites. (iii) The existing extent and quality of garden, tree planting and landscaping in the vicinity of road boundaries and the opportunity to provide for further such garden, tree planting and landscaping and the maintenance thereof. (iv) The extent to which the proposed outdoor advertisement and support structure is sensitive to heritage values, public open spaces and areas possessing significant natural values. (g) Support structure visibility (i) Whether any support structure is likely to be obtrusively visible in relation to the architectural features of the building to which it is attached, or in the content of the street scene generally. (ii) Visual amenities in the vicinity of the proposed display including tree planting or proposed landscape treatment which would serve to screen any such supports from public view. (iii) Whether any alternative forms of support would be likely to be less publicly visible in the particular circumstances together with any reasons offered by the applicant as to why such methods have not been proposed. (iv) The extent to which the support structure is sensitive to heritage values, public open space or the City's outstanding natural features. (h) Verandah related displays Under verandah (i) The size and location of the proposed display in relation to the nature and location of the verandah concerned. (ii) The potential for distraction of or conflict with either vehicular or pedestrian movement in the vicinity. (iii) The structural condition and appearance of the verandah. (iv) The relationship of the proposed display to any other outdoor advertisements in the immediate vicinity. Verandah fascia (i) The depth of the fascia of the verandah on which the display is proposed and those of adjoining fascias on either side. (ii) The size of the proposed display together with its overall visual effect in relation to the street scene. (iii) The visual relationship between the proposal and the architecture of the building. (iv) The potential for distraction of or conflict with vehicular traffic. Fixed to top of verandah (i) The structural condition of the verandah in relation to the size of the display proposed. (ii) The height of the top of the verandah above footpath level and its visual relationship to adjoining properties. (iii) The potential for distraction of, or conflict between the proposed display and vehicular traffic. (iv) The nature of land uses in the vicinity and the visual impact of the proposed display. (v) The size and location of other above verandah displays in the immediate vicinity (if any). (vi) The number, size and location of other displays on the premises concerned. Above verandah, fixed to and parallel with the face of the building. (i) The size and proposed display and the extent of any proposed projection from the face of the building. (ii) The structural condition of the verandah, above which the display is proposed. (iii) The number, size and location of any other projecting signs on the premises concerned or in the immediate vicinity. (iv) The nature of land uses in the vicinity and the visual impact of the proposed display in relation to those uses. Above verandah, fixed to and projecting from the face of the building. (i) The size and proposed display and the extent of any proposed projection from the face of the building. (ii) The structural condition of the verandah, above which the display is proposed. (iii) The number, size and location of any other projecting signs on the premises concerned or in the immediate vicinity. (iv) The nature of land uses in the vicinity and the visual impact of the proposed display in relation to those uses.
(i) Projecting displays (i) The size, height and extent of any proposed projection from the face of the building. (ii) The nature of land use activity below the proposed display and in particular the intensity of pedestrian activity in that vicinity. (iii) The number, height and location of any other projecting displays on the premises concerned or in the immediate vicinity. (iv) The nature of land uses in the vicinity and the visual impact of the proposed display in relation to those uses. (j) Architectural features and visual appearance (i) Whether the proposed display is to front onto a public street or place. (ii) Whether the architectural feature(s) concerned would normally be visible to persons passing the building concerned, and obscured by advertising. (iii) The nature of the activities being carried out in the building and whether these would be affected in any way by the proposed display (e.g. loss of light, access etc.). (iv) The particular significance of the architectural feature(s) concerned in relation to the overall appearance of the building from any adjoining road or public place. (v) The extent to which the proposed display projects beyond the edge of any building facade and creates a visual detraction. (vi) The height of the proposed display above ground level, and its impacts on the quality of the building facade and skyline. (vii) The spatial relationship between the building on which the display is proposed and any adjoining buildings. (viii) Whether the style and appearance of the proposed sign is likely to conflict with the amenity values of the building, or public open space. (k) Traffic safety (i) The nature of surrounding land use activities. (ii) The extent to which the proposed outdoor advertisement relates to the business or activity on the site and the necessity for the business or activity to identify and promote itself with the need to consider wider safety and amenity concerns. (iii) Whether the sign has any potential to cause distraction, or confusion to motorists and/or adversely affect traffic safety due to its location, visibility, and/or content including size of lettering, symbols or other graphics.
3.7 Reasons for rules
Updated 14 November 2005
3.7.1 Area and number Updated 14 November 2005
The size of outdoor advertisements is a major factor in the visual impact created by outdoor advertising. The rules have been set on the basis of variations in maximum permitted sizes, having regard to the relative sensitivity of the local environment to visual impacts.
Consequently, the rules for size of outdoor advertisements recognise living zones as particularly sensitive, with small threshold sizes for consent which reflect the garden city character and expected residential amenities. More generous provision is made for scheduled activities in living zones recognising likely operational requirements.
Other sensitive environments such as the rural, open space, conservation and cultural zones also have strong limitations on sign size. Much more generous sizes are permitted in business and special purpose zones and in the central city recognising that outdoor advertising is a significant and essential part of the built environment in these zones.
3.7.2 Building identification outdoor advertisements Updated 14 November 2005
Activities in living zones are primarily residential in scale. Large letters or symbols can be visually intrusive and unnecessary in some circumstances, and this rule places an upper limit on lettering, symbols or other graphics. Similarly, in conservation and cultural zones the scale of graphics can impact on the heritage or natural values of these areas.
Building identification signs are predominantly a feature of buildings within the central city and business zones and are not subject to a maximum height (see Rule 3.4.3). The Plan limits the size of lettering, symbols or graphics on building identification outdoor advertisements in order to reduce the potential for visually intensive and overly dominant signs of this type.
3.7.3 Height Updated 14 November 2005
The provisions on height limitation complement those on size, and again relate primarily to visual effects. This rule has the same general basis as that on size. The height of outdoor advertisements is limited so as to be subservient to the scale of architecture in and adjoining the particular zones, and to ensure outdoor advertisements do not unduly dominate the skyline, or be obtrusive to residents.
3.7.4 Illumination Updated 14 November 2005
Outdoor advertisements with intermittent or flashing illumination can be both distracting to motorists and annoying to residential neighbours. Outdoor advertisements may be internally or externally illuminated. Externally lit outdoor advertisements have the greatest potential for contrasts in brightness and therefore adverse visual effects. Illuminated outdoor advertisements and exposed outdoor advertisement lighting sources may be from 10 to 100 times greater than ambient levels at night compared to those during the day. The development standard seeks to limit these potential effects from excessive levels for both reflective and spill lighting. In addition the critical standard restricts all illuminated outdoor advertisements in areas which are particularly sensitive to visual intrusion. These may relate to amenity considerations (Rural 1 near the Conservation 1A Zone and the Rural Hills Zone), or road safety considerations (near state highways).
3.7.5 Moving, flashing or retro‐reflective displays Updated 14 November 2005
Advertisements which have moving parts or features (whether real or apparent) can be disproportionately visually dominant and distracting to motorists. For this reason it is necessary to adopt a cautionary approach when considering the effects from outdoor advertisements of this type on visual amenity and traffic safety.
3.7.6 Street scene Updated 14 November 2005
Outdoor advertisements and their support structures are bound, where appropriate, by the same street setback rules as buildings, since as structures in themselves they are potentially a significant visual element and can therefore intrude on adjoining sites or fragment an otherwise coherent streetscape. Requiring compliance with the street setback rules ensures there is consistency with environmental results anticipated for zones, such as the Business 4T Zone where a relatively high degree of visual amenity is sought and afforded in part through generous setbacks. One of the purposes of the Business 4 zone is to act as a buffer between the more intensely industrial Business 5 Zone and more sensitive zones such as the living zones. Ways in which adjacent sensitive uses are provided buffering is through the provision of setback requirements. Reducing or removing this requirement for large support structures and their associated outdoor advertising could compromise this buffering effect.
3.7.7 Support structure visibility Updated 14 November 2005
Displays which are mounted on buildings often require substantial supporting structures. Some structures, particularly those having lattice type supports, can detract from the amenities of an area, particularly in highly visible locations. This rule is to ensure that such structures are, as far as practicable, obscured from general public view so as not to detract from the appearance of any building, or the street scene generally.
3.7.8 Verandah related displays Updated 14 November 2005
Where verandahs exist, such structures both enable and to some extent restrict the effective display of outdoor advertisements. In some cases, verandahs are used as support structures and their scale, age and construction can vary considerably. Rules on size and location of displays related to such structures reflect consideration of both public safety and the likely visual prominence of such displays.
3.7.9 Projecting displays Updated 14 November 2005
Projecting displays tend to be more visually prominent than other forms due to the greater distance over which they are visible. These rules enable consideration of both safety issues as well as the potential impact on overall visual amenity.
3.7.10 Architectural features Updated 14 November 2005
This rule is intended to protect features on buildings or their outline from being obscured by ill-placed advertisements. Such advertising can create an incongruous visual appearance detracting from amenities. The effect of incompatible advertising can extend not only to architectural features but to the character of streetscapes and environments as well. Accordingly, the rule addresses outdoor advertisements on buildings, and buildings and sites adjoining important public open spaces of the central city, and the Cultural 1 Zone. These all contain important individual or grouped architectural features, public spaces and precincts which are an important part of the city's heritage and character, and areas of the city which are extensively used.
3.7.11 Traffic safety Updated 14 November 2005
Generally outdoor advertisements in close proximity to controlled intersections have the potential to be distracting to motorists and impact adversely on traffic safety. These rules are intended to ensure that such outdoor advertisements are assessed through a consent process. Outdoor advertising on arterial roads with speed restrictions of 70km/hour or over are subject to greater control than other roads because of the greater potential effect of distraction on high speed traffic. Signs are generally restricted to one per site to reduce distraction to motorists and enhance safety, and to avoid the perception of visual clutter that can be encountered at higher speed. In addition, proliferation of signs may have adverse effects on the visual amenity for State Highway users in rural areas and at the entrances to Christchurch.
It is considered a cautious approach is necessary where outdoor advertisements are proposed to be located in complex traffic locations such as intersections, therefore no outdoor advertising is permitted without resource consent within 50 metres of certain intersections. This distance from an intersection is estimated to be the point at which a driver decides how they will negotiate the particular driving situation. The distance has been calculated to allow for perception and reaction time.
3.7.12 Landscaping Updated 14 November 2005
Any landscaping required through rules in the Plan may not be removed to effect greater visibility of an outdoor advertisement. Landscaping is an important determinant of the amenity of an area and therefore advertising should be positioned where it does not conflict or detract from landscaping.
3.7.13 Relationship to the site Updated 14 November 2005
While necessary for both site identification and communicating information, outdoor advertisements can detract from visual amenities in areas where other visual qualities are desired. In certain circumstances they
can also cause distraction and potential danger to drivers. As a general rule therefore the location of such displays is restricted to those sites to which they relate. This rule does not apply to the industrial business zones and the Special Purpose (Airport) Zone where unrelated advertising would not detract from the visual amenities of these areas. Confining outdoor advertisements generally to the site to which they relate is seen as an important standard, as the scope for outdoor advertisement proliferation is otherwise greatly increased.
3.7.14 Captive balloons Updated 14 November 2005
This rule relates to large tethered balloons, displayed at considerable height. In such circumstances, these displays can pose potential hazards to aviation and should be securely tethered to prevent this as well as damage to other property or persons from drifting. Their potential impact on visual amenities over a wide area is considerable and for those reasons, the duration and location of this form of outdoor advertising is subject to control.
4.0 Sale of liquor ‐ Control of effects on living zones
4.1 Statement
Updated 14 November 2005
This particular rule is concerned with controlling the effects of the sale of liquor for consumption on licensed premises. The background to this rule can be found in the liberalised regime for licensed premises resulting from the passage of the Sale of Liquor Act 1989, and the Council's experience with the intensification of adverse effects of late hour operations on residential amenities. These adverse effects stem from a range of activities directly associated with the sale of liquor for consumption on the premises. They include marked noise impacts from large gatherings, related musical or entertainment activities, from traffic entering and leaving the premises and from noise in carparks.
The rules cannot and do not, purport to control all adverse effects associated with licensed premises, particularly as they do not apply outside late hour operations. However, it does recognise the period during which activities have the greatest potential to create disturbance to residents, and more importantly, the "amenities" implications of sale of liquor. This is a specific matter which can be addressed under the Resource Management Act, and which the Council believes cannot be adequately addressed under the Sale of Liquor Act. These issues were considered by the High Court and the Planning Tribunal prior to the preparation of the City Plan, as part of a Plan Change dealing with the issue.
The rule, in order to adequately address adverse effects, applies to existing or proposed licensed premises proposing to have late hour sales both within and adjoining living zones. Environmental results anticipated (a) Recognition of some adverse effects on residents associated with sale of liquor from licensed premises which are within or adjoining living zones, but with controls to minimise the adverse effects of late hour trading. (b) Reduction in potential noise effects associated with vehicles and people entering, leaving and within carparks. (c) Reduction in potential noise effects associated with late hour sale of liquor in licensed premises and from associated music and entertainment activities.
4.2 Categories of activities
Updated 14 November 2005
4.2.1 Licensed premises Updated 14 November 2005 (a) Any licensed premises which complies with the development standard in Clause 4.3 shall be a permitted activity . (b) Any licensed premises which does not comply with the development standard in Clause 4.3 shall be a discretionary activity with the exercise of the Council's discretion limited to the matter(s) subject to that standard.
4.2.2 Reference to zone rules and other city rules Updated 14 November 2005
Attention is drawn to the provisions of other city rules and zone rules which may separately specify, or result in, an activity being prohibited, non-complying, discretionary, controlled, or permitted, notwithstanding the provisions of these rules.
4.3 Development standard
Updated 31 July 2012
Any activity which involves premises licensed under the Sale of Liquor Act 1989, which is located on any site which is: (a) within a living zone (including a site scheduled as a hotel or tavern); (b) on a site in another zone, where that site adjoins a living zone, or if located within the Central City, where that site is within 75m of a living zone ; (c) on a site in another zone, where that site is across the road from a living zone;
and which is open for the sale or supply of liquor between the hours of 11pm and 7am shall be a discretionary activity with the exercise of the Council's discretion limited to hours of operation and the effects on living zones except that this rule shall not apply to sale of liquor: (i) to any person who is for the time being living on the premises; (ii) for consumption off the premises; (iii) authorised by a special licence in terms of Sections 73 and 74 of the Sale of Liquor Act 1989. (iv) to any person who is present on travellers' accommodation premises within the Living 5 zone for the purpose of dining.
4.4 Assessment matters for resource consents
Updated 14 November 2005
4.4.1 General Updated 14 November 2005 (a) The matters contained in Section 104 and 105, and in Part II of the Act, apply to consideration of all resource consents for land use activities. (b) In addition to the matters covered in (a) above, the Council shall also apply the relevant assessment matters contained in Clause 4.4.2 below.
4.4.2 Assessment ma ers Updated 14 November 2005
In considering any application for the sale of liquor between the hours of 11 pm and 7 am, the Council shall, in deciding whether or not to grant consent or impose conditions, have regard to the following specific assessment matters. (a) The character, scale and intensity of the proposed use and its compatibility in relation to the residential neighbourhood. (b) The effect on the existing and foreseeable future amenities of the neighbourhood, particularly in relation to noise and traffic generation. (c) The topography of the site and neighbouring areas. (d) The nature of existing and permitted future uses on nearby sites. (e) The adequacy of car parking for the site. (f) The adequacy of screening and buffer areas between the site and other uses. (g) The previous history of the site, and the relative impact of adverse effects caused by activities associated with sale of liquor.
4.5 Reasons for rule
Updated 14 November 2005
The Sale of Liquor Act 1989 covers many aspects concerning the sale of liquor and associated management considerations. The effects of sale of liquor, whether through taverns, hotels or other licensed premises are such that there are no resource management grounds for control in some cases.
Premises for the sale and consumption of liquor often involve large concentrations of people and associated ancillary entertainment activities. These can create significant impacts, particularly noise, on nearby residential properties. Such effects can create intolerable nuisance to residents at night, a matter which has become evident from experience. Accordingly the Plan contains provisions which require any premises for sale and consumption of liquor within, adjoining or across the road from a Living Zone, to be subject to a discretionary activity procedure to enable adverse effects to be addressed.
5.0 Fortified sites ‐ Effects of activities
5.1 Statement
Updated 14 November 2005
These rules have been incorporated into the Plan to control the potential adverse effects of fortified sites on the surrounding environment. These effects include loss of privacy, loss of visual amenity and a perceived loss of security by people in the neighbourhood. The rules apply to all zones within the City where people live and work. However, different rules apply within Business 3, 3B, 4, 4P, 4T, 5 and 6 Zones, due to the different amenity expected within these zones.
Where solid structures such as concrete block walls and shipping containers preclude or inhibit entry by the Police or any authorised officer, the safety of people within such sites may be jeopardised. Such structures also often intimidate people living in the community and may adversely affect the amenity of an area.
Structures such as surveillance cameras, look-out towers and platforms may adversely affect the privacy enjoyed by people on neighbouring sites.
Where a look-out tower or platform used to monitor people off-site, exists in combination with either, a solid barricade, fence or structure which precludes entry, and/or a monitoring system; the amenity enjoyed by people may be adversely affected due to the cumulative effects of these structures. Together these structures result in the creation of a fortified site.
Environmental results anticipated (a) Mitigation or avoidance of adverse cumulative effects associated with structures which monitor people beyond the boundaries of the site, especially those on sites within or adjoining environments where people live. (b) Within the City, maintenance and enhancement of an open street scene which reflects the garden city image. (c) Living environments that are pleasant and safe, where on-site amenity is not adversely affected by structures erected on nearby sites.
5.2 Categories of activities
Updated 14 November 2005
5.2.1 Fortified sites Updated 14 November 2005
Any activity which falls within the criteria in Clause 5.3 shall be a prohibited activity.
Any activity which falls within the criteria in Clause 5.4 shall be a discretionary activity. 5.2.2 Reference to zone rules and other city rules Updated 14 November 2005
Attention is drawn to the provisions of other city rules and zone rules which may separately specify, or result in, an activity being prohibited, non-complying, discretionary, controlled, or permitted, notwithstanding the provisions of these rules.
5.3 Critical standard
Updated 14 November 2005
5.3.1 Updated 31 July 2012
The erection of a look-out platform, tower, or structure primarily to enable monitoring of people beyond the boundaries of the site; and either (a) The placement of a barricade, fence or structure of solid construction which precludes or inhibits access by the police or any authorised officer; and/or (b) The erection of a monitoring system such as a surveillance camera to enable monitoring of persons beyond the boundaries of the site.
shall be a prohibited activity where the activity is located on any site which is: (i) within a living, rural, Central City Business, Central City Mixed Use, Business 1, 2 or 2P, open space, cultural, conservation or special purpose zone. (ii) on a site in another zone, where that site adjoins any site listed in (i) above; or on a site in another zone, where that site is across the road from any site listed in (i) above.
5.4 Community standard
Updated 14 November 2005
5.4.1 Updated 14 November 2005
The erection of a look-out platform, tower, or structure primarily to enable monitoring of people beyond the boundaries of the site; and either (a) The placement of a barricade, fence or structure of solid construction which precludes or inhibits access by the police or any authorised officer; and/or (b) The erection of a monitoring system such as a surveillance camera to enable monitoring of persons beyond the boundaries of the site. shall be a discretionary activity on all sites other than those referred to in Clause 5.3.
5.5 Assessment matters for resource consents
Updated 14 November 2005
5.5.1 General Updated 14 November 2005 (a) The matters contained in Section 104 and 105, and in Part II of the Act, apply to consideration of all resource consents for land use activities. (b) In addition to the matters covered in (a) above, the Council shall also apply the relevant assessment matters contained in Clause 5.5.2 below.
5.5.2 Assessment matters Updated 14 November 2005 In considering any application for the establishment of any structures typical of a fortified site, the Council shall, in deciding whether or not to grant consent or impose conditions, have regard to the following specific assessment matters: (a) The character and scale of the proposed structures or monitoring systems and their compatibility in relation to neighbouring activities. (b) The effect on the existing and foreseeable future amenities of the neighbourhood, particularly in relation to loss of security, privacy, and visual amenity. (c) The nature of existing and permitted future uses on nearby sites. (d) The adequacy of buffer areas between the site and other uses, in particular residential activities. (e) Cumulative effects of other structures and monitoring systems in the vicinity. (f) The extent to which any fortified site will adversely affect people's perception of the safety they experience on adjoining sites or from any public space.
5.6 Reasons for rules
Updated 31 July 2012
Where solid structures such as concrete block walls and shipping containers preclude or inhibit entry by the Police or any authorised officer, the safety of people within such sites may be jeopardised. Such structures also often intimidate people living on other sites and passers-by and may adversely affect amenity.
Structures such as surveillance cameras, look-out towers and platforms may adversely affect the privacy enjoyed on neighbouring sites.
Where a look-out tower or platform used to monitor people off-site, exists in combination with, either a solid barricade, fence or structure which precludes entry, and/or a monitoring system; the amenity enjoyed by people may be adversely affected due to the cumulative effects of these structures. Together these structures result in the creation of a fortified site.
Such structures are considered to have the greatest potential to adverse effects in zones with a high standard of amenity such as Living, Rural, Central City Business, Central City Mixed Use, Business 1, 2 or 2P, Open Space, Cultural, Conservation or Special Purpose Zones.
6.0 Relocated buildings
6.1 Statement
Updated 14 November 2005
This specific rule has been incorporated into the Plan to deal with buildings which are relocated from one site to another, focusing on the visual effects of the relocated building on the area into which it is to be relocated. The rule is especially important in living zones, but also applies to other zones. The emphasis is to impose conditions where necessary to ensure a high standard of restoration, and to some degree, compatibility with the surrounding area. In a smaller proportion of cases, where the building would be completely incompatible (even upon restoration) with its surrounds, consent could be declined. Environmental results anticipated (a) Efficient utilisation and recycling of sound quality buildings, particularly housing stock, within the city. (b) The protection of amenities, particularly in living zones, from relocated buildings which would detract from the surrounding properties and/or the area as a whole.
6.2 Categories of activities
Updated 14 November 2005
6.2.1 Relocated buildings Updated 16 November 2009 (a) Any relocated building which complies with the development standard in Clause 6.3(b) shall be a permitted activity. (b) Any relocated building which complies with the development standard in clause 6.3(a) shall be a controlled activity with the Council's control limited to the matter(s) subject to that standard. (c) Any relocated building which does not comply with the development standards in Clause 6.3 shall be a discretionary activity with the exercise of the Council's discretion limited to matter(s) subject to that standard.
6.2.2 Reference to zone rules and other city rules Updated 14 November 2005
Attention is drawn to the provisions of other city rules and zone rules which may separately specify or result in an activity being prohibited, non-complying, discretionary, controlled or permitted, notwithstanding the provisions of these rules.
6.3 Development standard
Updated 16 November 2009
Any building, which is proposed to be relocated on to a site: (a) in the Heritage (H) Activity Area within the Open Space 3D (Isaac Conservation Park) Zone (refer to Volume 3 Part 6 Appendix 2) shall be a controlled activity with the exercise fo the Council's control limited to:
• Access arrangements; and • The proposed use fo the building including prevention of any residential or accommodation use. (b) in any other zone, shall be a discretionary activity with the exercise of the Council's discretion limited to design and appearance on the site to which it is proposed to be re-located.
except that this rule shall not apply to buildings with a gross floor area of less than 30m 2 in all zones provided that in living zones such buildings are not located within the minimum building setback from road boundaries.
Any application arising from Clause 6.3 will not require the written consent of other persons and shall be non- notified.
6.4 Assessment matters for resource consents
Updated 14 November 2005
6.4.1 General Updated 14 November 2005 (a) The matters contained in Section 104 and 105 and in Part II of the Act, apply to consideration of all resource consents for land use activities. (b) In addition to the matters covered in (a) above, the Council shall also apply the relevant assessment matters set out in Clause 6.4.2 below.
6.4.2 Updated 16 November 2009 In considering any application for a relocated building, the Council shall, in deciding whether or not to grant consent (in the case of discretionary activities) or impose conditions, have regard to the following assessment matters: Heritage (H) Activity Area, Open Space 3D (Isaac Conservation Park) Zone (refer to Volume 3 Part 6 Appendix 3a) (a) The location of the building(s) in relation to existing and proposed public access points to the site and circulation routes and access between heritage buildings (b) The proposed use of the building and conditions restricting any accommodation or residential use.
All other zones (c) The likely appearance of the building upon restoration or alteration, and its compatibility with buildings on adjoining properties and in the vicinity. (d) The exterior materials used, and their condition and quality. (e) The period required for restoration work to be undertaken. (f) Any requirements to impose a bond or other condition to ensure completion of restoration work to an acceptable standard.
6.5 Reasons for rule
Updated 16 November 2009
Relocated buildings are recognised as a useful and often very cost effective means of providing residential accommodation and can also usefully serve as buildings for business and community purposes. Structural considerations are dealt with under the Building Act.
Some buildings, particularly those proposed for relocation into living zones, require appropriate conditions to ensure that alteration or restoration of the building is undertaken in a manner which achieves reasonable compatibility with buildings in the surrounding area.
The main factors influencing compatibility are the age, style and materials of the building, and those of the area into which its relocation is proposed. In new subdivisions, the Council will encourage developers to consider mechanisms outside the District Plan, such as restrictive covenants. Conditions relating to bonds
(reflecting the costs of renovation) and to the time allowed for restoration, may be imposed to ensure the restoration work is undertaken and to protect the amenities of adjoining properties.
Part 10 Heritage and Amenities Appendices
Appendix 1 ‐ List of Protected Buildings, Places and Objects
Updated 14 May 2014
Appendix 1 - List of Protected Buildings, Places and Objects
Street Address Date Name Group Legal Description
Abberley Crescent Abberley Park 3 Pub. Res. T20275
50 Acacia Avenue 1855-1930 Middleton Grange School former 2 Pt Lot 1 dwelling DP21557/252
63 Aldwins Road c1865 single storey stone dwelling 3 Pt Lot 1 DP7976
Antigua Street c1885 Footbridge 4 CCC Emp. Act 1971
Armagh Street 1885 Bridge - Hagley Park 3 Adj. to RES 25
Armagh Street 1883 Bridge 3 Adj. to TS1182
Armagh Street Kerbstones outside Canterbury 4 Res 11 SO11711 Provincial Council Buildings
4 Armagh Street 1867 two storey residence (Christ's 2 Pt TS 361 and 363 College building)
17-17A Armagh Street c1875 dwelling ‘Inveresk' 3 Lot 1 DP29859
25 Armagh Street 1899 Cranmer Bridge Club 1 Pt TS 297
56 Armagh Street c1870 two storey wooden residence 3 Lot 1 DP7510
85 Armagh Street 1880- former Magistrates Court 1 Sec 1 SO 11619 81/1908
217 Armagh Street 1865 Girl Guides National Headquarters 2 Lot 5 Pt Lot 6 former wooden dwelling DP1785
Avon River 1874 Ramp for watering horses between 3 Adj. to TS1182 Armagh and Victoria Streets
Avon River Mill Island 3 TS1181
Avon River Rhododendron Island 4 Adj. to SO 14653
122 Avonside Drive c1874/1905 Holy Trinity Anglican Church, 1 Lot 2 DP26713 lychgate, graveyard and setting
9 Aynsley Terrace 1910 Dwelling 4 Lot 1 DP18555
8a & 8b Balmoral Lane Moa Bone Cave 2 Lot 1 DP47125 Lot 2 DP57320
Barbadoes Street 1852-85 Cemeteries 1 Pt Res 20 Res 42 and 43
136 Barbadoes Street 1899-1905 Roman Catholic Cathedral (refer 1 Lot 3 DP50663 App. 2)
181 Barbadoes Street 1894-1912 Community of the Sacred Name 1 TS 1174 2276, including 1894 corrugated iron PT1172 TS 1176 structure and chapel
14 Bass Street c1860 two storey wooden early settlers 3 Lot 4 DP9589 cottage
12 - 20 Bealey Avenue 1939-41 Maisonettes 3 Lot 2 DP40497
28 Bealey Avenue 1902 Knox Church 2 Pt TR 22 1813
82 Bealey Avenue c1860 ‘Eliza's Manor House'/former 3 Pt TR 62 dwelling
18 Beveridge Street c1880 two storey colonial cottage 3 PtsTR 60/1 CHRISTCHURCH CITY
8 Blakes Road 1897 dwelling ‘Spring Grove' 3 Lot 1 DP9006 Pt Lot 1 DP593 RS 35449
Botanic Gardens 1923 Cunningham House and setting 2 Pt Res 25
Botanic Gardens 1885 Moorhouse Statue 2 Pt Res 25
285 Bridle Path Road c1851 Ferrymead House 4 Lot 1 DP21369
Brougham cnr 1903 King Edward VII Coronation Drinking 3 RS41338 Colombo Streets Fountain
51 Browns Road 1862 dwelling ‘Chippenham Lodge' 3 Lot 3 DP22133
49 Bryndwr Road 1927 St John's Church 4 Lot 2 DP25855
Cambridge 1929 former Edmonds Band 2 Sec. 1 SO79042 TS Terrace/Manchester Rotunda/clock/drinking 1223-1227 SO Street fountain/telephone kiosk/poplars and 16954 S 3581 setting
2 Cambridge Terrace 1882 Antigua Boat Sheds 2 Pt CH.CH. CITY RES.
129 Cambridge Terrace 1873/1907 Canterbury Club - Club Buildings 2 Lot 1 DP42570 (refer buildings labelled under "A" in App. 2a)
129 Cambridge Terrace 1873/1907 Canterbury Club - Caretakers Flat 4 Lot 1 DP 42570 (Worcester Street and corridor, store, ladies reception frontage) rooms but excluding additions after 1907 (refer buildings labelled under "B" in App. 2a)
Note: The two listings above under 129 Cambridge Terrace relate only to the heritage items listed and not the site as a whole.
129 Cambridge Terrace c1875 Canterbury Club Gas Light 4 Adj. to Lot 1 DP42570
129 Cambridge Terrace c1876 Canterbury Club Hitching Posts 4 Adj. to Lot 1 DP42570
137 Cambridge Terrace 1928 Harley Chambers 3 Pt Lot 1 DP6773
361 Cambridge Terrace 1903 two storey turret house 3 Pt Lot 21 DP1222
Cashel Street 1924 Bridge of Remembrance and setting 1 SO 14545
212- Cashel Street c1900 two storey commercial 4 Lot 1-2 DP2994 234 building/Cashel Chambers Lots 39-41, 45, 62 DP650 Pt TS 915, 919, 921, 923
Cathedral Square 1867 Godley Statue 1 Pt RS 1 SO 6659
Cathedral Square c1850 Cathedral Square including Godley 1 Lot 2 DP 39745 Pt Plot R1 TS1193
Cathedral Square 1937 Citizens War Memorial 1 Lot 1 DP39475 SO 10333
15 Cathedral Square 1877-79 former Chief Post Office/1877-79 1 Gaz 89-3514 Lots 1- facade only 2 DP54552
100 Cathedral Square 1864-1904 Christ Church Cathedral 1 Lot 1 DP39475 SO10333
66 Chancellor Street 1911 wooden villa former state house 4 Lot 5 DP3665
70 Chancellor Street 1911 wooden villa former state house 4 Lot 4 DP3665
72 Chancellor Street 1911 wooden villa former state house 4 Lot 3 DP3665
86-88 Chester Street East 1892 semi-detached Victorian town 2 Lot 1 DP21206 houses
98-100 Chester Street East 1892 semi-detached Victorian town 3 Lot 4 DP21206 houses
22 Cholmondeley 1864 ‘Risingholme' community centre and 2 Lot 1 Pt Lots 3, 6, 7 Avenue setting former dwelling DP3482 Lot 2 DP26076
21 Church Square 1867-1900 St Mary's Church, bell tower, 1 PT Res 72 lychgate and setting
Clarence Street c1881 Water Tower 2 Pt RS 113
3 Clifton Bay c1905 two storey Arts and Craft style 4 Pt Lot 3 DP3201 residence and setting
83 Clyde Road 1887 former home of Kate Sheppard 4 Lot 5 Pt Lot 4 DP12421
88A Clyde Road 1898 dwelling ‘Waitama' wooden triple 3 Lot 4 DP28058 bay villa
109 Clyde Road 1900 former two storey wooden 4 RS 12 dwelling/Medbury School
168 Clyde Road c1920 Fendalton school/1920's open air 4 Pt RS 60 classrooms
Colombo Street 1902 Bridge 2 Adj. to TS1189
71 Colombo Street 1867 former Malt House/Canterbury 2 Lot 1 DP18904 Children's Theatre
684- Colombo Street / 1933 "The Crossing" Building (former 4 Part of Lot 1 690 146-146B Cashel St Arthur Barnett's) DP83066
779 Colombo Street/cnr 1926 National Bank 3 Pt Lot 1 DP1775 Pt Armagh TS 567 CHRISTCHURCH CITY
876 Colombo Street 1910 S. Mary's Chapel 2 Lot 1 DP45940
Cracroft Estate c1942 former WWII bunkers 4
5 Cracroft Terrace 1908 St Augustine's Church 3 Lot 1 DP42835
Cranmer Square grounds 2 SO18834
25 Cranmer Square 1914 former St Margaret's/Cathedral 3 RES 13 Pt RES 14 Grammar
38 Cranmer Square 1863 early settlers cottage 3 Lot 3 DP27043
40 Cranmer Square c1870 wooden two storey colonial 2 Pt TS 271 shop/residence
66 Derby Street 1903 wooden double bay villa 3 Lot 2 DP1093
74 Derby Street 1929 former dwelling of Sydney Holland 4 Lot 11 DP9474
12 Dorset Street 1956 concrete block apartments 3 Lot 2 DP18797
12 Drummond Street 1875 single storey wooden colonial 4 Lot 16 DP50 cottage
Durham Street cnr 1877 S. Michael's School Hall (refer App. 2 TS 1032, 1034 Tuam 2)
280 Durham Street North 1858-1865 Canterbury Provincial Council 1 Pt Res 11 Buildings and setting (refer App. 2)
280 Durham Street North c1925 Canterbury Provincial Council 4 Pt RS 11 Buildings former children's court (refer App. 2)
280 Durham Street North 1858 Canterbury Provincial Council 1 Pt RS 11 Buildings courtyard/grounds (refer App. 2)
63-81 Durham Street South 1876 Blackheath Terrace houses 2 Lots 1, 2, 4 DP59063
Dyers Pass Road 1917 Sign of the Kiwi and setting 2 Pt Res 3900 cnr Summit Road
54 Dyers Pass Road 1896 two storeyed English Domestic 4 Lot 5 DP5253 Pt Revival residence Lots 2-3 DP18511
63 Dyers Pass Road 1897 dwelling ‘Whareoroa' 3 Lot 1 DP24515 RS 41844
48A Fendalton Road c1880 dwelling ‘Lismore Lodge' 3 Pt Lot 1 DP18513
53 Fendalton Road 1905 dwelling ‘Tirawai' 4 Pt Lot 6 DP1593
63 Fendalton Road 1905 Mona Vale Gatehouse 2 Pt Lot 1 DP7156 Lot 1 DP53980
63 Fendalton Road/40 1899 Mona Vale Homestead, glasshouse 1 Pts 1-18 DP7787 Mona Vale Avenue and setting
67 Fendalton Road 1897-1901 dwelling ‘Daresbury'/‘The Rookery' 2 Lot 2 DP19964 Lots and setting 2-3 DP49363
110 Fendalton Road 1909 dwelling ‘Los Angeles' 2 Pt Lot 5 DP2120
145 Fendalton Road, 8 1926 St Barnabas Church, Sunday 1 Lots 3-6 DP2528 Pt Tui Street School, Parish Hall and setting RS 18
150 Fendalton Road 1919 dwelling ‘Brenchley'/‘Chilcolm' 4 Pt Lot 1 DP7872
Ferry Road Woolston Park MED substation 4
Ferry Road cnr 1893 Woolston Borough Monument 3 SO1158 Richardson Terrace
365 Ferry Road Edmond's gardens 4 Lot 1 DP59354
471 Ferry Road c1863 former dwelling ‘Portstone' 3 Lot 2 DP44230
650 Ferry Road c1890 two storey brick commercial building 4 Pt RS 32
704 Ferry Road 1866 two storey wooden colonial dwelling 3 Lot 3 DP29107 ‘Whalebone Cottage'
Ferrymead c1860 wharf/railway embankment 4 Lot 2 DP28250 Lot 1 DP21369
147 Fitzgerald Avenue 1894 two storey wooden residence 3 Pt Sec 86, Town (former shop/dwelling) Res. Christchurch
187 Fitzgerald Avenue c1900 two-storey wooden shop/dwelling 3 Lot 5 DP 1431
196 Fitzgerald Avenue 1907 single storey wooden villa 3 Lot 1 DP2028
230 Fitzgerald Avenue 1856 dwelling ‘Englefield' 3 Lot 8 DP6117
229 Fitzgerald Avenue, 1881 Ward's Brewery buildings 2 Lots 1-3 DP54213 284 Kilmore Street & Lot 3 DP19609 Lots 173-177 Chester 5 and 6 DP18647 Street East
14 Garden Road c1912 single storey Arts and Crafts style 4 Lot 2 DP3085 residence
Gasson Street North 1935 MED Substation 4
12 Glandovey Road 1929 dwelling and fence 3 Lot 8 DP9102
27 Glandovey Road 1933 two storey residence 3 Lots 1 and 2 DP10382 Lot 1 DP49867 Lot 2 DP29086
Appendix 1 - List of Protected Buildings, Places and Objects
Street Address Date Name Group Legal Description
29 Glandovey Road c1903 single storey wooden villa 4 Lot 2 DP49867
32C Glandovey Road c1870 dwelling 'Bryndwr" 4 Lot 3 DP45548
60 Glandovey Road 1932 two storey wooden residence and 3 Lots 1 and 2 setting DP7754
70 Glandovey Road 1931 two storey wooden residence 4 Lots 3 and 4 DP9577
19 Gleneagles Terrace 1913 dwelling ‘Hatherley' and setting 3 Pt Lot 2 DP38195
Gloucester Street 1886 Bridge 2 Adj. To Res. 11 SO 8540
2 Gloucester Street 1890 Christ's College, ‘Rolleston House' 2 PTS 365 and 367
38-42 Gloucester Street 1893-4 dwelling ‘Orari' 3 TS 381, 383, 385
53 Gloucester Street 1930 Art Deco style apartments 4 TS 336
143- Gloucester Street 1906-07 Theatre Royal 1 Lots 2-4 DP6294 147 Lot 2 DP5051 Pt Lots 1-2 DP1858
68 Greers Road c1955 two storey dwelling 4 Lot 1 DP69756
16 Hackthorne Road 1910 two storey dwelling 3 Lot 2 DP56860
30 Hackthorne Road 1910 two storey dwelling 3 Lot 4 DP20740
141 Hackthorne Road 1928 two storey wooden residence 3 Lots 4-5 DP8754
200 Hackthorne Road 1918/46 Sign of the Takahe and setting 1 Lots 1-17 DP6163 Lots 69-70 PT71-3
510 Hagley Avenue 1923 Hagley High School 3 Pt TR 32
329 Halswell Road 1863 St Mary's Church, Anglican 2 Lot 1 DP60019
75 Hansons Lane 1879 dwelling ‘Strone' 3 Lot 1 DP38274
59 Hansons Lane ‘Rannerdale House' 4 Lot 1 DP50929
75 Harakeke Street c1905 dwelling ‘Everswood' 4 Lots 1 and 5 DP28892
1 Harewood Road 1876-77 St Paul's Anglican Church and 1 Lot 9 DP16730 Pt graveyard RES. 64
750 Harewood Road 1935 St James Church including lychgate 3 Lot 1 DP27571 and Churchyard
14 Hawford Road c1870 ‘Fifefield' two storey wooden 4 Pt Lot 1 DP25039 residence Lots 1 & 2 DP15268
50 Hawke Street, 1924 St Faith's Church 2 Lot 5 DP16985 Shaw Avenue
2 Hawthornden Road 1863/64 dwelling ‘Hawthornden' 3 Pt RS 1236
Heathcote Railway 1867 Tunnel Portal 3 Pt Lot 11 DP9873
Heaton Street c1913 Elmwood Park 3 Lt 1 DP12727 Lot 2 DP11232 Lot 1 DP8229 Pt Lot 53 DP3429
70 Heaton Street 1920 two storey dwelling 3 Lot 3 DP5160 Pt Lot 5 DP1626
74 Heaton Street 1924/26 two storey wooden dwelling 3 Lot 2 DP5160
50 Heberden Avenue 1855/1908 former ‘Parkerson' House 2 Lot 2 DP57122
Helmores Lane 1884 wooden bridge 3 Adj. To TS41180 and SO15234
2 Helmores Lane 1945 two storey dwelling 3 Lot 1 DP62457
16 Helmores Lane 1946 single storey brick dwelling 3 Lot 2 DP12605
24 Helmores Lane 1924 wooden dwelling 4 Lot 1 DP42894
25 Helmores Lane 1916 dwelling ‘Ashbrook' 4 Lot 6 DP21739
41 Hereford Street 1883/1928/1929former Student Union building/Dux 3 Pt TS 420, 422, de Lux 424
88 Hereford Street 1860 Shand's Emporium 2 Lot 2 DP47548
275 Hereford Street 1888 St Luke's Chapel/City Mission 2 Lots 2-3 DP10123 Lots 1-2 DP1639
300 Hereford Street c1900 two storey wooden residence 4 Pt TR 82
59 Hewitts Road 1884 former dwelling ‘Te Koroha'/Rangi 2 Lot 22 DP6620 Ruru School
59 Hewitts Road/ 1857 St Andrew's Church (Rangi Ruru 1 Lots 15,16, 22 Merivale Lane School) DP6620
High Street triangles 3 CCC Emp. Act 1971 (RES)
135- High Street 1905 Duncan's Buildings 3 Lots 1-15 DP6289 165
158 High Street 1900 Cotter's Electrical 4 Pt TS 981, 982
179 High Street/238 1882 McKenzie & Willis former A J 2 Lot 4 DP17526 Tuam Street Whites
201- High Street 1900 Watson's Auctioneer 4 Pt TS 984 203
225- High Street c1890 three storey commercial building 3 Lot 2 DP20405 227 Lots 2 and 4 DP3779
153 Holly Road 1872 two storey colonial cottage 3 Pt RS 257
37A Holmwood Road 1878 Stone Bridge 4 Lot 1 DP16326
43 Holmwood Road 1920 two storey Arts and Crafts style 3 Lot 1 DP47385 dwelling
49 Idris Road 1926 dwelling ‘Greystones' 3 Lot 1 DP7737
Ilam Road Ilam homestead gardens 3 Pt RS12
Ilam Road c1865 University of Canterbury Extension 2 RS12 Studies building ‘Okeover' (refer App. 2a)
Ilam Road c1910 former Ilam homestead/University 3 Pt RS 12 Staff club (refer App. 2a)
5 Jacksons Road 1881/1922 two storey wooden residence 3 Lot 2 DP6168
46 Jeffreys Road 1895 single storey wooden villa 4 Lot 1 DP29615
12 Kahu Road 1856/ 1900 Riccarton House and setting 1 Lot 1 DP14082, Lot including Riccarton Bush 1 DP 44967
12 Kahu Road 1843 Deans' Cottage 1 Lot 1 DP14082
181- Kennedys Bush 1864/1922/1927Halswell Quarry Station, Manager's 2 Gaz 88-2648 Pt RS 185 Road residence and Workmans Quarters 2976, 4543, 14330, 19208
100 Kilmore Street 1965-72 Christchurch Town Hall 1 Gaz 86/3002 Pt Lot 1 DP9143 Pt Lot 1
185 Kilmore Street 1908-09 St Luke's Church, bell tower, and 1 Lot 1 DP 70089 setting
185 Kilmore Street 1867-68 St Luke's Vicarage and setting 2 Lot 2 DP 70089
226 Kilmore Street c1895 two storey wooden building 3 Pt TR 173 retail/residence
250 Kilmore Street c1900 single storey hipped roof villa 4 Lot 1 DP5929 Pt TR 170
50 Kirk Road 1868-74 St Saviour's Church 2 Lot 1 DP7455 Pt RS 3124
14 Kirkwood Avenue c1900 dwelling ‘Kirkwood' 4 Pt Lot 6 DP11390
35 Knowles Street 1908 dwelling ‘Cobham' 4 Lot 2 DP21138
19 Kotare Street 1928 two storey dwelling 4 Lot 433 and 432 DP8340
Latimer Square grounds 2 SO 11834
Leinster Road 1921 Elmwood School War Memorial 3 Pt Res 133
41 Leinster Road 1900 residence 4 Pt Lot 1 DP9548
61 Leinster Road 1905 single storey brick dwelling 4 Lot 1 DP10466
92 Lichfield Street 1900 former Sargood Son and Ewen 3 Pt TS 993 building
96-98 Lichfield Street 1919 former Wellington Woollen Mills 2 Lot 1 DP7324 Pt building TS 991
Lincoln Road 1872 Addington Prison 2 RS 38025
Linwood Avenue 1935 MED substation public utility 4 Pt Lot 30 DP871 building
52 Longfellow Street 1906 former exhibition state house 1906 3 Lot 2 DP9903 International Exhibition
2 MacMillan Avenue 1929 Cashmere Hills Presbyterian 3 Lots 31-33 DP2668 Church Lot 7 DP5253
Main North Scanes Store 4 Lot 1 DP50732 Road/cnr Cassidy Road
665 Main North Road 1870-1878 former Belfast Schoolhouse and 2 RS 41299 Cottage (part of historic reserve)
831 Main North Road 1903 St David's Church 1 Lot 1 DP45051
Main Road, Redcliffs Bus Shelter & Stone Wall 4 Pt 309 SO6744 Redcliffs, Opposite Wakatu Avenue
2 Main Road 1884 Cob Cottage 4 Pt RS 4
186 Main Road c1880 former shop 'Mother Hubbard's' 3 Lot 1 DP20935 (relocated)
24 Main South Road 1876-1928 St Peter's Church, graveyard, and 1 Lot 1 and Lot 2 setting DP13527
120 Manchester Street 1881-82 Excelsior Hotel 1 Lot 1 DP40976 cnr High
218 Manchester Street 1928 former MED building Armagh 4 Pt TS 611, 613, Street/Southpower 615, 617, 619
387 Manchester Street 1900 McLean's Mansion/‘Holly Lea', and 1 TS 1209 SO 16202 setting
23 Mandeville Street 1909-13 ex Walker settlement state house 3 Lot 6 DP2366
Marine Parade 1934 New Brighton Clock Tower 4 Lot 3 DP50951
768 Marshland Road 1880 ‘Pataka' Fruit Storage Shed 3 Lot 6 DP2832
Matai Street 1926 Pumphouse public utility building 4 Lot 1 DP6807
37 Maunsell Street 1896 ‘Bloomsbury' dwelling 4 Pt Lot 40 DP527
24 McDougall Avenue 1898 former dwelling ‘Fitzroy'/Nurse 2 Lot 1 DP14596 Maude Medical Hospital
4 Medbury Terrace c1899 dwelling ‘Chilcombe' 4 Lot 1 DP29727
46 Memorial Avenue 1898 single storey wooden residence 4 Lot 2 DP25971
24A Middlepark Road 1870 dwelling ‘Middlepark' 4 Lot 6 DP57526
7 Middleton Road 1920 dwelling ‘Midway' 4 Lot 2 DP33773
263 Milton Street 1927 MED substation public utility 4 Rt RS238 building Easement DP65232 20 Mona Vale Avenue c1905 wooden villa 4 Lot 3 DP2393 Pt Lot 25 DP1269
40 Mona Vale Avenue c1898 Mona Vale Lodge 4 Lots 15 and 17 DP7787
178 Moncks Spur Road c1874 Moody's Cottage 4 Pt SEC 4 Morten Settlement
279 Montreal Street 1930 West Avon Flats 3 Pt TS 459, 461
311 Montreal Street c1905 two storey wooden residence 4 Lot 4 DP1003
325 Montreal Street c1870 single storey wooden colonial 4 Pt Sec. 342 and cottage 344
402 Montreal Street c1865 early workers cottage 3 Pt TR 60
404 Montreal Street c1865 early workers cottage 3 Lot 4 DP6423
406 Montreal Street c1870 early workers cottage 4 Lot 3 DP6423
Continued on next page
Appendix 1 - List of Protected Buildings, Places and Objects
Street Address Date Name Group Legal Description
408 Montreal Street c1870 early workers cottage 4 Lot 2 DP6423
410 Montreal Street c1870 early workers cottage 4 Lot 1 DP6423
367 Moorhouse Avenue 1876 Grosvenor Tavern 3 Lots 1 and 2 DP4695
375 Moorhouse Avenue 1934 Christchurch Polytechnical 3 Lot 3 DP60545 Assembly Hall (refer App 2a)
Nash Road 1910-12 St John of God Hospital Chapel 2
62 Nayland Street c1890 dwelling 3 Lot 103 DP13
New Regent Street 1931 all 1931 shops 2 Lots 4-39 DP10026
44 Opawa Road 1867 two storey wooden colonial 3 Lot 2 DP21529 residence
41 Opawa Road 1897 two storey wooden colonial 4 Lots 1 and 2 residence DP51319
64 Opawa Road c1865 dwelling ‘Cardowan' 4 Lot 7 DP10290
Oxford Terace 1907 Pumping Station public utility 3 building
14 Oxford Terrace 1852/69 Pegasus Arms 3 Lot 1 DP54010
90 Oxford Terrace 1872 S. Michael and All Angels Church 1 Pts TS 1033 1038 and setting (refer App. 2) Pt RES 7
90 Oxford Terrace 1860 S. Michael and All Angels Belfry 1 Pts TS 1033 1038 (refer App. 2) Pt RES 8
90 Oxford Terrace 1913 S. Michael's School - stone 2 Pts TS 1033 1038 building (refer App. 2) Pt RES 7 Pts TS1031-2 and 1034-36
95 Oxford Terrace 1907-08 ‘Tudor House'/‘Tiffanys' 4 Lot 1 DP 34204 Restaurant
152- Oxford Terrace 1922-24 Public Trust Office building 3 Lot 1 DP5776 Pt 156 Lot 1 DP3442
159 Oxford Terrace 1887 Information Centre former 1 Lot 1 DP54196 Res Municipal Chambers 10
176- Oxford Terrace 1934 Midland Club 3 Lot 1 DP10263 178
311 Oxford Terrace "The Bricks" 4 R.44 BM 273-5
20 Papanui Road c1870 W Holliday and Sons Ltd 4 Lot 1 DP1683
85 Papanui Road c1893 Christchurch Girls' High Hostel 3 Lot 3 DP82717 Acland House
106 Papanui Road 1933 former residence of artist Louise 4 Lot 1 DP9580 Henderson
122 Papanui Road 1882 dwelling ‘Te Wepu' 3 Lot 2 DP16353
146 Papanui Road 1910 dwelling ‘Orana' 4 Pt Lot 4 DP12560
157 Papanui Road 1917 dwelling ‘The Long Cottage' 3 Lot 1 DP63080
166 Papanui Road c1870 dwelling ‘Amwell' 3 Lot 1 DP17412
236 Papanui Road 1920 two storey wooden residence 3 Lot 24 Pt Lot 23 DP1253
283 Papanui Road 1925 dwelling ‘Damsels' 3 Lot 7 Pt Lot 6 DP4109
347 Papanui Road 1855/1890/1901 St Andrew's College ‘Strowan' 2 Lots 1-2 DP11943 Lot 2 DP47092 RS 299
399 Papanui Road 1886 dwelling ‘Woodford' 3 Lot 3 DP17640
100 Park Terrace 1927 Bishopspark/former Bishop's 1 Lot 1 DP46369 Lot residence, chapel and setting 1 DP46511 Lot 2
122 Park Terrace c1930 former Whitcombe dwelling 4 Lot 1 DP52947
21 Peterborough 1924-30 former Teachers' 2 Sec 1-2 SO15603 Street cnr Montreal College/Peterborough Centre Pt Lot 110 DP3780
172 Peterborough c1885 single storey double bay villa 3 Lot 1 DP3608 Street
38 Phillips Street 1884 Church of the Good Shepherd 2 Lot 107 DP38 Vicarage
435 Port Hills Road 1865 Glenmore House 4 Pt Lot 1 DP12581
340 Prestons Road 1926 St Mark's Church 3 Pt Lot 50 DP875
Racecourse Road 1902-03 Public Grandstand 4 Pt RS 79
148 Racecourse Road c1855 ‘Chokebore Lodge' 2 Lot 30 DP49665
171 Racecourse Road 1903 Tea House 3 Pt RS 79 Lot 1 DP27611
41 Ranfurly Street 1899 single storey brick villa 3 Lot 10 DP1351
45 Ranfurly Street 1899 single storey brick villa 3 Lot 9 DP1351
Restell Street 1900 former Papanui Railway Station 3 SO6837
Retreat Road 1927 MED substation public utility 4 Lot 1 DP 30333 building
Riccarton Avenue 1864 The Umpires Pavilion, Hagley 3 RS4182 DP5276 Oval SO15236 South Hagley
Riccarton Avenue 1924 Band Rotunda Botanical Gardens 3 Pt Res 25 SO11525
2 Riccarton Avenue 1927 Nurses' Memorial Chapel 2 Pt R 24 SO 969
Riccarton Road 1923 St James' Church 1 Lot 1 Pt Lot 2-5 DP2831
101A Riccarton Road c1900 Butcher's Shop 4 Lot 1 DP15732
265 Riccarton Road 1909/1963 former Kincaid Homestead, 3 Pt Lot 1 DP52478 Coachouse & Seminary Chapel/‘Antonio Hall'
340 Riccarton Road 1865/1916-18 Bush Inn Hotel 3 Pt Lot 1 DP73354
359 Riccarton Road 1895 Old Saddlery 3 Pt 2 DP9464
188 Richardson Terrace c1871 dwelling ‘The Hollies' 3 Lot 1 DP12799
290 Riverlaw Terrace c1885 dwelling ‘Springbank' 3 Lot 1 DP28141
Rolleston Avenue 1935 Fitzgerald Statue 2 Pt Res 25
Rolleston Avenue 1906 William Rolleston Statue 2 Pt Res 25 SO11860
7 Rolleston Avenue 1920 Curator's House, Botanic 3 Pt Res 25 Gardens
9 Rolleston 1932 McDougall Art Gallery 1 Lot 1 DP45580 Avenue/Botanic gardens
11 Rolleston Avenue 1870-76 Canterbury Museum 1 Pt Res 25
33 Rolleston Avenue Christ's College Main Quadrangle 2 Pt Res 25 (refer App. 2)
33 Rolleston Avenue 1915-21 Christ's College Hare Memorial 2 Pt Res 25 CH.CH. Library and Classrooms (refer CITY App. 2)
33 Rolleston Avenue 1867/84/1956 Christ's College Chapel (refer 2 Pt Res 25 CH.CH. App. 2) CITY
33 Rolleston Avenue 1879 Christ's College Condell's House 2 Pt Res 25 CH.CH. (see App. 2) CITY
33 Rolleston Avenue 1925 Christ's College Dining Hall (refer 1 Pt Res 25 CH.CH. App. 2) CITY
33 Rolleston Avenue 1863 Christ's College Big School 1863 1 Pt Res 25 section only (refer App. 2)
33 Rolleston Avenue 1931 Christ's College Jacob's House 2 Pt Res 25 (refer App. 2)
33 Rolleston Avenue 1909 Christ's College, School House 3 Pt Res 25 (refer App. 2)
33 Rolleston Avenue 1986-88 Christ's College, Administration 2 Pt Res 25 Building (refer App. 2)
33 Rolleston Avenue 1930-51 Christ's College Open Air 2 Pt Res 25 Classrooms (refer App. 2)
33 Rolleston Avenue 1925 Christ's College 1925 Corner 3 Pt Res 25 Tower
33 Rolleston Avenue 1886 former Mountfort 2 Pt Res 25 classrooms/Harper - Julius Houses
190 Russley Road c1890 wooden barn 3 Lot 1 DP5788
32 Salisbury Street c1890 former dwelling/‘Ironside House' 4 TS103
Savills Road, c1861 ‘Tip Tree' cob cottage 2 Lot 1 DP45687 RS Harewood 3089
Seddon Street 1928 MED substation 4
Selwyn Street 1858 Cemetery 2 Pt RS66
383 Selwyn Street c1870 Cottage 3 Pt RS 72
389 Selwyn Street c1874 Cottage 3 Lot 1 DP45538
391 Selwyn Street 1870 Cottage 3 Lot 2 DP45538
15 Shalamar Drive 1871 Old Stone House (Cracroft 2 Lot 1 DP23624 Lot Community Centre) 21 DP29333
5 Shelley Street c1880 Cottage 3 Lot 19 DP163
6 Shelley Street 1878 Cottage 3 Lot 15 DP163
10 Shirley Road 1915 Shirley Community Centre 4 Lots 119-124, 135- 138 DP2912
13 Spencer Street c1870 Cottage 3 Lot 1 DP62310
27 Spencerville Road c1900 Cottage 4 Pt Res 1835 RS 40939, 40941
79 Springfield Road 1960 Rehua Maori Meeting House 3 Lot 1 DP41398
102 Springfield Road c1910 ‘Springfield Manor' two storey 4 Pt Lot 2 DP11980 brick and stone residence
Springs Road 1928 Kingsford Smith Landing Site 2 Lot 1 DP77069
Springs Road 1917-18 former Canterbury Aviation 2 Lot 1 DP77069 Company Barracks
Springs Road 1939-40 former Wigram Air Base No. 1 3 Pt RS 1674 Officers' Mess, squash courts, Brevet Garden and garages
Springs Road 1939 former Wigram Air Base control 3 Lot 1 DP77069 tower
Springs Road 1934-36 Nos 4 and 5 hangars 3 Lot 1 DP77069
204 St Asaph Street 1903 P & D Duncan Ltd 4 Lot 1 DP64932
210 St Asaph Street 1904 R Buchanan & Sons building 4 Lot 1 DP6954 Pt TR 6
70 Stevens Street 1923 Jade Stadium War Memorial 3 Pt Res 62 Entrance Gate (refer App. 2a)
121 Straven Road 1923-26 Christchurch Boys' High School, 2 Pt Lot 1 Lot 2 original 1926 block DP9912 Lot 3 DP12397 Lots 1-4 DP9461 RS 4255
121 Straven Road Boys' High classrooms/former 2 Pt Lot 1 Lot 2 Deans estate farm buildings DP9912 Lot 3 DP12397 Lots 1-4 DP9461 RS 4255
Sumner foreshore Memorials/wall/ cave rock 3 Res 3549
61 Tennyson Street c1906 ex Camelot settlement state 4 Flat DP56392 and house 53932 over Sec 23 Camelot Settlement
1 The Spur c1904 Bungalow ‘Seager House' 3 Pt Lot 1 DP4166
5 The Spur 1902 Single storey Arts and Crafts 3 Pt Lot 1and Lot 5 style dwelling DP4166
2 Truscotts Road/cnr c1885 St Mary's Church (relocated to 2 Lots 25 and 26 Martindale present site 1870) DP317
Tuam Street cnr c1930 Former Post Office/Alice in Video 4 SO11044 TS 1187 High Street Land
210 Tuam Street 1910 Former Lawrie & Wilson 4 Gaz 87-4170 Pt TS Auctioneers 1135
214 Tuam Street 1877 Former Odeon Theatre/Assembly 2 Lots 1 and 5 of God DP2282 Pt TS 1135
238 Tuam Street 1882 Former A J White's/McKenzie and 2 Lots 3-4 DP17526 Willis
544 Tuam Street 1882 Waterworks Pumping Station 3 Pt RS 69
24 Turners Road 1923 Dalraith Dairy 4 Lot 2 DP38791
37 Valley Road 1906-07 Ngaio Marsh House and setting 2 Lot 2 DP19885
Victoria Square 1901 Queen Victoria Statue 2 CCC Emp. Act 1971
Victoria Square 1932 Cook Statue 2 CCC Emp. Act 1971
Victoria Square 1954 Floral Clock 4 ADJ to TS 1186
Victoria Square 1931 Bowker Fountain 4 CCC Emp. Act 1971
Victoria Square Cast Iron ‘Queen Victoria' 4 Pt TS 1186 telephone box
Victoria Street 1897 Victoria Clock Tower 2 CCC Emp. Act 1971
Victoria Street 1885 Bridge 3 Adj. To TS 1186
89-91 Victoria Street 1935 Victoria Mansions 3 Lot 1 DP46897
169 Victoria Street c1935 Former dwelling ‘Santa 3 Lot 1 DP11570 Barbara'/Victoria Black
100 Waimairi Road 1964-70 College House (refer App. 2a) 4 Lot 1 DP21465
129 Waitara Road/36 c1920 Ex Fendalton School Open Air 4 Lot 2 DP30223 Solway Avenue Classroom/relocated to Canterbury College of Education
83 Walters Road c1885 colonial cottage 4 Lot 2 DP61467
4 Webb Street 1891 dwelling ‘Roseneath House' 4 Lot 1 DP14875
10 Westenra Terrace 1924 dwelling ‘Rise Cottage' 4 Lot 36 DP4030
2 Whisby Road 1898 wooden Arts and Crafts style 2 Lot 30 Pt Lot 1 dwelling DP2668
61 Wigram Road c1886 A&P showground Treasurer's 3 Lot 1 DP73928 building
14 Wise Street 1891/1924 former Wood Brothers flour mill 2 Lot 2 DP58639 including chimney and brick silo
Woodard Terrace 1931 MED substation 4 Lot 1 DP22613
2 Worcester 1876-79 former Clock Tower block/Arts 1 TS 419-440 Boulevard Centre (refer App. 2)
2 Worcester 1881 former Canterbury College 1 TS 419-440 Boulevard Hall/the Great Hall Arts Centre (refer App. 2)
2 Worcester 1879-1881 former Boys' High/Arts Centre 1 TS 419-440 Boulevard (refer App. 2)
2 Worcester 1876-1893 former Girls' High/School of 1 TS 419-440 Boulevard Art/Arts Centre (refer App. 2)
2 Worcester 1895-96 former Biological Lab and 1 TS 419-440 Boulevard Observatory/Arts Centre (refer App. 2)
2 Worcester 1890-91 former Mechanical Engineering 1 TS 419-440 Boulevard Dept/Arts Centre (refer App. 2)
2 Worcester 1887-88 former Classics lecture 1 TS 419-440 Boulevard room/Architects lounge (refer App. 2)
2 Worcester 1895-1908 former Boys' High extensions/Arts 1 TS 419-440 Boulevard Centre (refer App. 2)
2 Worcester 1903-1914 former Hydraulics Lab/Court 1 TS 419-440 Boulevard Theatre (refer App. 2)
2 Worcester 1901-02 former Electrical 1 TS 419-440 Boulevard Engineering/Southern Ballet, Theatrette (refer App. 2)
2 Worcester 1914-1916 former College Library/McDougall 1 TS 419-440 Boulevard Annex (refer App. 2)
2 Worcester 1921-23 former Electrical 1 TS 419-440 Boulevard Engineering/Court Theatre (refer App. 2)
2 Worcester 1915-17 former West Block Lecture 1 TS 419-440 Boulevard Theatre/University Theatre, residences (refer App. 2)
2 Worcester 1915-18 former Biological and Physics 2 TS 419-440 Boulevard Lab additions/gallery and studios (refer App. 2)
2 Worcester 1902 former School of Art 2 TS 419-440 Boulevard additions/Elizabeth Kelly Room; Annies (refer App. 2)
2 Worcester 1908-10 former Chemical Lab/Epicentre 2 TS 419-440 Boulevard (refer App. 2)
2 Worcester c1870/1910 North and South courtyards Arts 2 TS 419-440 Boulevard Centre (refer App. 2)
2 Worcester 1915 former Registry, excluding 1955- 2 TS 419-440 Boulevard 65 additions/Family Planning (refer App. 2)
2 Worcester 1917-19 Arcading (refer App. 2) 2 TS 419-440 Boulevard
2 Worcester 1915-16 former men's Common 3 TS 419-440 Boulevard Room/craft studios (refer App. 2)
2 Worcester 1908 former Boys' High 3 TS 419-440 Boulevard Gymnasium/Academy Cinema (refer App. 2)
5 Worcester c1890 YHA Hostel 3 Pt TR364,368,366 Boulevard
15 Worcester 1895 two storey wooden colonial 3 Lot 13 Pt 14 Boulevard dwelling DP1003
17 Worcester c1900 single storey villa 3 Lot 12 DP1003 Boulevard
21 Worcester 1898 single storey villa 3 Lot 11 DP1003 Boulevard
23 Worcester c1890 single storey villa 4 Lot 10 DP1003 Boulevard
Worcester Street 1885 Bridge 2 CCC Emp. Act 1971
Worcester Street 1917 Captain Scott Memorial Statue 2 Res 9 cnr Oxford Terrace
69 Worcester Street 1928 Worcester Chambers 3 Lot 2 DP6773 Lot 2 DP9096
98 Worcester Street 1911 former Government Building 1 Lot 1 DP53300 (Cathedral Square)
107- Worcester Street 1905 former Cinerama Theatre - 4 Lots 1, 3, and 4 113 Worcester Street facade DP7660
116 Worcester Street 1934-35 State Insurance Building 2 Pt Lot 1 DP7296
115- Worcester Street Bus Stop Arcade 4 Pt TS 692 117
124 Worcester Street 1874 former Trinity Congregational 1 Lot 1 DP7778 Church including Church Hall
154 Worcester Street 1862 Christchurch Club 1 Pt TS 759, TS 761, TS 763, TS 764, TS 765
229 Worcester Street 1875 Former residence of artists John 4 Pt Lot 3 DP2843 and William Menzies Gibb
388 Worcester Street 1885 former Linwood Library 1 Pt RS 30 CHRISTCHURCH CITY
52 Wroxton Terrace 1929 two storey residence 4 Lots 13,14 DP3123
67 Yaldhurst Road 1875-80 dwelling ‘Huntley' 4 Lot 1 DP65704
Appendix 1A ‐ Protected Heritage Features ‐ "The Crossing Buildings"
Updated 26 July 2012 146-146B Cashel Street, 684-690 Colombo Street - "The Crossing" Buidling (Former Arthur Barnetts (1933) Building) This building is listed only in respect of the following features and not in regard to any other part of the building: (a) That the Cashel Street facade of the building above the veranda level (including the parapet, the multi paned windows above the veranda level) and being approximately 18.8 metres from the northwest corner of the site. (b) The Colombo Street facade of the building above the veranda level (including the parapet, the multi paned windows above the veranda level) being approximately 24 metres in length from the northwest corner of the site and the 1933 building facade return on the south end (being approximately 1.5 metres in length). (c) The existing (1933) street veranda on Cashel and Colombo Streets including the diagonal metal supports, decorative copper fascias, metal soffit linings and decorative 'flower' bosses. (d) The "Starmart" Colombo Street shop front being the bronzed metal sections, diagonally intersected fan light, the decorative metal panels and metal framed exterior light. (e) The 2 metal display cases on the granite faced columns.
Appendix 2 ‐ Heritage sites containing mul ple listed buildings
Updated 26 July 2012
Appendix 2a ‐ Heritage buildings on sites containing mul ple buildings
Updated 26 July 2012
Appendix 3 ‐ Sites of significance to Tangata Whenua
Updated 14 November 2005
Appendix 4 ‐ Heritage/Notable Trees
Appendix 4 - Heritage/Notable Trees
Updated 27 June 2014
Appendix 4 - Heritage/Notable Trees
Address Legal Description Species Common Name Comments
Category 1 - Heritage trees
151 Cashmere Road Lt 1 DP 19089 Sequoiadendron Wellingtonia (Cracroft House) giganteum
100 Cathedral Square Lt 1 DP 39475 Platanus x acerifolia London Plane 3 trees (Christchurch Cathedral)
Christchurch Botanic Pt Res 25 SO Agathis australis Kauri Gardens 11870
Christchurch Botanic Pt Res 25 SO Cedrus deodara Deodar Cedar Gardens 11870
Christchurch Botanic Pt Res 25 SO Eucalyptus Mountain Ash Very large Gardens 11870 delegatensis trunk
Christchurch Botanic Pt Res 25 SO Quercus robur English Oak Albert Gardens 11870 Edward Oak
Christchurch Botanic Pt Res 25 SO Quercus robur English Oak Armstrong Gardens 11870 Oak
Christchurch Botanic Pt Res 25 SO Quercus robur English Oak Central Gardens 11870 Lawn
90 Ensors Road Pt RS 41333 Quercus robur English Oak Shackleton (Christchurch Oak Polytechnic)
Greers Pt Res 39874 Cordyline australis Cabbage Tree Road/Memorial Avenue (Burnside High School)
329 Halswell Road Lt 1 DP 60019 Sequoiadendron Wellingtonia giganteum
69 Stanleys Road Lt 4 DP 57489 Cordyline australis Cabbage Tree
300 Stanmore Road Lt 1 DP 4845 Ulmus glabra Weeping Elm Stanmore Horizontalis' Elm
2 Worcester Street TS 436 Fagus sylvatica Copper Beech (Arts Centre 'Purpurea' Quadrangle)
314 Yaldhurst Road Yaldhurst Road SO Eucalyptus globulus Tasmanian Blue Gum 7221
Appendix 4 - Heritage/Notable Trees
Address Legal Description Species Common Name Comments
Category 2 - Notable trees
Abberley Park Lot 41 DP 120 Acer pseudoplatanus Sycamore 2 trees
Abberley Park Lot 41 DP 120 Aesculus Horse Chestnut hippocastanum
Abberley Park Lot 41 DP 120 Carpinus betulus Hornbeam
Abberley Park Lot 41 DP 120 Cedrus atlantica Blue Atlas Cedar `Glauca'
Abberley Park Lot 41 DP 120 Cryptomeria japonica Japanese Red Cedar
Abberley Park Lot 41 DP 120 Fagus sylvatica European Beech 2 trees
Abberley Park Lot 41 DP 120 Ilex aquifolium Holly 4 trees
Abberley Park Lot 41 DP 120 Ligustrum lucidum Chinese Privet
Abberley Park Lot 41 DP 120 Platanus x acerifolia London Plane
Abberley Park Lot 41 DP 120 Podocarpus totara Totara 2 trees
Abberley Park Lot 41 DP 120 Pterocarya Chinese Wingnut 3 trees stenoptera
Abberley Park Lot 41 DP 120 Quercus palustris Pin Oak 2 trees
Abberley Park Lot 41 DP 120 Quercus robur English Oak 6 trees
Abberley Park Lot 41 DP 120 Racosperma Tasmanian 2 trees melanoxylon Blackwood
Abberley Park Lot 41 DP 120 Taxus baccata Yew
Abberley Park Lot 41 DP 120 Tilia x vulgaris Common Lime 5 trees
Abberley Park Lot 41 DP 120 Ulmus procera English Elm
Abberley Park Lot 41 DP 120 Ulmus x hollandica Dutch Elm 50 Acacia Avenue Pt Lt 1 DP 21557 astanea sativa Spanish Chestnut (Middleton Grange)
50 Acacia Avenue Lt 2 DP 38274 Cedrus deodara Deodar Cedar (Middleton Grange)
50 Acacia Avenue Lt 2 DP 38274 Pseudotsuga Douglas Fir (Middleton Grange) menziesii
50 Acacia Avenue Pt Lt 1 DP 21557 Quercus robur English Oak 7 trees (Middleton Grange)
50 Acacia Avenue Pt Lt 1 DP 21557 Robinia pseudoacacia Black Locust (Middleton Grange)
50 Acacia Avenue Pt Lt 1 DP 21557 Ulmus procera English Elm (Middleton Grange)
24A Achilles Street Lt 1 DP 18306 Agathis australis Kauri
Acorn Close Acorn Close Eucalyptus globulus Tasmanian Blue Gum
1 Acorn Close Lt 21 DP 74568 Quercus robur English Oak 2 trees (Reserve)
20 Acorn Close Lt 12 DP 74568 Quercus robur English Oak
23 Acorn Close Lt 6 DP 74568 Quercus robur English Oak
120 Aikmans Road Pt RS 105 Fagus sylvatica Copper Beech `Purpurea'
33 Aikmans Road Pt RS 133 Ginkgo biloba Ginkgo 2 trees (Elmwood School)
33 Aikmans Road Lt 9 DP 537 Juglans regia Common Walnut (Elmwood School)
33 Aikmans Road Pt Lt 8 DP 537 Quercus coccinea Scarlet Oak (Elmwood School)
33 Aikmans Road Pt Lt 6 DP 537 Tilia cordata Small-leafed Lime (Elmwood School)
33 Aikmans Road Pt RS 133 Tilia x vulgaris Common Lime (Elmwood School)
22 Albert Terrace (St Lt 6 DP 12304 Quercus robur English Oak Martins School)
7R Annex Road Lt 7 DP 349157 Acer negundo Box Elder 2 trees
7R Annex Road Lt 7 DP 349157 Eucalyptus globulus Tasmanian Blue Gum
11R Annex Road Lt 176 DP 403840 Fagus sylvatica Copper Beech `Purpurea'
11R Annex Road Lt 176 DP 403840 Fraxinus excelsior Weeping Ash `Pendula'
11R Annex Road Lt 176 DP 403840 Ginkgo biloba Maidenhair Tree
11R Annex Road Lt 176 DP 403840 Platanus x acerifolia London Plane
11R Annex Road Lt 176 DP 403840 Tilia x vulgaris Common Lime
11R Annex Road Lt 176 DP 403840 Ulmus procera English Elm 2 trees
10 Aranoni Track Lt 9 DP 4037 Metrosideros excelsa Pohutukawa
40 Armagh Street Lt 1 DP 7588 Acer pseudoplatanus Variegated `Drummondii' Sycamore
40 Armagh Street Pt RS 347 Tilia x vulgaris Common Lime
85 Armagh Street Lt 2 DP 82831 Aesculus Horse Chestnut 2 trees hippocastanum
85 Armagh Street Lt 2 DP 82831 Alnus glutinosa Common Alder 1 tree
85 Armagh Street Lt 2 DP 82831 Cordyline australis Cabbage Tree 2 trees
85 Armagh Street Lt 2 DP 82831 Fagus sylvatica European Beech
217 Armagh Street Lt 5 DP 1785 Fagus sylvatica Copper Beech `Purpurea'
480 Armagh Street Lt 59 DP 421 Morus nigra Common Mulberry
480 Armagh Street Lt 59 DP 421 Pseudopanax Lancewood crassifolium
337B Avonhead Road Lt 2 DP 25937 Ulmus carpinifolia Variegated Elm 'Variegata'
10 Avonside Drive Lt 11 DP 23850 Morus nigra Common Mulberry
14 Avonside Drive Lt 4 DP 69036 Fagus sylvatica Copper Beech ‘Purpurea'
122 Avonside Drive (Holy Pt Lt 2 DP 26713 Acer pseudoplatanus Sycamore Trinity Church)
122 Avonside Drive (Holy Pt Lt 2 DP 26713 Quercus cerris Turkey Oak Trinity Church)
122 Avonside Drive (Holy Pt Lt 2 DP 26713 Quercus rubra Red Oak Trinity Church)
122 Avonside Drive (Holy Pt Lt 2 DP 26713 Tilia x vulgaris Common Lime Trinity Church)
122 Avonside Drive (Holy Pt Lt 2 DP 26713 Ulmus procera English Elm 2 trees Trinity Church)
670 Avonside Drive Pt Lt 22 DP 525 Ginkgo biloba Maidenhair Tree
Avonside Drive Avon River Populus nigra Black Poplar (opposite Retreat Road)
75 Aynsley Terrace Pt Lt 2 DP 17488 Abies alba Silver Fir Group of 2
75 Aynsley Terrace Pt Lt 2 DP 17488 Araucaria araucana Monkey Puzzle
75 Aynsley Terrace Pt Lt 2 DP 17488 Fagus sylvatica Copper Beech ‘Purpurea'
75 Aynsley Terrace Pt Lt 2 DP 17488 Magnolia grandiflora Southern Magnolia
75 Aynsley Terrace Lt 1 DP 57483 Quercus palustris Pin Oak
75 Aynsley Terrace Lt 2 DP 57483 Sequoiadendron Wellingtonia giganteum
75 Aynsley Terrace Lt 1 DP 57483 Ulmus carpinifolia Variegated Elm ‘Variegata'
75 Aynsley Terrace Lt 1 DP 57483 Ulmus glabra Weeping Elm ‘Horizontalis'
81 Aynsley Terrace Lt 9 DP 12479 Magnolia grandiflora Southern Magnolia
81 Aynsley Terrace Lt 1 DP 17165 Quercus ilex Holm Oak
81 Aynsley Terrace Lt 4 DP 49360 Quercus robur English Oak
81 Aynsley Terrace Lt 3 DP 49360 Sequoiadendron Wellingtonia giganteum
10 Ayr Street Lt 1 DP 53761 Betula pendula Silver Birch Group of trees
10 Ayr Street Lt 1 DP 53761 Juglans regia Common Walnut
10 Ayr Street Lt 1 DP 53761 Platanus x acerifolia Plane
10 Ayr Street Lt 1 DP 53761 Sequoiadendron Wellingtonia giganteum
46 Balrudry Street Lt 3 DP 46879 Populus deltoides Cottonwood
46 Balrudry Street Lt 3 DP 46879 Populus hybrid Poplar
46 Balrudry Street Lt 3 DP 46879 Quercus robur English Oak Group of 15
24 Banks Avenue Lt 1 DP 42619 Sciadopitys Japanese Umbrella verticillata Pine
26 Banks Avenue Lt 2 DP 42619 Tilia x vulgaris Common Lime
136 Barbadoes Street Lt 3 DP 50663 Tilia x vulgaris Common Lime 2 trees (Catholic Cathedral)
Barbadoes Street Res 42 Quercus robur English Oak 3 trees Cemetery
Barbadoes Street Res 42 Ulmus procera Dutch Elm 2 trees Cemetery
266 Barrington Street Lt 1 DP 63938 Fraxinus excelsior Golden Weeping Ash (Spreydon Public 'Aurea Pendula' Library)
266 Barrington Street Lt 1 DP 63938 Salix caprea 'Pendula' Kilmarnock Willow (Spreydon Public Library)
266 Barrington Street Lt 1 DP 63938 Ulmus carpinifolia Variegated Elm (Spreydon Public 'Variegata' Library)
266 Barrington Street Lt 1 DP 63938 Ulmus glabra Camperdown Elm (Spreydon Public 'Camperdownii' Library)
266 Barrington Street Lt 1 DP 63938 Ulmus glabra Weeping Elm (Spreydon Public 'Horizontalis' Library)
270 Barrington Street Pt RS 41317 Betula pendula Weeping Birch 2 trees (Barrington Park) 'Youngii'
270 Barrington Street Pt RS 41317 Fraxinus excelsior Weeping Ash (Barrington Park) 'Pendula'
3/79 Beachville Road Lt 3 DP 13759 Myoporum laetum Ngaio
82 Bealey Avenue Pt TR 62 Tilia x vulgaris Common Lime
82 Bealey Avenue Pt TR 62 Ulmus procera English Elm
302 Bealey Avenue Lt 13 DP 1222 Ulmus procera Variegated Elm `Variegata'
9 Benjamin Lane Lt 41 DP 65687 Cedrus atlantica Blue Atlas Cedar `Glauca'
outside 2 Benjamin Road reserve Fagus sylvatica Copper Beech Mountfort Close 'Purpurea'
Beverley Park Pt Lt 1 DP 4656 Knightia excelsa Rewarewa
Beverley Park Pt Lt 1 DP 4656 Tilia x vulgaris Common Lime
Beverley Park Pt Lt 1 DP 4656 Thuja plicata Western Red Cedar
Beverley Park Pt Lt 1 DP 4656 Quercus rubra Red Oak
16 Bishop Street Pt Lt 5 DP 2914 Ulmus glabra Weeping Elm `Horizontalis'
8 Blair Avenue Pt Lt 42 DP 228 Liquidambar Sweetgum styraciflua
8 Blair Avenue Pt Lt 42 DP 228 Sequoia Coast Redwood sempervirens
8 Blakes Road RS 513 Taxus baccata Irish Yew 2 'Fastiagata'
8 Blakes Road RS 35449 Aesculus Horse Chestnut hippocastanum
8 Blakes Road Pt Lt 1 DP 593 Eucalyptus globulus Tasmanian Blue Gum
8 Blakes Road Pt Lt 1 DP 593 Liriodendron tulipifera Tulip tree
8 Blakes Road Pt Lt 1 DP 593 Magnolia grandiflora Southern magnolia
8 Blakes Road RS 35449 Maytenus boaria Mayten
8 Blakes Road RS 35449 Trachycarpus fortunei Chusan Palm
8 Blakes Road RS 35449 Ulmus glabra Camperdown Elm 'Camperdownii'
8 Blakes Road RS 35449 Ulmus glabra Weeping Elm 'Horizontalis'
19 Blakes Road Lots 3, 4 DP Fagus sylvatica European Beech 444678
19 Blakes Road Lots 3, 4 DP Ulmus glabra Golden Elm 444678 'Lutescens'
19 Blakes Road Lots 3, 4 DP Tilia x vulgaris Common Lime 444678
19 Blakes Road Lots 3, 4 DP Ulmus glabra Wych Elm 2 444678
19 Blakes Road Lots 3, 4 DP Platanus orientalis Oriental Plane 444678
115 Blighs Road Lt 8 DP 21075 Tilia x vulgaris Common Lime
61 Bridle Path Road Pt RS 41519 Juglans regia Common Walnut (Heathcote Valley School)
61 Bridle Path Road Pt RS 41519 Quercus robur English Oak 3 trees (Heathcote Valley School)
74 Bridle Path Road Pt Lt 1 DP 4499 Eucalyptus globulus Tasmanian Blue Gum
74 Bridle Path Road Pt Lt 1 DP 4499 Eucalyptus globulus Tasmanian Blue Gum Group of 4
78 Bridle Path Road Lt 1 DP 61783 Quercus robur English oak
116 Bridle Path Road Pt RS 248A Fraxinus excelsior Golden Ash 'Aurea'
116 Bridle Path Road Pt RS 248A Cedrus deodara Deodar Cedar
116 Bridle Path Road Pt RS 248A Ulmus glabra Weeping Elm 'Horizontalis'
150A Bridle Path Road Lt 1 DP 51950 Quercus robur English Oak 2 trees
56 Bristol Street Pt Lt 58 DP 815 Juglans regia Common Walnut
90 Bristol Street Lt 5 DP 74837 Quercus ilex Holm Oak
90 Bristol Street Lt 5 DP 74837 Tilia x vulgaris Common Lime
90 Bristol Street Lt 5 DP 74837 Ulmus glabra Camperdown Elm 'Camperdowni'
92 Bristol Street Lt 4 DP 78228 Cupressus Monterey Cypress macrocarpa
92 Bristol Street Lt 4 DP 78228 Morus nigra Common Mulberry
92 Bristol Street Lt 4 DP 78228 Platanus orientalis Oriental Plane
92 Bristol Street Lt 4 DP 78228 Ulmus glabra Camperdown Elm `Camperdowni'
59 Brockworth Place Lt 17 DP 1596 Nothofagus solandri Black Beech
82 Brockworth Place Lt 37 DP 1596 Cordyline australis Cabbage Tree Group of trees
87 Brockworth Place Lt 1 DP 2347 Pittosporum Lemonwood Group of eugenioides trees
190 Brougham Street Pt RS 239 Aesculus Horse Chestnut (Nazareth House) hippocastanum
190 Brougham Street Pt RS 239 Cedrus deodara Deodar Cedar (Nazareth House)
190 Brougham Street Pt RS 239 Ulmus procera English Elm 3 pollarded (Nazareth House) trees
22 Brougham Street Pt RS 154 Juglans regia Common Walnut (Addington School)
22 Brougham Street Lt 12 DP 6267 Magnolia grandiflora Southern Magnolia (Addington School)
22 Brougham Street Lt 12 DP 6267 Quercus cerris Turkey Oak (Addington School)
22 Brougham Street Pt RS 154 Quercus robur English Oak (Addington School)
22 Brougham Street Lt 12 DP 6267 Tilia x vulgaris Common Lime 7 trees (Addington School)
22 Brougham Street Pt RS 154 Tilia x vulgaris Common Lime (Addington School)
22 Brougham Street Pt RS 154 Ulmus glabra Camperdown Elm 2 trees (Addington School) `Camperdownii'
22 Brougham Street Pt RS 154 Ulmus procera Common Elm (Addington School)
51a Browns Road Lt 4 DP 22133 Ulmus procera English Elm
53 Browns Road Lt 2 DP 22133 Quercus robur English Oak
26 Bryndwr Road Lt 1 DP 20910 Nothofagus fusca Red Beech
Burnside Park Pt Lt 1 DP 14686 Acer pseudoplatanus Sycamore
Burnside Park Lt 1 DP 16376 Cedrus deodara Deodar Cedar 9 trees
Burnside Park Lt 1 DP 16376 Chamaecyparis Lawson Cypress lawsoniana
Burnside Park Lt 1 DP 16376 Cupressus arizonica Arizona Cypress
Burnside Park Lt 1 DP 16376 Cupressus torulosa Bhutan Cypress
Burnside Park Lt 1 DP 16376 Fagus sylvatica European Beech 2 trees
Burnside Park Lt 1 DP 16376 Fraxinus excelsior Golden Ash `Aurea'
Burnside Park Lt 1 DP 16376 Pseudotsuga Douglas Fir 4 trees menziesii
Continued on the next page
Appendix 4 - Heritage/Notable Trees
Address Legal Description Species Common Name Comments
Burnside Park Lt 1 DP 16376 Sequoiadendron Wellingtonia 11 trees giganteum
Burnside Park Lt 1 DP 16376 Taxus baccata Irish Yew `Fastigiata'
Burnside Park Lt 1 DP 16376 Tilia x vulgaris Common Lime 3 trees
Burnside Park Lt 1 DP 16376 Ulmus procera English Elm
Cambridge Terrace ChCh City Populus nigra `Italica' Lombardy Poplar 12 on (Manchester- Reserves riverbank Madras) Empowering Act 1971 3rd Schedule Item 10
263 Cambridge Terrace Lt 4 DP 61964 Fagus sylvatica Copper Beech 'Purpurea'
11 Campbell Street Lt 105 DP 2030 Phoenix canariensis Canary Island Palm
11 Campbell Street Lt 105 DP 2030 Quercus palustris Pin Oak
79 Carmen Road Lt 1 DP 71241 Cedrus deodara Deodar Cedar
79 Carmen Road Lt 1 DP 71241 Plagianthus regius Ribbonwood
99 Carmen Road Lt 101 DP 63883 Acer platanoides Norway Maple (Carmen Reserve)
99 Carmen Road Lt 101 DP 63883 Acer pseudoplatanus Sycamore (Carmen Reserve)
99 Carmen Road Lt 101 DP 63883 Acer pseudoplatanus Variegated (Carmen Reserve) 'Drummondi' Sycamore
99 Carmen Road Lt 1 DP 63561 Cedrus deodara Deodar Cedar (Carmen Reserve)
99 Carmen Road Lt 101 DP 63883 Fraxinus excelsior English Ash (Carmen Reserve)
99 Carmen Road Lt 101 DP 63883 Quercus cerris Turkey Oak (Carmen Reserve)
99 Carmen Road Lt 101 DP 63883 Quercus rubra Red Oak (Carmen Reserve)
99 Carmen Road Lt 101 DP 63883 Sequoia Coast Redwood (Carmen Reserve) sempervirens
99 Carmen Road Lt 101 DP 63883 Sequoiadendron Wellingtonia (Carmen Reserve) giganteum
99 Carmen Road Lt 101 DP 63883 Ulmus glabra Weeping Elm (Carmen Reserve) 'Horizontalis'
22 Cashel Street Lt 1 DP 63892 Tilia x vulgaris Common Lime
61 Cashmere Road Lt 2 DP 6766 Cupressus Italian Cypress sempervirens
61 Cashmere Road Lt 2 DP 6766 Sequoiadendron Wellingtonia giganteum
63A Cashmere Road Lt 2 DP 49178 Ulmus procera English Elm
67 Cashmere Road Lt 1 DP 22083 Pseudopanax Lancewood crassifolium
93 Cashmere Road Lt 1 DP 8380 Taxodium distichum Swamp Cypress
151 Cashmere Road Lt 1 DP 19089 Acer pseudoplatanus Sycamore 2 trees (Cracroft House)
151 Cashmere Road Lt 1 DP 19089 Chamaecyparis Lawson Cypress (Cracroft House) lawsoniana
151 Cashmere Road Lt 1 DP 19089 Cryptomeria japonica Japanese Red (Cracroft House) Cedar
151 Cashmere Road Lt 1 DP 19089 Cupressus torulosa Bhutan Cypress 6 trees (Cracroft House)
151 Cashmere Road Lt 1 DP 19089 Eucalyptus globulus Tasmanian Blue Gum 2 trees (Cracroft House)
151 Cashmere Road Lt 1 DP 19089 Eucalyptus sp. Gum 3 trees (Cracroft House)
151 Cashmere Road Lt 1 DP 19089 Fagus sylvatica European Beech (Cracroft House)
151 Cashmere Road Lt 1 DP 19089 Fraxinus excelsior Golden Ash (Cracroft House) `Jaspidea' ( Aurea)
151 Cashmere Road Lt 1 DP 19089 Quercus cerris Turkey Oak (Cracroft House)
151 Cashmere Road Lt 1 DP 19089 Quercus palustris Pin Oak (Cracroft House)
151 Cashmere Road Lt 1 DP 19089 Quercus robur English Oak 7 trees (Cracroft House)
151 Cashmere Road Lt 1 DP 19089 Rhododendron sp. Rhododendron 2 trees (Cracroft House)
151 Cashmere Road Lt 1 DP 19089 Sequoiadendron Wellingtonia (Cracroft House) giganteum
151 Cashmere Road Lt 1 DP 19089 Ulmus procera English Elm 4 trees (Cracroft House)
153 Cashmere Road Lt 1 DP 44525 Quercus robur English Oak
161- Cashmere Road Lt 6 DP 44525 Quercus robur English Oak 161A
101 Cathedral Square Lt 2 DP 39475 Tilia x vulgaris Common Lime 2 (Four Ships Court)
101 Cathedral Square Lt 2 DP 39475 Tilia x vulgaris Common Lime 3 (Godley Statue)
116 Centaurus Road Lt 1 DP 16905 Sequoiadendron Wellingtonia 2 trees giganteum
133 Centaurus Road Lt 14 DP 21620 Ulmus procera English Elm
343 Centaurus Road Lt 1 DP 17488 Phoenix canariensis Canary Island Palm 4 trees
34 Centennial Avenue Lt 115 DP 15016 Hoheria angustifolia Narrow Leaved Lacebark
41 Centennial Avenue Lt 242 DP 15015 Quercus robur English Oak
4 Cephas Close Lt 5 DP 48494 Fagus sylvatica European Beech 2 trees
4 Cephas Close Lt 5 DP 48494 Quercus ilex Holm Oak
6 Cephas Close Lt 6 DP 48494 Cupressus Monterey Cypress macrocarpa
186 Chattertons Road Lt 2 DP 28591 Sophora microphylla Kowhai
580 Chattertons Road Lt 1 DP 56068 Sophora microphylla Kowhai 4 trees
66 Chester Street West Lt 3 DP 82831 Platanus x acerifolia London Plane 66 Chester Street West Lt 3 DP 82831 Taxus baccata Irish Yew 2 trees 'Fastigiata' 51 Cheyenne Street Lt 18 DP 28077 Tilia cordata Small-Leafed Lime
22 Cholmondeley Lt 1 DP 3482 Alnus glutinosa Common Alder Avenue (Risingholme)
22 Cholmondeley Lt 1 DP 3482 Castanea sativa Spanish Chestnut Avenue (Risingholme)
22 Cholmondeley Lt 1 DP 3482 Cedrus atlantica Blue Atlas Cedar Avenue `Glauca' (Risingholme)
22 Cholmondeley Lt 1 DP 3482 Cupressus Italian Cypress Avenue sempervirens (Risingholme)
22 Cholmondeley Pt Lt 3 DP 3482 Cupressus torulosa Bhutan Cypress Avenue (Risingholme)
22 Cholmondeley Lt 1 DP 3482 Eleocarpus dentata Hinau Avenue (Risingholme)
22 Cholmondeley Lt 1 DP 3482 Fagus sylvatica European Beech Avenue (Risingholme)
22 Cholmondeley Lt 1 DP 3482 Fraxinus excelsior English Ash Avenue (Risingholme)
22 Cholmondeley Lt 1 DP 3482 Ginkgo biloba Maidenhair Tree Avenue (Risingholme)
22 Cholmondeley Lt 2 DP 26076 Juglans regia Common Walnut Avenue (Risingholme)
22 Cholmondeley Lt 1 DP 3482 Magnolia grandiflora Southern Magnolia Avenue (Risingholme)
22 Cholmondeley Lt 1 DP 3482 Quercus palustris Pin Oak Avenue (Risingholme)
22 Cholmondeley Lt 1 DP 3482 Quercus robur English Oak Avenue (Risingholme)
22 Cholmondeley Pt Lt 6 DP 3482 Quercus robur English Oak 2 trees Avenue (Risingholme)
22 Cholmondeley Lt 1 DP 3482 Quercus robur Cypress Oak 2 trees Avenue `Fastigiata' (Risingholme)
22 Cholmondeley Lt 1 DP 3482 Tilia x vulgaris Common Lime 2 trees Avenue (Risingholme)
22 Cholmondeley Lt 1 DP 3482 Tsuga caroliniana Carolina Hemlock Avenue (Risingholme)
22 Cholmondeley Lt 1 DP 3482 Umbellularia Californian Laurel Avenue californica (Risingholme)
Christchurch Christchurch Eucalyptus globulus Tasmanian Blue Gum 3 on median Northern Motorway Northern Motorway
24 Church Lane (St Lt 1 DP 1720 Acer pseudoplatanus Sycamore Mary's Church)
24 Church Lane (St Lt 1 DP 1720 Platanus orientalis Oriental Plane Mary's Church)
24 Church Lane (St Lt 1 DP 1720 Tilia x vulgaris Common Lime Mary's Church)
18 Church Square Lt 1 DP 11992 Pseudopanax Lancewood crassifolium
30 Church Square (St Pt RS 72 Acer pseudoplatanus Sycamore 3 trees Mary's Church)
30 Church Square (St Pt RS 72 Cupressus torulosa Bhutan Cypress Mary's Church)
30 Church Square (St Pt RS 72 Quercus robur English Oak 5 trees Mary's Church)
30 Church Square (St Pt RS 72 Tilia x vulgaris Common Lime 3 trees Mary's Church)
30 Church Square (St Pt RS 72 Ulmus x hollandica Dutch Elm Mary's Church)
6 Circuit Street Lt 2 DP 49533 Juglans regia Common Walnut 2 trees
6 Circuit Street Lt 2 DP 49533 Liriodendron tulipifera Tulip Tree
6 Circuit Street Lt 2 DP 49533 Ulmus glabra Weeping Elm `Horizontalis'
140 Clarksons Road Lt 1 DP 26644 Sophora microphylla Kowhai 2 trees Clifford Avenue, Lt 3 DP 47410 Fagus sylvatica European Beech Reserve near 25
3 Clifton Bay Lt 3 DP 3201 Araucaria Norfolk Island Pine heterophylla
3 Clifton Bay Lt 3 DP 3201 Brahea edulis Palm
3 Clifton Bay Lt 3 DP 3201 Ficus sp. Rubber Tree 3 trees
3 Clifton Bay Lt 3 DP 3201 Metrosideros excelsa Pohutukawa
3 Clifton Bay Lt 3 DP 3201 Phoenix canariensis Canary Island Palm 5 trees
3 Clifton Bay Lt 3 DP 3201 Quercus ilex Holm Oak
3 Clifton Bay Lt 3 DP 3201 Vitex lucens Puriri
3 Clifton Bay Lt 3 DP 3201 Washingtonia robusta Palm
36 Clyde Road Lt 1 DP 14520 Quercus palustris Pin Oak
83 Clyde Road Lt 5 DP 12421 Chamaecyparis Lawson Cypress lawsoniana
83 Clyde Road Lt 5 DP 12421 Fraxinus excelsior Golden Ash `Aurea'
83 Clyde Road Lt 5 DP 12421 Platanus orientalis Oriental Plane
88C Clyde Road Lt 2 DP 28058 Tilia x vulgaris Common lime
88C Clyde Road Lt 2 DP 28058 Ulmus x hollandica Dutch Elm
109 Clyde Road Pt RS 12 Aesculus Horse Chestnut (Medbury School) hippocastanum
109 Clyde Road Pt RS 12 Cedrus libani Cedar of Lebanon (Medbury School)
109 Clyde Road Lt 1 DP 17707 Cedrus atlantica Blue Atlas Cedar (Medbury School) `Glauca'
109 Clyde Road Pt RS 12 Cedrus atlantica Blue Atlas Cedar 6 trees (Medbury School) `Glauca'
109 Clyde Road Pt RS 34279 Cedrus deodara Deodar Cedar (Medbury School)
109 Clyde Road Pt RS 34279 Dacrycarpus Kahikatea (Medbury School) dacrydioides
109 Clyde Road Lt 1 DP 17707 Juglans regia Common Walnut (Medbury School)
109 Clyde Road Lt 1 DP 14237 Juglans regia Common Walnut (Medbury School)
109 Clyde Road Lt 1 DP 14237 Nothofagus solandri Mountain Beech (Medbury School) cliffortioides
109 Clyde Road Pt RS 34279 Plagianthus regius Ribbonwood (Medbury School)
109 Clyde Road Pt RS 12 Platanus x acerifolia London Plane (Medbury School)
109 Clyde Road Pt RS 12 Quercus palustris Pin Oak (Medbury School)
109 Clyde Road Pt RS 34279 Quercus robur English Oak (Medbury School)
109 Clyde Road Pt RS 12 Sequoiadendron Wellingtonia (Medbury School) giganteum
109 Clyde Road Pt RS 12 Tilia x vulgaris Common Lime 3 trees (Medbury School)
109 Clyde Road Pt RS 12 34279 Tilia x vulgaris Common Lime 2 trees (Medbury School)
109 Clyde Road Pt RS 12 Ulmus procera English Elm 3 trees (Medbury School)
109 Clyde Road Pt RS 12 34279 Ulmus procera English Elm (Medbury School)
109 Clyde Road Waimairi Stream Ulmus procera English Elm (Medbury School) near Pt RS 12 34279
168 Clyde Road Lt 3 DP 7938 Acer pseudoplatanus Sycamore Group of 2 (Fendalton School)
168 Clyde Road Lot 1 DP 76111 Juglans regia Common Walnut (Fendalton School)
168 Clyde Road Pt RS 60 Nothofagus fusca Red Beech 2 trees (Fendalton School)
168 Clyde Road Lt 1 DP 4775 Platanus x acerifolia London Plane (Fendalton School)
168 Clyde Road Pt RS 60 Quercus robur English Oak 3 trees (Fendalton School)
168 Clyde Road Lot 1 DP 76111 Tilia x vulgaris Common Lime (Fendalton School)
168 Clyde Road Lt 2 DP 7938 Tilia x vulgaris Common Lime (Fendalton School)
Clyde Road (outside Road Reserve Sequoiadendron Wellingtonia 205) giganteum
Clyde Road (outside Road Reserve Sequoiadendron Wellingtonia 203B) giganteum
Cnr Belfast and Pt RS 243A Maytenus boaria Maytens Tree Blakes Road
Cnr Belfast and Pt RS 243A Tilia x vulgaris Common Lime Blakes Road
Cnr Belfast and Pt RS 243A Ulmus glabra Wych Elm Blakes Road
Cnr Belfast and Pt RS 243A Platanus x acerifolia London Plane Blakes Road
203- Clyde Road Lts 4-5 DP 26940 Sequoiadendron Wellingtonia 205A giganteum
36 Colenso Street Pt RS 144 Eucalyptus Applebox Gum bridgesiana
22A Colombo Street Pt RS 138 Tilia x vulgaris Common Lime
22A Colombo Street Pt RS 138 Ulmus glabra Weeping Elm `Horizontalis'
24 Colombo Street Lt 3 DP 7637 Quercus robur English Oak
30 Colombo Street Lt 3 DP 42990 Magnolia grandiflora Southern Magnolia
42 Colombo Street Pt Lt 2 DP 11583 Cordyline australis Cabbage Tree
44 Colombo Street Lt1 DP 11583 Sequoiadendron Wellingtonia giganteum
119 Colombo Street Pt RS 154 Quercus robur English Oak
221 Colombo Street Pt Lt 8 DP 163 Phoenix canariensis Canary Island Palm
387 Colombo Street Lt 1 DP 54447 Ilex aquifolium Holly
876 Colombo Street Lt 1 DP 45940 Ginkgo biloba Maidenhair Tree
876 Colombo Street Lt 1 DP 45940 Gleditsia triacanthos Honey Locust
876 Colombo Street Lt 1 DP 45940 Quercus robur English Oak
876 Colombo Street Lt 1 DP 45940 Sequoia Coast Redwood sempervirens
888 Colombo Street Sec 1 S O 17510 Cedrus deodara Deodar Cedar 2 trees Pt TR 112
891 Colombo Street Lt 4 DP 910 Acer pseudoplatanus Sycamore (Christchurch Women's Hospital)
891 Colombo Street Lt 4 DP 910 Aesculus Horse Chestnut (Christchurch hippocastanum Women's Hospital)
891 Colombo Street Lt 4 DP 910 Chamaecyparis Lawson Cypress (Christchurch lawsoniana Women's Hospital)
891 Colombo Street Lt 4 DP 910 Fagus sylvatica Copper Beech (Christchurch `Purpurea' Women's Hospital)
891 Colombo Street Lt 4 DP 910 Quercus ilex Holm Oak (Christchurch Women's Hospital)
891 Colombo Street Lt 4 DP 910 Tilia x vulgaris Common Lime (Christchurch Women's Hospital)
891 Colombo Street Lt 4 DP 910 Ulmus glabra Camperdown Elm (Christchurch `Camperdownii' Women's Hospital)
151 Conservators Road Lot 2 DP 303530 Sophora microphylla Kowai
Cranmer Square SO 18834 Fraxinus excelsior English Ash
Cranmer Square SO 18834 Platanus orientalis Oriental Plane 13 trees
Cranmer Square SO 18834 Platanus x acerifolia London Plane 6 trees
Cranmer Square SO 18834 Quercus palustris Pin Oak
Cranmer Square SO 18834 Quercus robur English Oak 8 trees
Cranmer Square SO 18834 Tilia x vulgaris Common Lime
1 Dallas Street Lt 2 DP 8771 Podocarpus hallii Hall's Totara
7 Daresbury Lane Lt 18 DP 17795 Populus nigra `Italica' Lombardy Poplar
Continued on the next page
Appendix 4 - Heritage/Notable Trees
Address Legal Description Species Common Name Comments
27 Darvel Street Lt 1 DP 51636 Quercus palustris Pin Oak
75 Deans Avenue Pt Lt 2 DP 1596 Arbutus unedo Strawberry Tree
159 Deans Avenue RS 163 Chamaecyparis Lawson Cypress lawsoniana
189 Deans Avenue Lt 1 DP 51050 Aesculus x carnea Red Horse Chestnut
189 Deans Avenue Lt 1 DP 51050 Betula pendula Silver Birch Group of 2
189 Deans Avenue Lt 1 DP 51050 Eucalyptus Alpine Ash delegatensis
189 Deans Avenue Lt 1 DP 51050 Fagus sylvatica European Beech
189 Deans Avenue Lt 1 DP 51050 Fraxinus excelsior Common Ash
189 Deans Avenue Lt 1 DP 51050 Magnolia grandiflora Southern Magnolia
189 Deans Avenue Lt 1 DP 51050 Maytenus boaria Chilean Mayten
189 Deans Avenue Lt 1 DP 51050 Platanus sp. Plane
189 Deans Avenue Lt 1 DP 51050 Populus nigra `Italica' Lombardy Poplar
189 Deans Avenue Lt 1 DP 51050 Quercus robur English Oak
189 Deans Avenue Lt 1 DP 51050 Tilia sp. Lime Group of trees
10 Desmond Street Lt 28 DP 6068 Dacrydium Rimu cupressinum
10 Desmond Street Lt 29 DP 6068 Fagus sylvatica Copper Beech `Purpurea'
2 Division Street Lt 1 DP 18497 Cordyline australis CabbageTree
Dudley Street Dudley Street Quercus heterophylla Bartrams Oak 27 street trees
280 Durham Street Pt Res 11 SO 6223 Tilia x vulgaris Common Lime (Provincial Buildings)
400 / Durham Street Lt 2 DP 18348 Tilia x vulgaris Common Lime F2
435 Durham Street Lt 2 DP 21036 Agathis australis Kauri
282 Durham Street North Lt 1 DP 82831 Quercus robur English Oak 54 Dyers Pass Road Lt 5 DP 5253 Acer pseudoplatanus Sycamore
54 Dyers Pass Road Lt 5 DP 5253 Cedrus deodara Deodar Cedar 2 trees
54 Dyers Pass Road Lt 2 DP 25366 Eucalyptus globulus Tasmanian Blue Gum
87 Dyers Pass Road Lt 1 DP 17867 Sequoiadendron Wellingtonia giganteum
103 Dyers Pass Road Lt 44 DP 4030 Group of Native species
236 Dyers Pass Road Lt 1 DP 27029 Pinus radiata Monterey Pine
25 Earnlea Terrace Lt 1 DP 70550 Cordyline australis Cabbage tree 7 trees Reserve
25 Earnlea Terrace Lt 1 DP 70550 Quercus robur English Oak Reserve
239 Eastern Terrace Lt 8 DP 5270 Pseudopanax Lancewood Group of 2 crassifolium
164 Edgeware Road Lt 64 DP 1212 Dacrydium Rimu cupressinum
177 Edgeware Road Lt 55 DP 2004 Liquidambar Sweet Gum styraciflua
124 Elizabeth Street Lt 94 DP 15016 Plagianthus regius Ribbonwood
Ensors Road/Opawa SO 17506 Quercus robur English Oak Road
90 Ensors Road Pt Res 5278 Quercus sp American Oak (Christchurch Polytechnic)
90 Ensors Road Pt Res 5278 Ulmus glabra Weeping Elm (Christchurch 'Horizontalis' Polytechnic)
90 Ensors Road Pt Res 5278 Ulmus glabra Weeping Elm (Christchurch 'Horizontalis' Polytechnic)
Ensors SO 17506 Fagus sylvatica Copper Beech Road/Brougham ‘Purpurea' Street
96 Esplanade Lt 3 DP 3527 Araucaria Norfolk Island Pine heterophylla
Esplanade (Sumner Res 3549, Araucaria Norfolk Island Pine Group of 12 Foreshore) Esplanade heterophylla
20A Evans Pass Road Lt 4 DP38604 Cupressus Monterey Cypress macrocarpa
24A Fendalton Road Lt 2 DP 16016 Acer palmatum Japanese Maple Gruop of 7 'Atropurpureum'
39 Fendalton Road Pt Lt 1 DP 3044 Betula pendula Silver Birch
63 Fendalton Road Pt Lt 2 DP 7787 Fagus sylvatica Weeping Beech (Mona Vale) ‘pendula'
63 Fendalton Road Pt Lt 1 DP 7787 Liriodendron tulipifera Tulip Tree (Mona Vale)
63 Fendalton Road Pt Lt 2 DP 7787 Taxodium distichum Swamp Cypress (Mona Vale)
63 Fendalton Road Lt 6 DP 7787 Tilia x vulgaris Common Lime (Mona Vale)
63 Fendalton Road Pt Lt 1 DP 7787 Ulmus glabra Camperdown Elm (Mona Vale) ‘Camperdownii'
63 Fendalton Road Pt Lt 8 DP 7787 Ulmus glabra Camperdown Elm (Mona Vale) ‘Camperdownii'
67 Fendalton Road Lt 2 DP 49363 Carpinus betulus Hornbeam
67 Fendalton Road Lt 2 DP 49363 Fagus sylvatica European Beech
67 Fendalton Road Lt 2 DP 49363 Fagus sylvatica Copper Beech ‘Purpurea'
67 Fendalton Road Lt 3 DP 49363 Fagus sylvatica Copper Beech ‘Purpurea'
67 Fendalton Road Lt 2 DP 49363 Ginkgo biloba Maidenhair Tree
67 Fendalton Road Lt 2 DP 49363 Magnolia grandiflora Southern Magnolia
67 Fendalton Road Lt 2 DP 49363 Magnolia x Saucer Magnolia soulangiana
67 Fendalton Road Lt 2 DP 49363 Quercus cerris Turkey Oak
67 Fendalton Road Lt 2 DP 49363 Quercus robur English Oak 8 trees
67 Fendalton Road Lt 2 DP 49363 Tilia x vulgaris Common Lime
89A Fendalton Road Lt 2 DP 11043 Tilia x vulgaris Common Lime
101 Fendalton Road Pt Lt 2 DP 15151 Quercus palustris Pin Oak
123 Fendalton Road Pt RS 18 Fagus sylvatica Copper Beech 2 trees (Holly Lea) `Purpurea'
123 Fendalton Road Pt RS 18 Platanus x acerifolia London Plane 2 trees (Holly Lea)
123 Fendalton Road Pt RS 18 Quercus coccinea Scarlet Oak (Holly Lea)
139 Fendalton Road (St Pt RS 18 Aesculus Horse Chestnut 2 trees Barnabas Church) hippocastanum
139 Fendalton Road (St Lt 2 DP 2528 Fagus sylvatica Copper Beech 2 trees Barnabas Church) `Purpurea'
139 Fendalton Road (St Pt RS 18 Fagus sylvatica Copper Beech 2 trees Barnabas Church) `Purpurea'
139 Fendalton Road (St Pt RS 18 Tilia x vulgaris Common Lime 2 trees Barnabas Church)
139 Fendalton Road (St Lt 5 DP 2528 Tilia x vulgaris Common Lime Barnabas Church)
142 Fendalton Road Pt Lt 7 DP 19271 Fagus sylvatica European Beech
142 Fendalton Road Pt Lt 7 DP 19271 Tilia x vulgaris Common Lime
150 Fendalton Road Pt Lt 1 DP 7872 Sequoiadendron Wellingtonia giganteum
163 Fendalton Road Pt Lt 29 DP 12023 Quercus palustris Pin Oak
62 Ferry Road Lt 1 DP 50663 Cedrus deodara Deodar Cedar
62 Ferry Road Lt 1 DP 50663 Corynocarpus Karaka laevigata
62 Ferry Road Lt 1 DP 50663 Ginkgo biloba Maidenhair Tree
142 Ferry Road Lt 1 DP 70702 Ulmus glabra Weeping Elm `Horizontalis'
987 Ferry Road Lt 1 DP 53446 Myoporum laetum Ngaio
97 Fifield Terrace Lt 22 DP 74568 Eucalyptus globulus Tasmanian Blue Gum
97 Fifield Terrace Lt 22 DP 74568 Quercus robur English Oak
230 Fitzgerald Avenue Lt 8 DP 6117 Cordyline australis Cabbage Tree
2 Flavell Street Lt 33 DP 26 Schinus molle Pepper Tree
2 Flavell Street Lt 34 DP 26 Schinus molle Pepper Tree
Flay Reserve RS 40066 Juglans regia Common Walnut (Grahams Road)
Flay Reserve RS 40066 Quercus robur English Oak 6 trees (Grahams Road)
Flay Reserve RS 40066 Sequoiadendron Wellingtonia (Grahams Road) giganteum
Flay Reserve RS 40066 Ulmus procera English Elm 3 trees (Grahams Road)
Ford Road (Opawa Lt 2 DP 5283 Acer pseudoplatanus Sycamore School)
Ford Road (Opawa Lt 2 DP 5283 Aesculus Horse Chestnut School) hippocastanum
Ford Road (Opawa Lt 2 DP 5283 Carpinus betulus Hornbeam School)
Ford Road (Opawa Lt 2 DP 5283 Catalpa bignonioides Indian Bean Tree 2 trees School)
Ford Road (Opawa Lt 5 DP 4057 Fagus sylvatica European Beech School)
Ford Road (Opawa Lt 2 DP 5283 Fraxinus excelsior English Ash 7 trees School)
Ford Road (Opawa SO 7705 Newbery Platanus x acerifolia London Plane 5 trees School) St
Ford Road (Opawa Lt 2 DP 5283 Prunus avium Wild Cherry School) (Scottish Gean)
Ford Road (Opawa Lt 2 DP 5283 Quercus coccinea Scarlet Oak School)
Ford Road (Opawa SO 7705 Newbery Quercus palustris Pin Oak School) Street
Ford Road (Opawa Lt 5 DP 4057 Ulmus procera English Elm School)
Ford Road (Opawa Lt 2 DP 5283 Ulmus procera English Elm School)
8 Garden Road Lt 2 DP 44955 Thuja plicata Western Red Cedar
6 Gates Lane Lt 13 DP 60391 Juglans regia Common Walnut
Glade Avenue (near Glade Avenue Tilia platyphyllos Broad Leafed Lime no. 19)
12 Glandovey Road Pt Lt 8 DP 9102 Cedrus atlantica Blue Atlas Cedar `Glauca'
21 Glandovey Road Lt 3 DP 5332 Liquidambar Sweetgum styraciflua
21 Glandovey Road Lt 3 DP 5332 Metasequoia Dawn Redwood 2 trees glyptostroboides
24 Glandovey Road Lt 2 DP 40404 Fraxinus excelsior Common Ash Group of 6
24 Glandovey Road Lt 2 DP 40404 Juglans regia Common Walnut
26 Glandovey Road Lt 1 DP 40404 Fagus sylvatica Copper Beech `Purpurea'
27 Glandovey Road Lt 1 DP 10382 Alnus glutinosa Common Alder
27 Glandovey Road Lt 1 DP 10382 Fagus sylvatica European Beech
27 Glandovey Road Lt 1 DP 10382 Platanus x acerifolia London Plane 10 trees
32A Glandovey Road Lt1 DP 45548 Quercus robur English Oak
32B Glandovey Road Lt 2 DP 45548 Fraxinus excelsior Common Ash 2 trees
51 Glandovey Road Pt RS 188 Sequoiadendron Wellingtonia giganteum
60 Glandovey Road Lt 1 DP 7754 Acer Montpelier Maple monspessulanum
60 Glandovey Road Lt 1 DP 7754 Various Group of natives Group
60 Glandovey Road Lt 1 DP 7754 Fraxinus excelsior Golden Ash `Aurea'
60 Glandovey Road Lt 1 DP 7754 Quercus rubra Red Oak
60 Glandovey Road Lt 1 DP 7754 Tilia cordata Small Leafed Lime Group of 17
60 Glandovey Road Lt 1 DP 7754 Ulmus carpinifolia Variegated Elm `Variegata'
70 Glandovey Road Lt 3 DP 9577 Fagus sylvatica Copper Beech `Purpurea'
88A Glandovey Road Lt 2 DP 24015 Tilia x vulgaris Common Lime
93 Glandovey Road Lt 1 DP 12725 Quercus robur English Oak
118 Glandovey Road Lt 3 DP 20019 Magnolia grandiflora Southern Magnolia
140 Glandovey Road Lt 3 DP 50947 Gingko biloba Maidenhair Tree
140 Glandovey Road Lt 3 DP 50947 Quercus robur English Oak
19 Gleneagles Terrace Lt 2 DP 38195 Calocedrus decurrens Incense Cedar
19 Gleneagles Terrace Lt 2 DP 38195 Fraxinus excelsior Golden Ash `Aurea'
19 Gleneagles Terrace Lt 2 DP 38195 Juglans nigra Black Walnut
18 Gloucester Street Pt Lt 23 DP 1003 Lt Fraxinus excelsior Common Ash 1 DP 58175
311 Gloucester Street Pt TR 71 Agathis australis Kauri (Christchurch East School)
311 Gloucester Street Lt 18 DP 5583 Fraxinus excelsior English Ash (Christchurch East School)
311 Gloucester Street Pt TR 17 Juglans regia Common Walnut (Christchurch East School)
311 Gloucester Street Pt TR 71 Nothofagus solandri Mountain Beech 2 trees (Christchurch East cliffortioides School)
311 Gloucester Street Lt 2 DP 5583 Platanus x acerifolia London Plane (Christchurch East School)
311 Gloucester Street Lt 19 DP 5583 Quercus coccinea Scarlet Oak (Christchurch East School)
311 Gloucester Street Lt 4 DP 5583 Quercus robur English Oak (Christchurch East School)
346 Gloucester Street Lt 2 DP 45187 Plagianthus regius Ribbonwood 3 trees
2 Goulding Avenue Lot 2 DP 43227 Eucalyptus Linearis White Peppermint 4 Trees Gum
Grahams Grahams Eucalyptus globulus Tasmanian Blue Gum Road/Rembrandt Road/Rembrandt Place Place
Grangewood Lane Grangewood Lane Platanus orientalis Oriental Plane 17 trees
463 Greers Road Pt Lt 2 DP 19022 Quercus robur English Oak 6 trees
463 Greers Road Pt Lt 6 DP 16468 Quercus robur English Oak 2 trees
463 Greers Road Pt Lt 2 DP 19022 Ulmus x hollandica Dutch Elm
50 Gresford Street Pt Lt 34 DP 1630 Ulmus glabra Camperdown Elm `Camperdownii'
27 Guys Road Lt 5 DP 26866 Sophora microphylla Kowhai 3 trees
33 Guys Road Lt 1 DP 70568 Sophora microphylla Kowhai 4 trees
33 Guys Road Lt 1 DP 70568 Sophora microphylla Kowhai 2 trees
33 Guys Road Lt 1 DP 67948 Sophora microphylla Kowhai 6 trees
33 Guys Road Lt 2 DP 67948 Sophora microphylla Kowhai
6 Gwynfa Avenue Lt 3 DP 38256 Ulmus procera English Elm (ROW); near Lt 2 DP 23048 (6 Gwynfa Avenue)
11 Gwynfa Avenue Lt 1 DP 7212 Group of natives
36 Hackthorne Road Lt 1 DP 3683 Metrosideros excelsa Pohutukawa
Continued on the next page
Appendix 4 - Heritage/Notable Trees
Address Legal Description Species Common Name Comments
36 Hackthorne Road Lt 1 DP 3683 Pseudopanax Lancewood 2 trees crassifolium
50 Hackthorne Road Pt Lt 1 DP 7664 Metrosideros excelsa Pohutukawa
63 Hackthorne Road Lt 2 DP 18021 Araucaria Norfolk Pine heterophylla
70 Hackthorne Road Lt 3 DP 3765 Eucalyptus sp. Gum
510 Hagley Avenue Pt TR 32 Aesculus Horse Chestnut (Hagley High School) hippocastanum
510 Hagley Avenue Pt TR 32 Fraxinus excelsior English Ash 2 trees (Hagley High School)
510 Hagley Avenue Pt TR 32 Quercus robur English Oak 6 trees (Hagley High School)
510 Hagley Avenue Pt TR 32 Ulmus glabra Weeping Elm (Hagley High School) `Horizontalis'
510 Hagley Avenue Pt TR 32 Ulmus procera English Elm (Hagley High School)
14 Halswell Junction Lt 2 DP 51305 Pseudopanax Lancewood Road crassifolium
16 Halswell Junction Lt 1 DP 51305 Juglans regia Common Walnut Road
10 Halswell Road Pt RS 121 Acer campestre Field Maple (Spreydon School)
10 Halswell Road Annex Rd SO 1012 Aesculus Horse Chestnut (Spreydon School) hippocastanum
10 Halswell Road Pt RS 121 Fraxinus excelsior English Ash (Spreydon School)
10 Halswell Road Old Heathcote Fraxinus excelsior English Ash (Spreydon School) Riverbed near Pt RS146
10 Halswell Road Pt RS 121 Magnolia delavayi Chinese Evergreen (Spreydon School) Magnolia
10 Halswell Road Annex Rd SO 1012 Platanus x acerifolia London Plane 2 trees (Spreydon School)
10 Halswell Road Heathcote River Platanus x acerifolia London Plane 2 trees (Spreydon School) near Pt RS 121
10 Halswell Road Pt RS 121 Platanus orientalis Oriental Plane (Spreydon School)
10 Halswell Road Lt 1 DP 8540 Quercus palustris Pin Oak (Spreydon School)
10 Halswell Road Heathcote River Quercus robur English Oak (Spreydon School) near Pt RS 121
10 Halswell Road Lt 1 DP 8540 Tilia x vulgaris Common Lime (Spreydon School)
10 Halswell Road Old Heathcote Tilia x vulgaris Common Lime (Spreydon School) Riverbed near Pt RS146
10 Halswell Road Annex Rd SO 1012 Tilia x vulgaris Common Lime 2 trees (Spreydon School)
10 Halswell Road Heathcote River Ulmus carpinifolia Smooth Leafed Elm (Spreydon School) near Pt RS 121
10 Halswell Road Pt RS 121 Ulmus procera English Elm (Spreydon School)
80 Halton Street Lt 3 DP 8419 Ulmus glabra Camperdown Elm `Camperdownii'
38 Hamilton Avenue Lt 3 DP 63787 Tilia x vulgaris Common Lime
75 Hansons Lane Lt 1 DP 38274 Cedrus deodara Deodar Cedar 2 trees
75 Hansons Lane Lt 1 DP 38274 Pseudotsuga Douglas Fir menziesii
75 Hansons Lane Lt 1 DP 38274 Quercus palustris Pin Oak
75 Hansons Lane Lt 1 DP 38274 Quercus robur English Oak 2 trees
75 Hansons Lane Lt 1 DP 38274 Ulmus procera English Elm
7 Harakeke Street Pt Lt 3 DP 12772 Cordyline australis Cabbage Tree
8 Harakeke Street Pt Lt 2 DP 12571 Ulmus glabra Camperdown Elm 'Camperdownii'
23 Harakeke Street Lt 2 DP 4660 Plagianthus regius Ribbonwood 2 trees
39 Harakeke Street Lt 3 DP 5644 Quercus rubra Red Oak
53 Harakeke Street Lt 1 DP 6932 Ulmus glabra Camperdown Elm 'Camperdownii'
70 Harakeke Street Lt 123 DP 1288 Cupressus torulosa Bhutan cypress
70 Harakeke Street Lt 123 DP 1288 Picea smithiana Morinda Spruce Group of 2
70 Harakeke Street Lt 123 DP 1288 Pittosporum Lemonwood eugenioides
74 Harakeke Street Lt 1 DP 44091 Tilia x vulgaris Common Lime
75 Harakeke Street Lt 1 DP 28892 Fagus sylvatica European Beech
75 Harakeke Street Lt 1 DP 28892 Platanus x acerifolia London Plane
75 Harakeke Street Lt 5 DP 28892 Platanus x acerifolia London Plane
76 Harakeke Street Lt 2 DP 44091 Ulmus procera English Elm
91 Harewood Road Lt 1 DP 30124 Cedrus deodara Deodar Cedar
91 Harewood Road Lt 1 DP 30124 Ulmus glabra Weeping Elm 'Horizontalis'
93 Harewood Road Pt Lt 2 DP 27138 Ulmus procera English Elm
544 Harewood Road Lt 1 DP 2712 Podocarpus totara Totara
544 Harewood Road Lt 1 DP 2712 Tilia x vulgaris Common Lime
544 Harewood Road Lt 1 DP 2712 Ulmus procera English Elm 4 trees
56-64 Harewood Road Pt Lt 12 DP 9715 Liriodendron tulipifera Tulip Tree
28 Harrow Street Pt Lt 2 DP 15248 Quercus robur English Oak
79 Hasketts Road Lt 2 DP 323836 Sophora microphylla Kowhai 4 trees (Ruapuna Park)
79 Hasketts Road Lt 1 DP 323836 Sophora microphylla Kowhai (Ruapuna Park) 11 Hawford Road Pt Lt 3 DP 34031 Catalpa bignonioides Indian Bean Tree
11 Hawford Road Pt Lt 3 DP 34031 Fagus sylvatica European Beech
11 Hawford Road Pt Lt 3 DP 34031 Juglans regia Common Walnut
14 Hawford Road Lt 1 DP 25039 Juglans regia Common Walnut
14 Hawford Road Lt 1 DP 25039 Magnolia grandiflora Southern Magnolia
14 Hawford Road Lt 1 DP 25039 Quercus rubra Red Oak
14 Hawford Road Lt 1 DP 25039 Quercus robur English Oak 2 trees
14 Hawford Road Lt 1 DP 25039 Sequoiadendron Wellingtonia giganteum
14 Hawford Road Lt 1 DP 25039 Thuja plicata Western Red Cedar 2 trees
14 Hawford Road Lt 1 DP 25039 Trachycarpus fortunei Chusan Palm
14 Hawford Road Lt 1 DP 25039 Ulmus glabra Weeping Elm 9 trees 'Horizontalis'
44 Hawford Road Lt 4 DP 18763 Eucalyptus globulus Tasmanian Blue Gum 2 trees
44 Hawford Road Lt 4 DP 18763 Ulmus x hollandica Dutch Elm 2 trees
46 Hawford Road Lt 3 DP 18763 Griselinia littoralis Broadleaf
46 Hawford Road Lt 3 DP 18763 Quercus robur English Oak
46 Hawke Street Lt 5 DP 16985 Quercus ilex Holm Oak
2 Hawthornden Road Pt RS 1236 Cedrus atlantica Atlas Cedar
2 Hawthornden Road Pt RS 1236 Cedrus deodara Deodar Cedar
2 Hawthornden Road Pt RS 1236 Cupressus Monterey Cypress macrocarpa
2 Hawthornden Road Pt RS 1236 Eucalyptus globulus Tasmanian Blue Gum
2 Hawthornden Road Pt RS 1236 Fraxinus excelsior English Ash 2 trees
2 Hawthornden Road Pt RS 1236 Nothofagus fusca Red Beech
2 Hawthornden Road Pt RS 1236 Nothofagus solandri Black Beech
2 Hawthornden Road Pt RS 1236 Quercus robur English Oak 4 trees
2 Hawthornden Road Pt RS 1236 Ulmus carpinifolia Smooth Leafed Elm
2 Hawthornden Road Pt RS 1236 Ulmus procera English Elm 20 trees
40 Head Street Lt 1 DP 65518 Cedrus atlantica Atlas Cedar
3 Heathfield Avenue Lt 1 DP 8365 Acer pseudoplatanus Sycamore 2 trees
16 Heaton Street Pt Lt 17 DP 5160 Liquidambar Sweetgum styraciflua
16 Heaton Street Pt Lt 17 DP 5160 Quercus palustris Pin Oak
16 Heaton Street Pt Lt 19 DP 5160 Quercus robur English Oak
16 Heaton Street Pt Lt 17 DP 5160 Tilia x vulgaris Common Lime
16 Heaton Street Pt Lt 17 DP 5160 Ulmus procera English Elm 2 trees
50 Heberden Avenue Lt 2 DP 57122 Araucaria Norfolk Island Pine heterophylla 2A Helmores Lane Lt 2 DP 23492 Fagus sylvatica Copper Beech 'Purpurea'
16 Helmores Lane Lt 2 DP 12605 Robinia pseudoacacia Black Locust
19 Helmores Lane Lt 2 DP 44661 Tilia x vulgaris Common Lime
29 Helmores Lane Lt 5 DP 21739 Quercus robur English Oak 2 trees
41 Helmores Lane Lt 1 DP 27093 Betula pendula Silver Birch 12 trees
16 Hendon Street Pt Lt 41 DP 475 Agathis australis Kauri
16 Hendon Street Pt Lt 41 DP 475 Chamaecyparis Hinoki Cypress 2 trees obtusa
16 Hendon Street Pt Lt 41 DP 475 Fagus sylvatica Copper Beech 'Purpurea'
16 Hendon Street Pt Lt 41 DP 475 Juglans regia Common Walnut
16 Hendon Street Pt Lt 41 DP 475 Liquidambar Sweet Gum styraciflua
16 Hendon Street Pt Lt 41 DP 475 Podocarpus totara Totara
16 Hendon Street Pt Lt 41 DP 475 Pseudopanax Lancewood crassifolium
234 Hereford Street (St Pt Lt 1 DP 27831 Arbutus unedo Strawberry Tree John's Church)
234 Hereford Street (St Pt Lt 1 DP 27831 Fraxinus excelsior Golden Ash John's Church) `Jaspidea'
234 Hereford Street (St Pt Lt 1 DP 27831 Magnolia grandiflora Southern Magnolia John's Church)
234 Hereford Street (St Pt Lt 1 DP 27831 Quercus palustris Pin Oak John's Church)
234 Hereford Street (St Pt Lt 1 DP 27831 Tilia x vulgaris Common Lime John's Church)
59 Hewitts Road (Rangi Lt 22 DP 6620 Camellia japonica Camellia Ruru School)
59 Hewitts Road (Rangi Lt 22 DP 6620 Libocedrus plumosa Kawaka Ruru School)
59 Hewitts Road (Rangi Lt 22 DP 6620 Liriodendron tulipifera Tulip Tree Ruru School)
59 Hewitts Road (Rangi Lt 22 DP 6620 Pittosporum Lemonwood Ruru School) eugenioides
59 Hewitts Road (Rangi Lt 22 DP 6620 Plagianthus regius Ribbonwood Ruru School)
59 Hewitts Road (Rangi Lt 1 DP 46027 Quercus coccinea Scarlet Oak Ruru School)
59 Hewitts Road (Rangi Lt 1 DP 46027 Quercus robur English Oak Ruru School)
59 Hewitts Road (Rangi Lt 1 DP 46027 Tilia x vulgaris Common Lime Ruru School)
20 Hickory Place Lt 40 DP 68615 Sophora microphylla Kowhai
275 Highsted Road Lt 2 DP 30259 Tilia x vulgaris Common Lime 4 trees
34 Hills Road Lt 18 DP 2740 Ginkgo biloba Maidenhair Tree
75 Hinau Street Lt 1 DP 20397 Liquidambar Sweetgum styraciflua
77 Hinau Street Lt 2 DP 62178 Quercus rubra Red Oak
78 Hinau Street Lt 189 DP 2681 Tilia sp. Lime 1 trees
81 Hinau Street Lt 4 DP 5871 Cordyline australis CabbageTree
30 Holmwood Road Lt 1 DP 6454 Ulmus glabra Camperdown Elm `Camperdownii'
37A Holmwood Road Lt 1 DP 16326 Fagus sylvatica Copper Beech 'Purpurea'
37A Holmwood Road Lt 1 DP 16326 Tilia x vulgaris Common Lime
37A/39 Holmwood Road Lt 1 DP 16326 / Lt Quercus robur English Oak 1 DP 57760
75 Hoon Hay Road Lt 1 DP 23548 Dacrydium Rimu cupressinum
161 Hoon Hay Valley Pt Lt 2 DP 2905 Podocarpus totara Totara 5 trees Road (near Summit Road)
50 Horseshoe Lake Pt Lt 1 DP 764 Sequoiadendron Wellingtonia 3 trees Road (Kingslea giganteum Centre)
150 Huntsbury Avenue Lt 2 DP 6539 Quercus robur English Oak
6 Idris Road Lt 6 DP 2120 Quercus palustris Pin Oak
9 Idris Road Lt 17 DP 6101 Liriodendron tulipifera Tulip Tree
38 Idris Road Lt 8 DP 3123 Platanus x acerifolia London Plane
49 Idris Road Lt 1 DP 7737 Fagus sylvatica Copper Beech `Purpurea'
49 Idris Road Lt 1 DP 7737 Sequoia Coast Redwood sempervirens
49 Idris Road Lt 1 DP 7737 Ulmus glabra Camperdown Elm `Camperdownii'
159 Idris Road Lt 2 DP 15791 Juglans regia Common Walnut
210 Idris Road Pt Lt 2 DP 9758 Morus nigra Common Mulberry
200 Ilam Road Pt Lt 1 DP 12752 Salix sp. Willow
379 Ilam Road Lt 41 DP 16040 Agathis australis Kauri
416 Ilam Road Lt 3 DP 23675 Fagus sylvatica European Beech
43 Innes Road Lt 2 DP 12746 Quercus palustris Pin Oak
43 Innes Road Lt 2 DP 12746 Tilia x vulgaris Common Lime 2 trees
52 Innes Road Lt 2 DP 19431 Ulmus glabra Weeping Elm `Horizontalis'
66 Innes Road Lt 2 DP 19559 Quercus palustris Pin Oak
17 Jacksons Road Pt Lt 11 DP 448 Castanea sativa Spanish Chestnut
24A Jacksons Road Lt 3 DP 30498 Gingko biloba Maidenhair Tree
22A Jacksons Road Lt 3 DP 30498 Thuja plicata `Zebrina' Western Red Cedar
22A Jacksons Road Lt 4 DP 30498 Tilia x vulgaris Common Lime
30 Jacksons Road Lt 1 DP 58056 Quercus robur English Oak
18 John Campbell Lt 177 DP 394814 Abies pinsapo Spanish Fir Crescent (Sunnyside Heritage Garden)
18 John Campbell Lt 177 DP 394814 Aesculus Horse Chestnut Crescent (Sunnyside hippocastanum Heritage Garden)
18 John Campbell Lt 177 DP 394814 Araucaria araucana Monkey Puzzle 2 trees Crescent (Sunnyside Heritage Garden)
18 John Campbell Lt 177 DP 394814 Cedrus atlantica Atlas Cedar 2 trees Crescent (Sunnyside Heritage Garden)
18 John Campbell Lt 177 DP 394814 Chamaecyparis Lawson Cypress 2 trees Crescent (Sunnyside lawsoniana Heritage Garden)
18 John Campbell Lt 177 DP 394814 Fraxinus excelsior English Ash Crescent (Sunnyside Heritage Garden)
18 John Campbell Lt 177 DP 394814 Juglans regia Common Walnut Crescent (Sunnyside Heritage Garden)
18 John Campbell Lt 177 DP 394814 Liriodendron tulipifera Tulip Tree Crescent (Sunnyside Heritage Garden)
18 John Campbell Lt 177 DP 394814 Magnolia grandiflora Southern Magnolia 2 trees Crescent (Sunnyside Heritage Garden)
18 John Campbell Lt 177 DP 394814 Quercus cerris Turkey Oak 3 trees Crescent (Sunnyside Heritage Garden)
18 John Campbell Lt 177 DP 394814 Quercus robur English Oak Crescent (Sunnyside Heritage Garden)
18 John Campbell Lt 177 DP 394814 Racosperma Tasmanian Crescent (Sunnyside melanoxylon Blackwood Heritage Garden)
18 John Campbell Lt 177 DP 394814 Taxus baccata Irish Yew 2 trees Crescent (Sunnyside `Fastigiata' Heritage Garden)
18 John Campbell Lt 177 DP 394814 Thuja plicata Western Red Cedar 7 trees Crescent (Sunnyside Heritage Garden)
18 John Campbell Lt 177 DP 394814 Tilia x vulgaris Common Lime Crescent (Sunnyside Heritage Garden)
68 Johns Road Lot 2 DP 420962 Fagus sylvatica Copper Beech Purpurea
831 Johns Road (St Pt Lt 1 DP 27571 Sequoiadendron Wellingtonia James Church) giganteum
19 Joyce Crescent Lt 9 DP 15643 Fagus sylvatica Copper Beech `Purpurea'
20 Jubilee Street (17 Lt 87 DP 556 Fraxinus excelsior Common Ash Broad St)
20 Jubilee Street (17 Lt 112 DP 556 Ulmus procera English Elm 3 trees Broad St)
12 Kahu Road Lt 1 DP 14082 Abies pinsapo Spanish Fir (Riccarton House)
12 Kahu Road Lt 1 DP 14082 Acer pseudoplatanus Sycamore (Riccarton House)
12 Kahu Road Lt 1 DP 14082 Aesculus Horse Chestnut (Riccarton House) hippocastanum
12 Kahu Road Lt 1 DP 14082 Catalpa bignonioides Indian Bean Tree (Riccarton House)
12 Kahu Road Lt 1 DP 14082 Cedrus deodara Deodar Cedar (Riccarton House)
12 Kahu Road Lt 1 DP 14082 Chamaecyparis Lawson Cypress (Riccarton House) lawsoniana
12 Kahu Road Lt 1 DP 14082 Cupressus Nootka Cypress (Riccarton House) nootkatensis
12 Kahu Road Lt 1 DP 14082 Eucalyptus globulus Tasmanian Blue Gum 2 trees (Riccarton House)
12 Kahu Road Lt 1 DP 14082 Fraxinus excelsior English Ash (Riccarton House)
12 Kahu Road Lt 1 DP 14082 Juglans regia Common Walnut 2 trees (Riccarton House)
12 Kahu Road Lt 1 DP 14082 Magnolia grandiflora Southern Magnolia 3 trees (Riccarton House)
12 Kahu Road Lt 1 DP 14082 Picea `Pindrow' (Riccarton House)
12 Kahu Road Lt 1 DP 14082 Pyrus communis Common Pear 2 trees (Riccarton House)
12 Kahu Road Lt 1 DP 14082 Quercus robur English Oak 22 trees (Riccarton House)
12 Kahu Road Lt 1 DP 14082 Sequoia Coast Redwood (Riccarton House) sempervirens
12 Kahu Road Lt 1 DP 14082 Thuja plicata Western Red Cedar (Riccarton House)
12 Kahu Road Lt 1 DP 14082 Tilia `Petiolaris' Silver Pendent Lime (Riccarton House)
12 Kahu Road Lt 1 DP 14082 Tilia x vulgaris Common Lime 12 trees (Riccarton House)
12 Kahu Road Lt 1 DP 14082 Ulmus glabra Wych Elm (Riccarton House)
12 Kahu Road Lt 1 DP 14082 Ulmus procera English Elm 2 trees (Riccarton House)
16 Kahu Road Lowland Lt 1 DP 44967 and Dacrycarpus Kahikatea, and all The entire kahikatea forest part of Lt 1 DP dacrydioides, and all other indigenous lowland remnant (within 14082 other indigenous vegetation kahikatea Riccarton Bush vegetation forest Reserve) remnant as defined by the 'Protected Trees Area' symbol on Map 38B
30 Kahu Road Lt 1 DP 13668 Acer campestre Field Maple
30 Kahu Road Lt 1 DP 13668 Aesculus Horse Chestnut hippocastanum
30 Kahu Road Lt 1 DP 13668 Fagus sylvatica European Beech 2 trees
Continued on the next page
Appendix 4 - Heritage/Notable Trees
Address Legal Description Species Common Name Comments
30 Kahu Road Lt 1 DP 13668 Podocarpus totara Totara
30 Kahu Road Lt 1 DP 13668 Tilia x vulgaris Common Lime
30 Kahu Road Lt 1 DP 13668 Quercus robur English Oak
30 Kahu Road Lt 1 DP 13668 Ulmus carpinifolia Smooth Leafed Elm
3A Karitane Drive Lt 3 DP 49178 Quercus robur English Oak
185 Kennedys Bush Lt 25 DP 17231 Eucalyptus sp. Gum 6 trees Road (Halswell Quarry)
185 Kennedys Bush Lt 25 DP 17231 Sequoia Coast Redwood 7 trees Road (Halswell sempervirens Quarry)
91 Kettlewell Drive Lt 17 DP 34056 Sophora prostrata Kowhai
57 Kilmarnock Street Lt 299 DP 4530 Ulmus glabra Camperdown Elm 'Camperdownii'
100 Kilmore Street Pt Sec 1186 Town Platanus x acerifolia London Plane Christchurch 108 Kingsford Street Lt 10 DP 27737 Juglans regia Common Walnut
50 Kirk Road (St RS 3124 Araucaria araucana Monkey Puzzle Saviour's Church)
50 Kirk Road (St RS 3124 Cupressus Italian Cypress 2 trees Saviour's Church) sempervirens
14 Kirkwood Avenue Lt 6 DP 11390 Acer platanoides Norway Maple
14 Kirkwood Avenue Lt 6 DP 11390 Griselinia littoralis Broadleaf
14 Kirkwood Avenue Lt 6 DP 11390 Quercus robur English Oak
14 Kirkwood Avenue Lt 6 DP 11390 Taxus baccata Irish Yew `Fastigiata'
14 Kirkwood Avenue Lt 6 DP 11390 Ulmus glabra Camperdown Elm `Camperdownii'
14 Konini Street Lt 1 DP 6424 Fraxinus excelsior English Ash
33A Kotare Street Lt 2 DP 47243 Nothofagus solandri Black Beech
67A Kotare Street Lt 2 DP 22948 Quercus palustris Pin Oak
80 Lake Terrace Road Lt 1 DP 65164 Quercus coccinea Scarlet Oak
80 Lake Terrace Road Lt 1 DP 65164 Quercus palustris Pin Oak
Latimer Square SO 11834 Acer pseudoplatanus Sycamore 3 trees
Latimer Square SO 11834 Aesculus Horse Chestnut 5 trees hippocastanum
Latimer Square SO 11834 Fraxinus excelsior English Ash
Latimer Square SO 11834 Platanus x acerifolia London Plane 12 trees
Latimer Square SO 11834 Quercus robur English Oak 8 trees
Latimer Square SO 11834 Ulmus procera English Elm 6 trees
14 Laura Kent Place Lt 14 DP 60391 Quercus robur English Oak
Laura Kent Place Lt 20 DP 60390 Quercus rubra English Oak
Laura Kent Place, Lt 20 DP 60390 Araucaria araucana Monkey Puzzle Reserve
Laura Kent Place, Lt 20 DP 60390 Cedrus deodara Deodar Cedar 3 trees Reserve
Laura Kent Place, Lt 20 DP 60390 Quercus robur English Oak 6 trees Reserve
Laura Kent Place, Lt 20 DP 60390 Ulmus x hollandica Dutch Elm 3 trees Reserve
40/F1 Leinster Road Pt RS 133 Magnolia grandiflora Southern Magnolia
51 Leinster Road Lt 3 DP 4132 Tilia x vulgaris Common Lime
1 Lincoln Road Lt 3 DP 349157 Acer negundo Box Elder (Sunnyside Hospital)
1 Lincoln Road Lt 7 DP 79467 Acer pseudoplatanus Sycamore 2 trees (Sunnyside Hospital)
1 Lincoln Road Lt 3 DP 349157 Acer pseudoplatanus Sycamore (Sunnyside Hospital)
1 Lincoln Road Lt 3 DP 349157 Aesculus Horse Chestnut (Sunnyside Hospital) hippocastanum
1 Lincoln Road Lt 7 DP 79467 Arbutus x Hybrid Strawberry (Sunnyside Hospital) andrachnoides Tree
1 Lincoln Road Lt 7 DP 79467 Cedrus atlantica Blue Atlas Cedar 3 trees (Sunnyside Hospital) `Glauca'
1 Lincoln Road Lt 7 DP 79467 Cedrus deodara Deodar Cedar (Sunnyside Hospital)
1 Lincoln Road Lt 3 DP 349157 Fraxinus excelsior English Ash 4 trees (Sunnyside Hospital)
1 Lincoln Road Lot 3 DP 349157 Nothofagus solandri Black Beech (Sunnyside Hospital)
1 Lincoln Road Lot 7 DP 79467 Photinia glabra Photinia 2 trees (Sunnyside Hospital)
1 Lincoln Road Lot 7 DP 79467 Platanus x acerifolia London Plane 2 trees (Sunnyside Hospital)
1 Lincoln Road Lot 3 DP 349157 Platanus x acerifolia London Plane (Sunnyside Hospital)
1 Lincoln Road Lot 7 DP 79467 Quercus robur English Oak (Sunnyside Hospital)
1 Lincoln Road Lot 3 DP 349157 Quercus robur English Oak 8 trees (Sunnyside Hospital)
1 Lincoln Road Lot 7 DP 79467 Sequoia Coast Redwood (Sunnyside Hospital) sempervirens
1 Lincoln Road Lot 7 DP 79467 Tilia x vulgaris Common Lime 2 trees (Sunnyside Hospital)
1 Lincoln Road Lot 4 DP 349157 Tilia x vulgaris Common Lime 8 trees (Sunnyside Hospital)
1 Lincoln Road Lot 3 DP 349157 Tilia x vulgaris Common Lime (Sunnyside Hospital)
1 Lincoln Road Lt 7 DP 79467 Ulmus procera English Elm 4 trees (Sunnyside Hospital)
1 Lincoln Road Lot 3 DP 349157 Ulmus procera English Elm 3 trees (Sunnyside Hospital)
1 Lincoln Road Lt 7 DP 79467 Ulmus procera (Louis Golden Elm (Sunnyside Hospital) Van Houtte' hybrid
231 Lincoln Road (Road Lt27 DP77165 Quercus robur English Oak 2 trees Reserve) (was Lt 1 DP73798)
231 Lincoln Road (Road Lt27 DP77165 Ulmus procera English Elm 3 trees Reserve) (was Lt 1 DP73798)
4 Linden Grove Lt 5 DP 394814 Tilia x vulgaris Common Lime Avenue
Linden Grove Road reserve Tilia x vulgaris Common Lime 11 trees Avenue - Road Reserve
20 Linwood Avenue Lt 2 DP 40114 Acer pseudoplatanus Sycamore
20 Linwood Avenue Lt 1 DP 40114 Quercus cerris Turkey Oak
30 Linwood Avenue Lt 2 DP 19899 Juglans regia Common Walnut
30 Linwood Avenue Lt 2 DP 19899 Ulmus glabra Wych Elm
30 Linwood Avenue Lt 2 DP 19899 Ulmus glabra Weeping Elm `Horizontalis'
21 Locarno Street Pt RS 157 Racosperma Tasmanian 2 trees melanoxylon Blackwood
119 Lower Styx Road Lt 2 DP 26485 Eucalyptus Mountain Gum dalrympleana
4A Ludecke Place Lt 1 DP 48494 Fagus sylvatica European Beech 1 trees
4A Ludecke Place Lt 1 DP 48494 Platanus orientalis Oriental Plane
8C Ludecke Place Lt 3 DP 48494 Fagus sylvatica European Beech 4 trees
10 Ludecke Place Lt 4DP 48494 Fagus sylvatica European Beech 2 trees
10 Ludecke Place Lt 4 DP 48494 Ulmus procera English Elm 4 trees
20 Macmillan Avenue Lt 1 DP 44022 Eucalyptus globulus Tasmanian Blue Gum
35 Macmillan Avenue Lt 4 DP 10644 Fraxinus sp. Ash
35 Macmillan Avenue Lt 4 DP 10644 Quercus palustris Pin Oak
35 Macmillan Avenue Lt 4 DP 10644 Quercus robur English Oak
89 Maidstone Road Lt 42 DP 20282 Metasequoia Dawn Redwood glyptostroboides
184 Main North Road Lt 1 DP 61087 Dacrydium Rimu cupressinum
340 Main North Road Lt 10 DP 60941 Sequoiadendron Wellingtonia giganteum
Main North Main North Road Cupressus Monterey Cypress Road/Motorway SO 9834 macrocarpa
Main North Main North Road Eucalyptus globulus Tasmanian Blue Gum Road/Motorway SO 9834
Main North Main North Road Eucalyptus viminalis Manna Gum Road/Motorway SO 9834
Main North Main North Road Sequoiadendron Wellingtonia Road/Motorway SO 9834 giganteum
1 Main South Road Pt Lt 1 DP 15781 Cedrus atlantica Blue Atlas Cedar `Glauca'
1 Main South Road Pt Lt 1 DP 15781 Tilia x vulgaris Common Lime 5 trees
3 Main South Road Lt 2 DP 15781 Tilia x vulgaris Common Lime 2 trees
7 Main South Road Lt 83 DP 15781 Tilia x vulgaris Common Lime
24 Main South Road (St Pt Lt 2 DP 26132 Platanus x acerifolia London Plane Peter's Church)
24 Main South Road (St Lt 1 DP 13527 Quercus robur English Oak 8 trees Peter's Church)
24 Main South Road (St Lt 1 DP 13527 Ulmus procera English Elm 4 trees Peter's Church)
36 Main South Road Lt 12 DP 48494 Ilex aquifolium Holly
46 Main South Road Lt 2 DP 56627 Acer pseudoplatanus Sycamore
46 Main South Road Lt 2 DP 56627 Ulmus procera English Elm Group of 3
52A Main South Road Lt 20 DP 48494 Ilex aquifolium Holly 2 trees (Reserve)
52A Main South Road Lt 20 DP 48494 Ulmus procera English Elm (Reserve)
75-83 Main South Road Lt 1 DP 73026 Tilla x vulgaris Common Lime
3 Majestic Lane Lt6 DP 69172 Fraxinus excelsior English Ash
3 Majestic Lane Lt6 DP 69172 Ulmus procera English Elm
4 Majestic Lane Lt5 DP69172 Cordyline australis Cabbage Tree 3 trees
4 Majestic Lane Lt5 DP69172 Ulmus procera English Elm
6 Majestic Lane Lt3 DP69172 Fagus Sylvatica Copper Beech ‘Purpurea'
1 Major Aitken Drive SO 2107 Major Cedrus deodara Deodar Cedar (corner Centaurus Aitken Drive Road)
Major Aitken Drive SO 2107 Major Cedrus deodara Deodar Cedar (near 1 Enticott Aitken Drive Place)
Major Aitken Drive SO 2107 Major Sequoia Coast Redwood 2 trees (near 1 Trumble Aitken Drive sempervirens Lane)
16 Major Aitken Drive, Lt 55 DP 50087 Ulmus glabra Weeping Elm Reserve `Horizontalis'
248 Manchester Street Lot 1 DP 70089 Tilia x vulgaris Common Lime (St Lukes Church)
248 Manchester Street Lot 2 DP 70089 Ulmus x hollandica Dutch Elm (St Lukes Church)
5/250 Manchester Street Lot 1 DP 70089 Tilia x vulgaris Common Lime (St Lukes Church)
373 Manchester Street Lt 2 DP 50087 Tilia x vulgaris Common Lime 5 trees (St Mary's Church)
387 Manchester Street Pt TR 131 Fagus sylvatica Copper Beech 2 trees (Christchurch `Purpurea' Academy)
387 Manchester Street Pt TR 131 Liriodendron tulipifera Tulip Tree (Christchurch Academy)
44 Mandeville Street Lt 20 DP 65945 Maytenus boaria Chilean Mayten
110 Mandeville Street Lt 1 DP 49264 Betula pendula Silver Birch
21 Mansfield Avenue Lt 2 DP 40178 Racosperma Tasmanian melanoxylon Blackwood
213 Marine Parade Lt 4 DP 50951 Cupressus Monterey Cypress macrocarpa
2 Marsden Street Sec 1 SO 17956 Quercus robur English Oak
548 Marshland Road Lt 5 DP 6532 Cordyline australis Cabbage Tree
1 Martindales Road Lt 20 DP 26 Group of natives Group of natives
5 Matai Street East Lt 1 DP 51050 Magnolia grandiflora Southern Magnolia
47 Matai Street West Lt 2 DP 23202 Juglans regia Common Walnut Row of trees
63 Matai Street West Lt 2 DP 5644 Quercus palustris Pin Oak
94 Matai Street Lt 4 DP 7486 Ginkgo biloba Maidenhair Tree
32 Matipo Street Pt Lt 3 DP 1108 Betula pendula Silver Birch 2 trees (Wharenui School)
32 Matipo Street Pt Lt 4 DP 1108 Group of Plagianthus Ribbonwood 2 trees (Wharenui School)
32 Matipo Street Pt Lt 3 DP 1108 Ulmus glabra Weeping Elm (Wharenui School) 'Horizontalis'
24 McDougall Avenue Lt 24 DP 17089 Cedrus deodara Deodar Cedar
24 McDougall Avenue Lt 1 DP 14596 Ulmus glabra Weeping Elm `Horizontalis'
64 McFaddens Road Lt 7 DP 25870 Robinia pseudoacacia Black Locust
116 McFaddens Road Lt 1 DP 17181 Quercus robur English Oak
McHaffies Reserve Lt 10 DP 44195 Eucalyptus viminalis Manna Gum
4 Medbury Avenue Lt 1 DP 29727 Ulmus procera English Elm
19 Memorial Avenue Lt 1 DP 27556 Quercus robur English Oak (Fendalton Mall Carpark)
25 Memorial Avenue Pt Sec 4 Otarakaro Quercus robur English Oak (Fendalton Mall Settlement Carpark)
46 Memorial Avenue Lt 2 DP 25971 Cordyline australis Cabbage Tree
Continued on the next page
Appendix 4 - Heritage/Notable Trees
Address Legal Description Species Common Name Comments
10B Middlepark Road Lt 2 DP 26135 Cordyline australis Cabbage Tree
24A Middlepark Road Lt 6 DP 57526 Cedrus deodara Deodar Cedar
7 Middleton Road Lt 2 DP 33773 Quercus coccinea Scarlet Oak
A15 Miners Road Lt 1 DP 26644 Sophora microphylla Kowhai 2 trees
40 Mona Vale Avenue Lt 1 DP 26862 Acer pseudoplatanus Sycamore 2 trees (Mona Vale)
40 Mona Vale Avenue Lt 1 DP 26862 Acer sp. Maple (Mona Vale)
40 Mona Vale Avenue Lt 3 DP 26862 Castanea sativa Spanish Chestnut (Mona Vale)
40 Mona Vale Avenue Lt 1 DP 26862 Cedrus atlantica Blue Atlas Cedar (Mona Vale) `Glauca'
40 Mona Vale Avenue Lt 3 DP 26862 Cedrus atlantica Blue Atlas Cedar 3 trees (Mona Vale) `Glauca'
40 Mona Vale Avenue Lt 9 DP 7787 Cedrus deodara Deodar Cedar (Mona Vale)
40 Mona Vale Avenue Lt 3 DP 26862 Cedrus libani Cedar of Lebanon (Mona Vale)
40 Mona Vale Avenue Lt 1 DP 26862 Chamaecyparis Lawson Cypress (Mona Vale) lawsoniana
40 Mona Vale Avenue Lt 3 DP 26862 Cupressus Golden Monterey 2 trees (Mona Vale) macrocarpa `Aurea' Cypress
40 Mona Vale Avenue Lt 9 DP 7787 Fagus sylvatica Copper Beech 2 trees (Mona Vale) `Purpurea' 40 Mona Vale Avenue Lts 2-3 DP 26862 Fagus sylvatica Purple Beech (Mona Vale) `Riversii'
40 Mona Vale Avenue Lt 9 DP 7787 Juglans regia Common Walnut (Mona Vale)
40 Mona Vale Avenue Lt 1 DP 26862 Juglans regia Common Walnut (Mona Vale)
40 Mona Vale Avenue Lt 9 DP 7787 Libocedrus bidwillii Mountain Cedar (Mona Vale)
40 Mona Vale Avenue Lt 9 DP 7787 Plagianthus regius Ribbonwood (Mona Vale)
40 Mona Vale Avenue Lt 15 DP 7787 Platanus orientalis Oriental Plane (Mona Vale)
40 Mona Vale Avenue Lt 3 DP 26862 Platanus orientalis Oriental Plane (Mona Vale)
40 Mona Vale Avenue Lt 11 DP 7787 Podocarpus totara Totara (Mona Vale)
40 Mona Vale Avenue Lt 1 DP 26862 Populus nigra `Italica' Lombardy Poplar (Mona Vale)
40 Mona Vale Avenue Lt 9 DP 7787 Quercus coccinea Scarlet Oak (Mona Vale)
40 Mona Vale Avenue Lt 9 DP 7787 Quercus ilex Holm Oak (Mona Vale)
40 Mona Vale Avenue Lt 9 DP 7787 Quercus palustris Pin Oak 2 trees (Mona Vale)
40 Mona Vale Avenue Lt 9 DP 7787 Ulmus glabra Camperdown Elm 2 trees (Mona Vale) `Camperdownii'
40 Mona Vale Avenue Lt 14 DP 7787 Ulmus glabra Weeping Elm (Mona Vale) `Horizontalis'
40 Mona Vale Avenue Lt 3 DP 26862 Ulmus sp. Elm (Mona Vale)
63 Mona Vale Avenue Lt 8 DP 7787 Fagus sylvatica Copper Beech (Mona Vale) `Purpurea'
273 Montreal Street Lt 1 DP 4474 Magnolia grandiflora Southern Magnolia
277 Montreal Street Pt TS 461 Pseudopanax Lancewood crassifolium
15 Nash Road (Hogben Pt Lt 1 DP 26163 Acer pseudoplatanus Sycamore School)
15 Nash Road (Hogben Pt Lt 1 DP 26163 Fagus sylvatica European Beech School)
15 Nash Road (Hogben Pt Lt 1 DP 26163 Ginkgo biloba Maidenhair Tree School)
15 Nash Road (Hogben Pt Lt 1 DP 26163 Juglans regia Common Walnut 5 trees School)
15 Nash Road (Hogben Pt Lt 1 DP 26163 Tilia x vulgaris Common Lime 6 trees School)
26 Nash Road (St John Pt Lt 1 DP 26163 Abies pinsapo Spanish Fir of God)
26 Nash Road (St John Pt Lt 1 DP 26163 Acer palmatum Smooth Japanese of God) Maple
26 Nash Road (St John Pt Lt 1 DP 26163 Cedrus deodara Deodar Cedar 2 trees of God)
26 Nash Road (St John Pt Lt 1 DP 26163 Chamaecyparis Lawson Cypress of God) lawsoniana
26 Nash Road (St John Pt Lt 1 DP 26163 Cupressus arizonica Arizona Cypress 2 trees of God)
26 Nash Road (St John Pt Lt 1 DP 26163 Cupressus torulosa Bhutan Cypress of God)
26 Nash Road (St John Pt Lt 1 DP 26163 Eucalyptus globulus Tasmanian Blue Gum of God)
26 Nash Road (St John Lt 1 DP 48347 Eucalyptus globulus Tasmanian Blue Gum 3 trees of God)
26 Nash Road (St John Pt Lt 1 DP 26163 Fagus sylvatica Copper Beech 3 trees of God) `Purpurea'
26 Nash Road (St John Pt Lt 1 DP 26163 Juglans regia Common Walnut of God)
26 Nash Road (St John Pt Lt 1 DP 26163 Liquidambar Sweetgum of God) styraciflua
26 Nash Road (St John Pt Lt 1 DP 26163 Magnolia grandiflora Southern Magnolia of God)
26 Nash Road (St John Pt Lt 1 DP 26163 Pseudotsuga Douglas Fir of God) menziesii
26 Nash Road (St John Pt Lt 1 DP 26163 Ulmus sp. Golden Elm of God)
62 Nayland Street Lt 103 DP 13 Corynocarpus Karaka laevigata
63 Nayland Street Lt 22 DP 13 Phoenix canariensis Canary Island Palm
85 North Avon Road Lt 3 DP 2701 Ulmus glabra Camperdown Elm `Camperdownii'
126 North Parade Lt 1 DP 41144 Cunninghamia Chinese Fir lanceolata
Oakmont Green Oakmont Green Quercus robur English Oak (near no. 8)
82 Opawa Road Lt 4 DP 8252 Juglans regia Common Walnut 2 trees
86 Opawa Road Lt 6 DP 8252 Tilia x vulgaris Common Lime
88 Opawa Road Pt RS 157 Juglans regia Common Walnut
92 Opawa Road Lt 1 DP 21320 Tilia x vulgaris Common Lime
92 Opawa Road Lt 1 DP 21320 Ulmus glabra Camperdown Elm `Camperdownii'
94 Opawa Road Pt RS 157 Platanus x acerifolia London Plane
Opawa Road / Opawa Road Quercus robur English Oak Raycroft Street
90 Oxford Terrace (St Pt Res 7 Acer pseudoplatanus Sycamore Michael's Church)
90 Oxford Terrace (St TS 1038 Liriodendron tulipifera Tulip Tree Michael's Church)
90 Oxford Terrace (St Pt Res 7 Platanus x acerifolia London Plane Michael's Church)
90 Oxford Terrace (St TS 1031 Ulmus glabra Weeping Elm Michael's Church) `Horizontalis'
Oxford Terrace Chch City Populus nigra `Italica' Lombardy Poplar 16 on (Manchester- Reserves riverbank Madras) Empowering Act 1971 3rd Schedule Item 17
Oxford PT Lt 1 DP 11323 Betula pendula Silver Birch Terrace/Antigua Street (Car Park)
Oxford PT Lt 1 DP 11323 Ilex aquifoliam Holly Terrace/Antigua Street (Car Park)
Oxford Terrace/Tuam PT Lt 1 DP 11323 Cedrus deodara Deodar Cedar Street (Car Park)
Oxford Terrace/Tuam PT Lt 1 DP 11323 Fagus sylvatica Copper Beech Street (Car Park) ‘Purpurea'
Oxford Terrace/Tuam PT Lt 1 DP 11323 Quercus robur English Oak 2 trees Street (Car Park)
Oxford Terrace/Tuam PT Lt 1 DP 11323 Tilia x vulgaris Common Lime Street (Car Park)
43 Oxley Avenue Lt 53 DP 1527 Agathis australis Kauri
4 Paeroa Street Lt 208 DP 14994 Abies pinsapo Spanish Fir
76 Palatine Terrace Lt 23 DP 7811 Tilia x vulgaris Common Lime
85 Papanui Road Pt Lt 1 DP 21881 Fagus sylvatica Copper Beech `Purpurea'
85 Papanui Road Pt Lt 1 DP 21881 Platanus orientalis Oriental Plane
85 Papanui Road Pt Lt 1 DP 21881 Tilia x vulgaris Common Lime
106 Papanui Road Lt 1 DP 9580 Acer palmatum Japanese Maple 2 trees
122 Papanui Road Lt 2 DP 16353 Ulmus glabra Camperdown Elm `Camperdownii'
162 Papanui Road Lt 1 DP 39802 Tilia `Petiolaris' Silver Pendent Lime
163 Papanui Road Lt 22 DP 1462 Quercus coccinea Scarlet Oak
236 Papanui Road Lt 24 DP 1253 Ulmus glabra Weeping Elm `Horizontalis'
249 Papanui Road (St Lt 1 DP 24125 Fraxinus Golden Ash George's Hospital) excelsior`Aurea'
249 Papanui Road (St Lt 3 DP 30449 Ginkgo biloba Ginkgo George's Hospital)
249 Papanui Road (St Lt 1 DP 8769 Nothofagus fusca Red Beech George's Hospital)
249 Papanui Road (St Lt 1 DP 60620 Nothofagus menziesii Silver Beech George's Hospital)
249 Papanui Road (St Lt 1 DP 8769 Podocarpus totara Totara George's Hospital)
249 Papanui Road (St Lt 1 DP 1899 Tilia x vulgaris Common Lime George's Hospital)
249 Papanui Road (St Lt 3 DP 30449 Tilia x vulgaris Common Lime George's Hospital)
249 Papanui Road (St Lt 1 DP 60620 Ulmus glabra Camperdown Elm George's Hospital) `Camperdownii'
274 Papanui Road Lt 5 DP 2349 Acer pseudoplatanus Sycamore
283 Papanui Road Lt 7 DP 4109 Eucalyptus linearis White Peppermint Gum
347 Papanui Road (St Pt RS 299 Acer pseudoplatanus Sycamore 5 trees Andrew's College)
347 Papanui Road (St Pt RS 299 Araucaria araucana Monkey Puzzle Andrew's College)
347 Papanui Road (St Pt RS 299 Chamaecyparis Lawson Cypress Andrew's College) lawsoniana
347 Papanui Road (St Pt RS 299 Cupressus torulosa Bhutan Cypress Andrew's College)
347 Papanui Road (St Pt RS 299 Fagus sylvatica Copper Beech Andrew's College) `Purpurea'
347 Papanui Road (St Pt RS 299 Ilex aquifolium Variegated Holly Andrew's College) `Golden Queen'
347 Papanui Road (St Pt RS 299 Magnolia grandiflora Southern Magnolia Andrew's College)
347 Papanui Road (St Pt RS 299 Platanus x acerifolia London Plane Andrew's College)
347 Papanui Road (St Pt RS 299 Quercus robur English Oak 17 trees Andrew's College)
347 Papanui Road (St Pt RS 299 Tilia x vulgaris Common Lime 3 trees Andrew's College)
347 Papanui Road (St Pt RS 299 Ulmus carpinifolia Smooth Leafed Elm 2 trees Andrew's College)
347 Papanui Road (St Pt RS 299 Ulmus x hollandica Dutch Elm 6 trees Andrew's College)
380 Papanui Road Lt 3 DP 4760 Phoenix canariensis Canary Island Palm
429 Papanui Road Lt 2 DP 30755 Sequoiadendron Wellingtonia giganteum
71 Papanui Road (St Pt RS 52 Acer pseudoplatanus Sycamore Margaret's College) 71 Papanui Road (St Pt Lt 6 DP 45883 Fagus sylvatica Copper Beech Margaret's College) `Purpurea'
71 Papanui Road (St Pt Lt 10 DP 1921 Juglans regia Common Walnut Margaret's College) 34 Paparoa Street Lt 1 DP 40219 Quercus robur English Oak 2 trees
1 Parade Court (was Lt24 DP77165 Platanus x acerifolia London Plane 231 Lincoln Road) (was Lt 1 DP 73798)
1 Parade Court (was Lt24 DP77165 Quercus canariensis Mirbeck's Oak 231 Lincoln Road) (was Lt 1 DP 73798)
1 Parade Court (was Lt24 DP77165 Quercus robur English Oak 2 231 Lincoln Road) (was Lt 1 DP 73798)
2 Parade Court (was Lt25 DP77165 Quercus robur English Oak 231 Lincoln Road) (was Lt 1 DP 73798)
18 Parade Court (was Lt5 DP77165 (was Quercus robur English Oak 231 Lincoln Road) Lt 1 DP 73798)
36 Parade Court (was Lt9 DP77165 (was Quercus robur English Ash 231 Lincoln Road) Lt 1 DP 73798)
36 Parade Court (was Lt9 DP77165 (was Quercus robur English Oak 231 Lincoln Road) Lt 1 DP 73798)
42 Parade Court (was Lt10 DP77165 Quercus robur English Oak 231 Lincoln Road) (was Lt 1 DP 73798)
42 Parade Court (was Lt10 DP77165 Tilia x vulgaris Common Lime 231 Lincoln Road) (was Lt 1 DP 73798)
26 Park Terrace Lt 4 DP 45969 Ilex aquifolium Holly
48 Park Terrace Lt 2 DP 12364 Quercus robur English Oak
48 Park Terrace Lt 2 DP 12364 Tilia x vulgaris Common Lime
90 Park Terrace Lt 1 DP 13495 Quercus robur English Oak
100 Park Terrace Lt 1 DP 46369 Quercus robur English Oak (Bishopscourt)
138 Park Terrace Pt TR 26 Fagus sylvatica Copper Beech (Wesley Lodge) `Purpurea'
55 Parkstone Avenue Lt 32 DP 27979 Eucalyptus sp. Gum
19 Pavitt Street Pt RS 41 Ulmus glabra Camperdown Elm 2 trees (Richmond School) 'Camperdownii'
6 Pear Tree Lane Lt 11 DP 74110 Eucalyptus globulus Tasmanian Blue Gum 2 trees
7 Penhelig Place Lt 36 DP 14664 Quercus robur English Oak
70 Perry Street Lt 17 DP 5814 Sequoia Coast Redwood sempervirens
11 Peterborough Street Lt 114 DP 3780 Calocedrus decurrens Incense Cedar
11 Peterborough Street Lt 114 DP 3780 Nothofagus fusca Red Beech
11 Peterborough Street Lt 114 DP 3780 Tilia x vulgaris Common Lime
15 Peterborough Street Lt 110 DP 3780 Agathis australis Kauri
15 Peterborough Street Lt 110 DP 3780 Eleocarpus Pokaka hookerianus
15 Peterborough Street Lt 110 DP 3780 Libocedrus bidwillii Pahautea
15 Peterborough Street Lt 110 DP 3780 Podocarpus hallii Hall's Totara
15 Peterborough Street Lt 110 DP 3780 Pomaderris apetala Tainui 2 trees
21 Peterborough Street Sec 1 SO 15603 Ginkgo biloba Maidenhair Tree (Peterborough Centre)
21 Peterborough Street Sec 1 SO 15603 Ulmus glabra Weeping Elm (Peterborough `Horizontalis' Centre)
44/F4 Peterborough Street TS 1206 Quercus robur English Oak
74 Picton Avenue Lt 1 DP 33816 Cordyline australis Cabbage Tree
40 Port Hills Road Res 4946 Quercus robur English Oak (Heathcote Domain)
41 Port Hills Road Pt RS 271 Nothofagus solandri Black Beech
63 Port Hills Road Pt RS 368 Quercus robur English Oak
81 Port Hills Road Lt 1 DP 64233 Ulmus glabra Horizontal Elm 'Horizontalis'
273 Pound Road Res 2418 Sophora microphylla Kowhai 31 trees (Templeton Golf Course)
273 Pound Road Res 2418 Sophora prostrata Kowhai 2 trees (Templeton Golf Course)
17B Poynder Avenue Lt 2 DP 43312 Aesculus Horse Chestnut hippocastanum
466 Prestons Road Pt Lt 5 DP 19484 Crataegus monogyna Hawthorn
86 Puriri Street Lt 1 DP 17667 Fagus sylvatica European Beech
92 Puriri Street Lt 2 DP 11195 Fagus sylvatica European Beech
111 Puriri Street Lt 2 DP 17729 Cedrus deodara Deodar Cedar
111 Puriri Street Lt 2 DP 17729 Quercus ilex Holm Oak
113 Puriri Street Lt 1 DP 17729 Ulmus sp. Elm
116 Puriri Street Lt 321 DP 6079 Quercus palustris Pin Oak
116 Puriri Street Lt 321 DP 6079 Ulmus procera English Elm
165 Racecourse Road Pt Res 79 SO 3259 Acer palmatum Japanese Maple (Riccarton Raceway)
165 Racecourse Road Pt Res 79 SO 3259 Acer pseudoplatanus Sycamore (Riccarton Raceway
165 Racecourse Road Pt Res 79 SO 3259 Aesculus Horse Chestnut 2 trees (Riccarton Raceway hippocastanum
165 Racecourse Road Pt Res 79 SO 3259 Arbutus x Hybrid Strawberry (Riccarton Raceway andrachnoides Tree
Continued on the next page
Appendix 4 - Heritage/Notable Trees
Address Legal Description Species Common Name Comments
165 Racecourse Road Pt Res 79 SO 3259 Castanea sativa Spanish Chestnut 2 trees (Riccarton Raceway)
165 Racecourse Road Pt Res 79 SO 3259 Cedrus atlantica Blue Atlas Cedar (Riccarton Raceway) `Glauca'
165 Racecourse Road Pt Res 79 SO 3259 Cedrus deodara Deodar Cedar 2 trees (Riccarton Raceway)
165 Racecourse Road Pt Res 79 SO 3259 Cedrus libani Cedar of Lebanon (Riccarton Raceway)
165 Racecourse Road Pt Res 79 SO 3259 Fagus sylvatica Copper Beech (Riccarton Raceway) `Purpurea'
165 Racecourse Road Pt Res 79 SO 3259 Fraxinus excelsior Golden Ash (Riccarton Raceway) `Aurea'
165 Racecourse Road Pt Res 79 SO 3259 Hoheria populnea Lacebark (Riccarton Raceway)
165 Racecourse Road Pt Res 79 SO 3259 Juglans regia Common Walnut (Riccarton Raceway)
165 Racecourse Road Pt Res 79 SO 3259 Liriodendron tulipifera Tulip Tree (Riccarton Raceway)
165 Racecourse Road Pt Res 79 SO 3259 Nothofagus fusca Red Beech 3 trees (Riccarton Raceway)
165 Racecourse Road Pt Res 79 SO 3259 Paulownia tomentosa Paulownia (Riccarton Raceway)
165 Racecourse Road Pt Res 79 SO 3259 Platanus x acerifolia London Plane 12 trees (Riccarton Raceway)
165 Racecourse Road Pt Res 79 SO 3259 Pseudotsuga Douglas Fir (Riccarton Raceway) menziesii
165 Racecourse Road Pt Res 79 SO 3259 Quercus robur English Oak 5 trees (Riccarton Raceway)
165 Racecourse Road Pt Res 79 SO 3259 Sequoia Coast Redwood (Riccarton Raceway) sempervirens
165 Racecourse Road Pt Res 79 SO 3259 Sequoiadendron Wellingtonia 7 trees (Riccarton Raceway) giganteum
165 Racecourse Road Pt Res 79 SO 3259 Tilia x vulgaris Common Lime 14 trees (Riccarton Raceway)
165 Racecourse Road Pt Res 79 SO 3259 Ulmus procera English Elm 12 trees (Riccarton Raceway)
Rapaki Road (near Rapaki Road Eucalyptus globulus Tasmanian Blue Gum no. 30)
17 Rata Street Pt Lt 242 DP 3360 Ulmus carpinifolia Variegated Elm `Variegata'
Revelation Drive, Revalation Drive Pinus radiata Monterey Pine Group near Clifton Terrace
Rhodes Sec 2 SO 18618 Tilia x vulgaris Common Lime Street/Carlton Mill Road
38 Riccarton Road Lt 1 DP 75794 Maytenus boaria Chilean Mayten
38 Riccarton Road Lt 1 DP 75794 Thuja plicata Western Red Cedar
265 Riccarton Road Pt Lt 1 DP 52478 Fraxinus excelsior Weeping Ash `Pendula'
265 Riccarton Road Pt Lt 1 DP 52478 Magnolia grandiflora Southern Magnolia
265 Riccarton Road Pt Lt 1 DP 52478 Ulmus glabra Weeping Elm `Horizontalis'
373 River Road Lt 5 DP 3500 Juglans regia Common Walnut
290 Riverlaw Terrace Lt 1 DP 28141 Magnolia grandiflora Southern Magnolia
26 Riverview Street Lt 2 DP 25316 Aesculus Horse Chestnut hippocastanum
26 Riverview Street Lt 2 DP 25316 Tilia sp. Common Lime
26 Riverview Street Lt 2 DP 25316 Tilia x vulgaris Common Lime
33 Rolleston Avenue Pt Res 25 SO Cupressus Italian Cypress (Christ's College) 11411 sempervirens
33 Rolleston Avenue Pt Res 25 SO Fraxinus excelsior English Ash Near River (Christ's College) 11411
33 Rolleston Avenue Pt Res 25 SO Liriodendron tulipifera Tulip Tree (Christ's College) 11411
17 Rossall Street Lt 1 DP 25064 Fagus sylvatica European Beech
17 Rossall Street Lt 1 DP 25064 Liquidambar Sweetgum styraciflua
35 Rossall Street Lt 3 DP 6068 Quercus robur English Oak
73 Rossall Street Lt 3 DP 27303 Betula pendula Silver Birch Group of 8
73 Rossall Street Lt 3 DP 27303 Fraxinus excelsior Common Ash
131 Rossall Street Lt 2 DP 34430 Cedrus deodara Deodar Cedar
133 Rossall Street Lt 1 DP 34430 Chamaecyparis Lawson Cypress lawsoniana
46 Rossmore Terrace Lt 3 DP 26349 Sequoia Coast Redwood sempervirens
140A Rugby Street Lt 3 DP 4838 Quercus robur English Oak
83 Rutherford Street Lt 1 DP 20238 Juglans regia Common Walnut
71 Sandwich Road Lt 10 DP 2623 Cryptomeria japonica Japanese Cedar
71 Sandwich Road Lt 9 DP 2623 Fraxinus excelsior English Ash
71 Sandwich Road Lt 9 DP 2623 Quercus robur English Oak
71 Sandwich Road Lt 10 DP 2623 Quercus robur English Oak
71 Sandwich Road Lt 9 DP 2623 Quercus rubra Red Oak
71 Sandwich Road Lt 10 DP 2623 Platanus orientalis Oriental Plane 3 trees
384 Sawyers Arms Road Lt 1 DP 39645 Quercus robur English Oak
231 School Road Lt 1 DP 68764 Sophora microphylla Kowhai 7 trees
231 School Road Lt 2 DP 68764 Sophora microphylla Kowhai 2 trees
28 Seamount Terrace Pt Lt 1 DP 9387 Eucalyptus viminalis Manna Gum
10 Selkirk Place Lt 3 DP 25296 Eucalyptus globulus Tasmanian Blue Gum
Shalamar Drive (Old Lt 22 DP 29333 Ulmus procera English Elm Stone House)
17 Sheppard Place (St Lt 1 DP 8479 Quercus robur English Oak 2 trees Albans School)
10 Shirley Road (Shirley Lt 138 DP 2912 Fagus sylvatica Copper Beech Community Centre) 'Purpurea'
10 Shirley Road (Shirley Lt 137 DP 2912 Liquidambar Sweetgum Community Centre) styraciflua
10 Shirley Road (Shirley Lt 137 DP 2912 Liriodendron tulipifera Tulip Tree Community Centre)
10 Shirley Road (Shirley Lt 138 DP 2912 Platanus x acerifolia London Plane Community Centre)
10 Shirley Road (Shirley Lt 135 DP 2912 Quercus coccinea Scarlet Oak Community Centre)
10 Shirley Road (Shirley Lt 119 DP 2912 Quercus robur English Oak Community Centre)
10 Shirley Road (Shirley Lt 123 DP 2912 Thuja plicata Western Red Cedar Community Centre)
10 Shirley Road (Shirley Lt 119 DP 2912 Tilia x vulgaris Common Lime Community Centre)
108 Shortland Street Lt 2 DP 37278 Eucalyptus viminalis Manna Gum Group of 4
13 Snowdon Road Lt 2 DP 22869 Podocarpus totara Totara
29 Snowdon Road Lt 2 DP 17782 Tilia x vulgaris Common lime Group of 2
29A Snowdon Road Lt 1 DP 17782 Fagus sylvatica Copper Beech `Purpurea'
123 Sparks Road Lt 7 DP 17260 Eryobotrya japonica Loquat
Springmead Reserve DP 28406 Sequoiadendron Wellingtonia giganteum
57 St Andrews Hill Road Lt 9 DP 9904 Metrosideros excelsa Pohutukawa
St James Park Pt Lt 2 DP 4731 Acer pseudoplatanus Sycamore 3 trees
St James Park Pt Lt 2 DP 4731 Carpinus betulus Hornbeam
St James Park Pt Lt 2 DP 4731 Castanea sativa Spanish Chestnut
St James Park Pt Lt 2 DP 3056 Fagus sylvatica European Beech
St James Park Main North Railway Fagus sylvatica European Beech 16 trees
St James Park Pt Lt 2 DP 4731 Fagus sylvatica European Beech 17 trees
St James Park Pt Lt 2 DP 4731 Fraxinus excelsior English Ash
St James Park Pt Lt 2 DP 4731 Fraxinus excelsior Weeping Ash `Pendula'
St James Park Pt Lt 2 DP 4731 Hoheria angustifolia Narrow Leafed 2 trees Lacebark
St James Park Pt Lt 2 DP 4731 Hoheria populnea var. Long-leafed lanceolata Lacebark
St James Park Pt Lt 2 DP 4731 Plagianthus regius Ribbonwood 3 trees
St James Park Pt Lt 2 DP 4731 Platanus x acerifolia London Plane
St James Park Lt 3 DP 4731 Platanus x acerifolia London Plane 2 trees
St James Park Pt Lt 2 DP 4731 Quercus palustris Pin Oak
St James Park Pt Lt 2 DP 4731 Tilia cordata Small-Leafed Lime
St James Park Pt Lt 2 DP 3056 Tilia x vulgaris Common Lime
St James Park Pt Lt 2 DP 4731 Tilia x vulgaris Common Lime 23 trees
St James Park Pt Lt 2 DP 4731 Ulmus glabra Weeping Elm `Horizontalis'
St James Park Pt Lt 2 DP 3056 Ulmus procera English Elm
35 St Martins Road Lt 2 DP 26787 Liriodendron tulipifera Tulip Tree
35A St Martins Road Lt 1 DP 26787 Tilia x vulgaris Common Lime
38 St Martins Road Lt 2 DP 5197 Quercus robur English Oak
62 Stanleys Road Lt 1 DP 25641 Quercus robur English Oak
62 Stanleys Road Lt 1 DP 25641 Tilia x vulgaris Common lime
17 Straven Road Lt 353 DP 7942 Tilia sp. Lime
19 Straven Road Lt 344 DP 7492 Tilia sp. Lime
22 Straven Road Lt 293 DP 4530 Quercus palustris Pin Oak
60 Straven Road Lt 1 DP 4874 Fagus sylvatica European Beech
121 Straven Road Pt Lt 1 DP 9912 Abies pinsapo Spanish Fir (Christchurch Boys' High School)
121 Straven Road Pt Lt 1 DP 9912 Acer pseudoplatanus Sycamore 2 trees (Christchurch Boys' High School)
121 Straven Road Pt Lt 1 DP 9912 Carpinus betulus Hornbeam (Christchurch Boys' High School)
121 Straven Road Pt Lt 1 DP 9912 Cedrus atlantica Blue Atlas Cedar 14 trees (Christchurch Boys' `Glauca' High School)
121 Straven Road Pt Lt 1 DP 9912 Eucalyptus globulus Tasmanian Blue Gum 2 trees (Christchurch Boys' High School)
121 Straven Road Pt Lt 1 DP 9912 Fagus sylvatica European Beech (Christchurch Boys' High School)
121 Straven Road Pt Lt 1 DP 9912 Fagus sylvatica Copper Beech 4 trees (Christchurch Boys' `Purpurea' High School)
121 Straven Road Pt Lt 1 DP 9912 Fraxinus excelsior English Ash 4 trees (Christchurch Boys' High School)
121 Straven Road Pt Lt 1 DP 9912 Liriodendron tulipifera Tulip Tree (Christchurch Boys' High School)
121 Straven Road Pt Lt 1 DP 9912 Platanus x acerifolia London Plane 18 trees (Christchurch Boys' High School)
121 Straven Road Pt Lt 1 DP 9461 Platanus x acerifolia London Plane 2 trees (Christchurch Boys' High School)
121 Straven Road Pt Lt 1 DP 9912 Quercus cerris Turkey Oak (Christchurch Boys' High School)
121 Straven Road Pt Lt 1 DP 9912 Quercus ilex Holm Oak (Christchurch Boys' High School)
121 Straven Road Pt Lt 1 DP 9912 Quercus palustris Pin Oak (Christchurch Boys' High School)
121 Straven Road Pt Lt 1 DP 9912 Quercus robur English Oak (Christchurch Boys' High School)
121 Straven Road Pt Lt 1 DP 9912 Sequoiadendron Wellingtonia (Christchurch Boys' giganteum High School)
121 Straven Road Pt Lt 1 DP 9912 Thuja plicata Western Red Cedar (Christchurch Boys' High School)
121 Straven Road Pt Lt 1 DP 9912 Tilia x vulgaris Common Lime 4 trees (Christchurch Boys' High School)
121 Straven Road Pt Lt 1 DP 9912 Tilia sp. Lime (Christchurch Boys' High School)
121 Straven Road Pt Lt 1 DP 9912 Ulmus carpinifolia Smooth Leafed Elm (Christchurch Boys' High School)
121 Straven Road Pt Lt 1 DP 9912 Ulmus parvifolia Caucasian Elm (Christchurch Boys' High School)
121 Straven Road Pt Lt 1 DP 9912 Ulmus procera English Elm 7 trees (Christchurch Boys' High School)
125 Studholme Street Lt 2 DP 65519 Tilia x vulgaris Common Lime
249 Styx Mill Road Lt 1 DP 15137 Cordyline australis Cabbage Tree
110 Sullivan Avenue Lt 14 DP 2364 Rhododendron sp. Rhododendron
55R Sylvan Street Lt 179 DP 394814 Quercus robur English Oak 5 trees (Linden Grove Park)
55R Sylvan Street Lt 179 DP 394814 Tilia x vulgaris Common Lime 4 trees (Linden Grove Park)
27 Taupata Street Lt 56 DP 926 Acer pseudoplatanus Sycamore
20 Taylors Avenue Lt 1 DP 44273 Quercus robur English Oak
19 Templar Street (14 Pt RS 33 Robinia pseudoacacia Black Locust Harvey Terrace)
5 The Oval Pt RS 159 Quercus palustris Pin Oak
7 The Oval Pt RS 159 Quercus palustris Pin Oak
8 The Oval Lt 17 DP 394814 Tilia x vulgaris Common Lime
10 The Oval Lt 18 DP 394814 Platanus x acerifolia London Plane
15 Thornycroft Street Lt 1 DP 45281 Fagus sylvatica European Beech
23 Thornycroft Street Lt 35 DP 9710 Tilia x vulgaris Common Lime 2 trees
23 Thornycroft Street Lt 35 DP 9710 Ulmus procera English Elm
14 Thorrington Road Lt 1 DP 11381 Nothofagus solandri Black Beech 6 trees
20 Thurlestone Place Lt 2 DP 44500 Tilia x vulgaris Common Lime
117 / Totara Street Lt 1 DP 40033 Tilia x vulgaris Common Lime F2
135A Totara Street Lt 2 DP 20501 Quercus robur English Oak
38 Truro Street (Van Pt RS 144 Quercus robur English Oak 4 Trees Asch College)
38 Truro Street (Van Pt RS 204 Quercus suber Cork Oak Asch College)
38 Truro Street (Van Pt RS 204 Araucaria Norfolk Island Palm Asch College) heterophylla
38 Truro Street (Van Pt RS 204 Platanus x acerifolia London Plane Asch College)
38 Truro Street (Van Pt RS 204 Morus nigra Black Mulberry Asch College)
38 Truro Street (Van Pt RS 204 Ulmus carpinifolia Smooth Leafed Elm Asch College)
38 Truro Street (Van Pt RS 204 Cedrus deodara Deodar Cedar Asch College)
38 Truro Street (Van Pt RS 204 Quercus robur English Oak Asch College)
38 Truro Street (Van Pt RS 204 Crataegus mexicana Mexican Thorn Asch College)
38 Truro Street (Van Pt RS 204 Photinia glabra Photinia Asch College)
38 Truro Street (Van Pt RS 204 Cedrus atlantica Blue Atlas Cedar Asch College) ‘Glauca'
38 Truro Street (Van Pt RS 204 Magnolia grandiflora Southern Magnolia Asch College)
38 Truro Street (Van Pt RS 204 Corynocarpus Karaka Asch College) laevigatus
38 Truro Street (Van Pt RS 204 Catalpa bignoniodes Indian Bean Tree Asch College)
38 Truro Street (Van Pt RS 144 Quercus cerris Turkey Oak Asch College)
38 Truro Street (Van Pt RS 144 Group of Natives Asch College)
24 Turners Road Lt 2 DP 38791 Juglans regia Common Walnut 4 trees
24 Turners Road Lt 2 DP 38791 Quercus robur English Oak
20 Twigger Street (not Lt 1 DP 21304 Ulmus glabra Wych Elm 231 Lincoln Road)
20 Twigger Street (not Lt 1 DP 21304 Ulmus procera English Elm 231 Lincoln Road)
40 Twigger Street (231 Lt 2 DP 73798 Quercus robur English Oak Lincoln Road) (was Pt RS 128)
40 Twigger Street (was Lt 4 DP 73798 Tilia x vulgaris Common Lime 231 Lincoln Road) (was Pt RS 128)
5 Wai-iti Terrace Lt 11 DP 8326 Cedrus deodara Deodar Cedar
30 Wai-iti Terrace Lt 4 DP 22983 Quercus robur English Oak
32 Wai-iti Terrace Lt 3 DP 22893 Quercus robur English Oak
35A Wai-wetu Street Lt 2 DP 15564 Tilia x vulgaris Common Lime
191/F2 Waimairi Road, 5 Lt 1 DP 24989; Lt 3 Fagus sylvatica Copper Beech on boundary Lynfield Avenue DP 24989 `Purpurea'
59 Wainui Street Lt 59 DP 14964 Pseudopanax Lancewood crassifolium
91 Wairakei Road Lt 1 DP 58411 Abies sp. Fir
Continued on the next page
Appendix 4 - Heritage/Notable Trees
Address Legal Description Species Common Name Comments
167 Wairakei Road Lt 1 DP 30748 Gingko biloba Maidenhair Tree
750 Wairakei Road Lt 3 DP 6411 Juglans regia Common Walnut
30 Wairarapa Terrace Pt Lt 51 DP 493 Cupressus torulosa Bhutan cypress
30 Wairarapa Terrace Pt Lt 50 DP 493 Sequoiadendron Wellingtonia giganteum
39 Waitikiri Drive Pt RS 1856 Sequoiadendron Wellingtonia 2 trees giganteum
71 Waitikiri Drive Lt 1 DP44575 Abies pinsapo Spanish Fir (Waitikiri Golf Course)
71 Waitikiri Drive Lt 1 DP44575 Cedrus atlantica Atlas Cedar (Waitikiri Golf Course)
71 Waitikiri Drive Lt 1 DP44575 Ligustrum lucidum Chinese Privet (Waitikiri Golf Course)
71 Waitikiri Drive Lt 1 DP44575 Quercus robur English Oak 2 trees (Waitikiri Golf Course)
130 Waltham Road Pt RS 176 Tilia x vulgaris Common Lime
63 Westgrove Avenue Lt 21 DP 47498 Juglans regia Common Walnut
11 Weston Road Lt 1 DP 23524 Fagus sylvatica Copper Beech `Purpurea'
51 Whiteleigh Avenue Lt 5 DP 73798 Acer pseudoplatanus Sycamore (was 231 Lincoln (was Pt RS 128) Road)
51 Whiteleigh Avenue Lt 5 DP 73798 Fraxinus excelsior English Ash (was 231 Lincoln (was Pt RS 128) Road)
51 Whiteleigh Avenue Lt 5 DP 73798 Quercus robur English Oak 4 trees (was 231 Lincoln (was Pt RS 128) Road)
51 Whiteleigh Avenue Lt 5 DP 73798 Tilia x vulgaris Common Lime (was 231 Lincoln (was Pt RS 128) Road)
51 Whiteleigh Avenue Lt 5 DP 73798 Ulmus procera English Elm 3 trees (was 231Lincoln (was Pt RS 128) Road)
61 Whiteleigh Avenue Lt 3 DP 73798 Quercus robur English Oak (was 231 Lincoln (was Pt RS 128) Road)
61 Whiteleigh Avenue Lt 3 DP 73798 Tilia x vulgaris Common Lime (was 231 Lincoln (was Pt RS 128) Road)
61 Whiteleigh Avenue Lt 3 DP 73798 Ulmus procera English Elm (was 231 Lincoln (was Pt RS 128) Road)
192 Wilsons Road Lt 7 DP 13454 Agathis australis Kauri
192 Wilsons Road Lt 7 DP 13454 Nothofagus fusca Red Beech
31 Witbrock Crescent Lt 23 DP 56135 Araucaria araucana Monkey Puzzle (Witbrock Reserve)
31 Witbrock Crescent Lt 23 DP 56135 Cupressus torulosa Bhutan cypress (Witbrock Reserve)
31 Witbrock Crescent Lt 23 DP 56135 Fagus sylvatica European Beech (Witbrock Reserve)
31 Witbrock Crescent Lt 23 DP 56135 Fraxinus excelsior Common Ash (Witbrock Reserve)
31 Witbrock Crescent Lt 23 DP 56135 Cedrus deodara Deodar Cedar (Witbrock Reserve) 31 Witbrock Crescent Lt 23 DP 56135 Tilia x vulgaris Common Lime (Witbrock Reserve) 45A Withells Road Lt 2 DP 33309 Acer pseudoplatanus Sycamore
1 Wood Lane Pt Lt 3 DP 21062 Fagus sylvatica Copper Beech `Purpurea'
1 Wood Lane Pt Lt 3 DP 21062 Liriodendron tulipifera Tulip Tree 2 trees
34 Woodham Road Lt 3 DP 10516 Cedus atlantica Atlas Cedar
Woodham Park Pt Lt 6 DP 7636 Acer negundo Box Elder
Woodham Park Pt Lt 6 DP 7636 Acer platanoides Norway Maple
Woodham Park Pt Lt 19 DP 7472 Acer pseudoplatanus Sycamore
Woodham Park Pt Lt 6 DP 7636 Ailanthus altissima Tree of Heaven 2 trees
Woodham Park Pt Lt 6 DP 7636 Cupressus Monterey Cypress macrocarpa
Woodham Park Pt Lt 6 DP 7636 Fagus sylvatica European Beech
Woodham Park Pt Lt 6 DP 7636 Fraxinus excelsior Golden Ash `Aurea'
Woodham Park Pt Lt 6 DP 7636 Fraxinus excelsior Weeping Ash `Pendula'
Woodham Park Pt Lt 19 DP 7472 Fraxinus oxycarpa Claret Ash `Raywoodii'
Woodham Park Pt Lt 6 DP 7636 Juglans regia Common Walnu 2 trees
Woodham Park Pt Lt 6 DP 7636 Liquidambar Sweetgum styraciflua
Woodham Park Pt Lt 26 DP 7472 Platanus orientalis Oriental Plane
Woodham Park Pt Lt 6 DP 7636 Pterocarya x Hybrid Wingnut rehderana
Woodham Park Pt Lt 6 DP 7636 Quercus canariensis Mirbeck's Oak hybrid
Woodham Park Pt Lt 19 DP 7472 Quercus dentata Daimyo Oak
Woodham Park Pt Lt 6 DP 7636 Quercus robur English Oak
Woodham Park Pt Lt 19 DP 7472 Quercus robur English Oak 2 trees
Woodham Park Pt Lt 6 DP 7636 Taxodium distichum Swamp Cypress
Woodham Park Pt Lt 6 DP 7636 Taxus baccata Yew
Woodham Park Pt Lt 19 DP 7472 Ulmus carpinifolia Smooth Leafed Elm
Woodham Park Pt Lt 6 DP 7636 Ulmus glabra Weeping Elm `Horizontalis'
Woodham Park Pt Lt 6 DP 7636 Ulmus procera English Elm 12 trees
295 Wooldridge Road Lt 1 DP 1529 Eucalyptus viminalis Manna Gum
Woolston Cemetery Pt Res 14 Acer pseudoplatanus Sycamore 2 trees (Rutherford Street)
Woolston Cemetery Pt Res 14 Fraxinus excelsior English Ash (Rutherford Street)
Woolston Cemetery Pt Res 14 Quercus robur English Oak (Rutherford Street)
Woolston Cemetery Pt Res 14 Tilia platyphlllos Broad Leafed Lime (Rutherford Street)
Woolston Cemetery Pt Res 14 Tilia `Petiolaris' Silver Pendent LIme 3 trees (Rutherford Street)
Woolston Cemetery Pt Res 14 Ulmus procera English Elm 2 trees (Rutherford Street)
Woolston Park Res 4330 Hippophae salicifolia Willow Leafed Sea Buckthorn
15 Worcester Boulevard Lt 13 DP 1003 Magnolia grandiflora Southern Magnolia
2 Worcester Street Pt TS 439 Podocarpus totara Totara
2 Worcester Street TS 423 Podocarpus totara Totara
2 Worcester Street TS 427 Tilia platyphyllos Red Twigged Lime `Rubra'
124 Worcester Street Lt 1 DP 7778 Chamaecyparis Lawson Cypress (Trinity Centre) lawsoniana
314 Worcester Street Pt Lt 1 DP 16661 Quercus palustris Pin Oak
154 Worcester Street TS 763 Acer pseudoplatanus Sycamore 2 trees (Christchurch Club)
154 Worcester Street TS 765 Acer pseudoplatanus Sycamore (Christchurch Club)
154 Worcester Street TS 764 Acer pseudoplatanus Sycamore (Christchurch Club)
7A Worsleys Road Lt 9 DP 44525 Quercus robur English Oa
7A Worsleys Road Lt 9 DP 44525 Tilia x vulgaris Common Lime
7B Worsleys Road Lt 9 DP 44525 Quercus robur English Oak
7B Worsleys Road Lt 9 DP 44525 Tilia x vulgaris Common Lime
67 Yaldhurst Road Lt 1 DP 65704 Aesculus Horse Chestnut hippocastanum
67 Yaldhurst Road Lt 1 DP 65704 Cedrus atlantica Blue Atlas Cedar `Glauca'
67 Yaldhurst Road Lt 1 DP 65704 Eucalyptus sp. Gum
67 Yaldhurst Road Lt 1 DP 65704 Fraxinus excelsior English Ash
67 Yaldhurst Road Lt 1 DP 65704 Quercus robur English Oak 2 trees
67 Yaldhurst Road Lt 1 DP 65704 Sequoia Coast Redwood sempervirens
67 Yaldhurst Road Lt 1 DP 65704 Sequoiadendron Wellingtonia giganteum
67 Yaldhurst Road Lt 1 DP 65704 Tilia x vulgaris Common Lime
67 Yaldhurst Road Lt 1 DP 65704 Ulmus procera English Elm 3 trees
69A/F6 Yaldhurst Road Lt 1 DP 29090 Cedrus deodara Deodar Cedar
Appendix 5 ‐ Assessment system for listing protected trees
Updated 14 November 2005
Appendix 5 - Assessment system for listing protected trees
Factors Points: 0 2 4 8 16 32
Historic Local area or Prominent trees Trees of neighbourhod associated with historical significance. historic / heritage importance to buildings or Chch region or places or early settlement important events. plantings.
Scientific No scientific Common Uncommon Significant tree Rare throughout Botanical or botanical locally throughout group or Rare New Zealand. value. but uncommon City. ecological throughout region. Important throughout association. Important seed / remnant of rest of City. Habitat or food propagating indigenous bush source for native material source. or vegetation fauna. for City area.
Importance Totally Tree in back Roadside or Tree in well Principal feature Landmark of of position in obscured by section, park tree or frequented public of important national landscape. trees, woodland etc trees growing place or private public place or importance. structures. more than in areas property. Fine well known Chch 50% where other avenue or street landmark. obscured. trees are plantings. scarce.
Cultural Planted by Planted by Tree well known Tree well known Social No cultural, unknown well known throughout throughout region Tree well known Spiritual social, person/s person or Christchurch to to be of cultural nationally to be Recreational spiritual or commemorate event of local be of cultural etc etc significance. of cultural etc recreational minor cultural importance. significance. significance. values. etc event. Feature of Tree recreation represented as area. emblem or symbol.
Size (Crown Very large diameter x Very small - Small - Medium - Large - 250m 2 or more. Largest or one total height) less than 10m 2 to 50m 2 to 150m 2 to Very large of largest in or 10m 2 . 50m 2 . 150m 2 . 250m 2 or specimen or trunk New Zealand. exceptional largest tree in diameter trunk locality. exceptionally diameter. large for particular species.
Age Recent 5 - 50 years 50 - 100 100 - 150 years 150 years plus Oldest on planting. years record in New Zealand.
Form, Dying, dead, Poor Fair - Good form, Exceptionally Best or one of Condition bad structural condition or reasonable healthy good outstanding best examples defects or form but form, stable condition, specimen for of species in dangerous - treatable. condition, no making good Christchurch and New Zealand. protection not bad defects. growth or region. valid. interesting character.
Suitability in Obscured or Partially Reasonable Good Tree species and Classic and relation to causes obscures scale in juxtaposition and position nationally setting. damage to heritage relation to harmony with specifically recognised heritage object or buildings or important designed to example of objects, important significant buildings, objects enhance whole excellent buildings and structure or negative and grounds site. landscape other low visual values. landscape. design with important impact in trees. structures. relation to surrounds.
Functional Vital in greater value eg soil No functional 25% 50% 75% effective, 100% effective, public interest stabilisation, value. effective, effective, state function. state function. that function be noise state state maintained. amelioration, function. function. State function. screens unsightly views.
Appendix 6 ‐ Sign types
Updated 14 November 2005
Appendix 7 ‐ Area of outdoor advertisements
Updated 14 November 2005
Part 11 Health and Safety
1.0 Control of Noise
Updated 14 November 2005
Guide to using these rules Step 1 Establish which zone the activity is in, and then whether this zone is a Group 1, 2 or 3 zone, or a Rural Quarry Zone (Clause 1.3.2). Step 2 Having established what group the zone is in, then determine whether the noise generated by the activity will exceed the standards specified in Table 1 for that zone. Step 3 If the activity does not meet any of the development standards specified (Group 1 and 3 zones only) application will need to be made for a resource consent, assessed as a discretionary activity, with the exercise of the Council's discretion limited to noise matters only. Step 4 If the activity does not meet any of the relevant critical standards specified, (Group 1, Group 2 and Rural Quarry Zones only) application will need to be made for a resource consent, assessed as a non-complying activity. Note: Where an activity on a site adjoins a site which is in another zone group, the more restrictive standard applies on the site boundary. This rule applies on the opposite side of intervening roads or railways. (See Clause 1.3.1 (b)) Step 5 Check whether any general exclusions to the rules apply (Clause 1.2.3) or any specific exceptions to the zone rules (Clause 1.3.4): (a) Ruapuna Raceway or Carrs Road Raceway (b) Entertainment Precinct (c) Outdoor concerts and events (d) Temporary and short term events
If the activity does not meet the standard specified in clause 1.3.5(b) application will need to be made for a resource consent assessed as a discretionary activity with the exercise of the Council's discretion limited to noise matters only.
If the activity does not meet the relevant standards specified in clause 1.3.5(a), (c) and (d) application will need to be made for a discretionary activity.
If all of the relevant standards are met, the activity shall be a permitted activity in respect to noise.
1.1 Statement
Updated 22 May 2006
Noise is one of the principal factors which can adversely affect appreciation of amenity. Noise is a complex "effect" which can be difficult to assess objectively, but which has become part of district scheme planning and now resource management.
The rules recognise that the underlying pattern of land use activities has given rise to different noise environments within the city. These range from "quiet" living, open space and rural environments, to "noisy" business or quarry environments, for example. Some zones have a "transitional" noise character between these two environments. In reality there are numerous complicating factors affecting "background" or ambient noise in these environments, including traffic movement. In general, the rules are aimed at ensuring noise levels from particular activities do not greatly exceed the ambient levels in the zone concerned. However, the rules also recognise that where existing commercial, industrial or recreation activities adjoin living environments, there will be a greater level of noise intrusion than in living areas generally. Similarly, there will also be greater noise intrusion near major transport infrastructure, such as arterial roads, railways and airports. The rules focus on four factors; the average noise level over a 24 hour period; cyclic variations within this period; day and night levels (the latter being more sensitive) and finally the maximum levels acceptable.
The rules applicable are city rule standards for zones, incorporating the above factors, and developed with regard to New Zealand Standard 6801. There are three levels of standards set out in the City Plan with specified exceptions based on particular activities or the sensitivity of the zone environment to noise intrusion. The controls on exceeding noise levels depend generally on the sensitivity of the zone environment.
The rules on noise do not apply to motor vehicles, trains or aircraft, and a limited range of other activities as set out in Clause 1.2.3. Control of these effects is either inappropriate under the scope of the Act, or can be more appropriately dealt with under the provisions of the enforcement powers in Part 12 of the Act. However, some work will be undertaken in the future on road noise impacts in respect of road surfacing, as part of dealing with traffic noise.
New Zealand Transport Agency is participating in the development of guidelines on road traffic noise and it is intended that these will apply to state highway improvements adjacent to residential buildings, general residential activities and teaching environments.
Some particularly noisy activities (e.g. quarrying, aircraft testing and motor sports) unavoidably involve exclusions, separation distances or specific standards to deal with their particular noise effects.
Specific provisions relating to requirements for protection from aircraft noise are contained separately in the Rural 2, 4, 5, 6 and Quarry Zones, Living 1, 2, 5 and Living 1E Zones, part of the Business 5 Zone, Special Purpose (Airport ) Zone, Special Purpose (Wigram) Zone and Open Space 3D Zone.
This section also includes a rule limiting the amount of aircraft noise that can be generated by aircraft movements associated with Christchurch International Airport. At the 65dBA Ldn noise contour, CIA will be required to limit aircraft noise to 65 dBA Ldn. This limit equates to the utilisation of the existing runways at full capacity. Environmental results anticipated (a) Minimised effects of noise in or on residential environments including from noise sources in other zones, but with potentially higher noise outcomes on the interface with noise generating environments such as the International Airport, arterial roads, railways, business zones, existing commercial activities and specialised recreation activities. (b) The establishment of non residential activities in living zones and other noise sensitive zone environments, but only where these have noise levels compatible with the surrounding amenities of occupants in the living zone environment. (c) The protection of the health and amenity of workers and visitors from excessive noise in business environments, while recognising potentially higher noise intrusion in these environments. (d) The protection of rural, open space and passive recreational environments from unreasonable noise, particularly where this would detract from the amenities of residents and passive recreation. (e) The avoidance of exposure to airport noise through limitations on the number of potential dwellings able to establish in proximity to the International Airport, recognising the high noise levels generated from the operations at these facilities. (f) Maintenance and enhancement of amenity values and the quality of the environment for people living near Christchurch International Airport by management of aircraft operations so as to limit noise to a specified maximum level. (g) The avoidance of exposure to noise from specialised noisy activities such as quarries, motor sports and aircraft engine testing facilities, by limitations on the location of dwellings in close proximity to these activities, or noise attenuation at source, or a combination thereof. (h) The protection, to the maximum extent practicable, of residences from noise resultant from rural land use practices, such as bird scaring devices, helicopter frost clearance and other rural land use management activities, through policies in the Plan and enforcement action where appropriate, rather than city plan rules. (i) A higher degree of protection from noise during night hours throughout the city, when the effects of noise intrusion are greatest. (j) The protection of amenities from noise which may be intermittent but of high impact, or of a character duration or timing which creates particular disturbance.
1.2 General rules
Updated 14 November 2005
1.2.1 Measurement, calcula on and applica on of sound levels Updated 31 May 2013
For the purposes of the application of these rules, and except where otherwise stated, measurement and calculation of the levels of sound emission from any activity shall be as follows: (i) method of sound level measurement and descriptions and definitions used shall be in accordance with NZS 6801:1991 "Measurement of Sound";
(ii) in relation to rule 1.3.5 (ii) (Volume 3 Part 11), method of sound level measurement and definitions used shall be in accordance with NZS6801:2008 (Acoustics - Measurement of Environmental Sound) and NZS6802:2008 (Acoustics - Environmental Sound) except that provisions in NZS6802 referring to Special Audible Characteristics and Duration shall not be applied . (ii i ) when calculations are necessary for the prediction of sound level emissions from an activity for the purposes of design or assessment of the activity, then the calculations shall be applied at the boundaries of the site which contains the activity, except as provided for under Clause 1.3.1(b).
For the purpose of applying these rules, the noise level standards shall apply at any point on and beyond the boundary of the site containing an activity generating noise, except as provided under Clauses 1.3.1 and 1.3. 1.3.5 . Except where otherwise defined in these rules, "boundaries" means the boundaries of a "site" as defined in this Plan; or the boundaries of any lease or other agreement with the land owner; and the vertical extension of these boundaries. Where these rules refer to any location on or beyond the boundaries, this shall be deemed to include any one or more locations on a boundary, or beyond a boundary. (Plan Change 52 Council Decision)
1.2.2 Special provisions for the control of noise Updated 14 November 2005
Where an activity, which because of its unusual or specialised character or levels of noise effects; and for which it would be impracticable to specify standards, and/or which circumstances could not have been foreseen by the Plan, generates excessive noise, the Council may, notwithstanding whether or not the activity complies with these rules or is subject to the exclusions under Clause 1.2.3, initiate procedures under Part 12 of the Act (Declarations, enforcement and ancillary powers) and in particular under section 327 of the Act.
1.2.3 Exclusions Updated 11 July 2011
The rules in Clauses 1.3.1, 1.3.2 and Table 1 do not apply to: (a) traffic noise on "roads" (as defined in the Transport Act 1962); (b) trains, including at railway yards, railway sidings or stations; and tramways existing at the date of notification of the City Plan; (c) aircraft testing and aircraft maintenance where this is carried out within the Special Purpose (Airport) Zone; (d) helicopter landing and takeoff within the Special Purpose (Airport) Zone or which are permitted activities in the Special Purpose (Wigram) zones; and up to three takeoffs and three landings per year in any site in the Open Space 2 Zone, or ten in the Open Space 3, 3A, 3B, or 3C zones; or elsewhere at any time for medical or emergency purposes; (e) jet boating (on the Waimakariri River only); (f) farm vehicles and farm equipment (except fixed motors or equipment); (g) sports events not involving the use of powered machinery, amplification, or explosives as defined in Schedule 1 of the Hazardous Substances Rules (Part 11, Clause 3); and non-commercial private social gatherings; (h) domestic animals (including dogs, cats, poultry and caged birds);
(i) construction activities; (j) spontaneous social activities and children's play (but not including pre-schools in Living Zones); (k) temporary military training activities. (l) aircraft movements. Note: Rule 1.3.5 controls noise from aircraft operations.
1.2.4 Aircraft noise
Updated 22 May 2006
1.2.4.1 Aircraft noise exposure Updated 22 May 2006
Special rules relating to requirements for protection from aircraft noise in the vicinity of the Christchurch International Airport are contained in the Rural 2, 4, 5, 6 and Quarry Zones, Living 1, 2, 5 and Living 1E Zones and the Open Space 3D Zone.
1.2.4.2 Aircraft noise monitoring Updated 22 May 2006
CIAL shall annually provide the Council's Environmental Services Manager the result of calculations based upon monitored aircraft movements for the preceding year and the known noise characteristics of those aircraft. These calculations will be performed by a person with appropriate qualifications and experience in airport noise modelling and acoustics assessments. The provided results shall be verified by noise measurements and shall be in the form of a 65dBA Ldn contour representing the noise created by aircraft operations over that year (other than movements of a kind excluded in the Aircraft Noise Rule 1.3.5) superimposed upon a copy of the plan forming Appendix 3 to Part II of this Plan. The measurement of aircraft sound exposure and the resultant derivation of a 65 dBA Ldn shall be in accordance with NZS 6805:1992.
1.3 Specific rules ‐ Noise control
Updated 14 November 2005
1.3.1 Standards for the control of noise on zone boundaries Updated 15 October 2012
The provisions in 1.3.2 and 1.3.3.1 apply only to noise standards in Table 1 in Clause 1.3.3 that are specified for groups of zones according to the zone environment and its sensitivity to noise. They do not apply to special standards for quarry zones, to standards for the Central City, or to exceptions for land use activities generating higher noise levels.
Development Standards (a) Where an activity is located on a site included in one particular zone grouping (Clause 1.3.2), and adjoins the boundary of a site included in another zone grouping, the noise standards applicable at the common boundary of the sites shall be those of the zone grouping that has the lower (more restrictive) specified noise standard. Note: Where a site is divided by a zone boundary then each part of the site divided by the zone boundary shall be treated as a separate site for the purpose of these rules. (b) For the purposes of these rules, for that part of a site adjoining a Special Purpose (Road), Special Purpose (Pedestrian Precinct) or Special Purpose (Rail) zone, any zone directly opposite the site on the other side of the road, rail or pedestrian precinct zone shall be regarded as the adjoining zone boundary and the provisions of clause 1.3.1(a) shall apply. (c) In the case of any activity within the Rural (Quarry) Zone, the noise standards in these rules shall be applied at the boundaries of any site where mineral extraction activities (including the operation of motor vehicles on the site) are carried out, or at the notional boundary of any dwelling site. Notwithstanding Clause 1.3.1(a), for the purposes of these rules; (i) The requirements applicable at the boundary of the Business 4 Zone (Peer/Athol/Brodie Streets) may be exceeded by no more than 5dBA (night-time only). (ii) The Group 1 zone noise limits shall apply to noise from any site in the Business 8 Zone that is
received at or within the boundaries of any property in the Living 1 Zones, or at the notional boundary of any dwelling in the Open Space 2 and Rural 5 Zone. Note : For the purposes of this rule the notional boundary of any dwelling site shall be a line 20m metres from the facade of any dwelling or the legal boundary where this is closer to the boundary.
1.3.2 Noise standards ‐ Zone groupings and sites containing scheduled activities for all zones outside the Central City
Updated 15 October 2012 (a) Group 1 Zones (most noise sensitive zones) include: • All living zones except the Living 5 Zone • All rural zones (except Rural Quarry Zone) • Business 4T Zone • All conservation zones • All open space zones, except the Open Space 3 and 3B Zones and that part of Open Space 3D (Isaac Conservation Park) Zone where quarrying is provided for in the Plan (ICP/Q Activity Area) • All cultural zones • Special Purpose (Hospitals) Zone • Special Purpose (Ferrymead) Zone - Areas A, B and C • All scheduled activities except scheduled service stations and fire stations • All parts of the Special Purpose (Road) or Special Purpose (Rail) Zones within 50m of a living or rural zone boundary (b) Group 2 Zones (moderately noise sensitive zones) include: • Living 5 Zone • Business 1, 2, 2P, 3B, 4, 4P, Retail Park and 6 zones (except Moorhouse Central BRP Zone, as identified in (c) below) • Special Purpose (Ferrymead) Zone - Area D • Special Purpose (Landfill) Zone • Special Purpose (Transfer Station) Zone • Scheduled service stations and fire stations • Open Space 3 and 3B Zones (c) Group 3 Zones (least noise sensitive zones) include: • Business 3, 5, 8 and Retail Park Zones (Moorhouse Central only, being the area bounded by Moorhouse Avenue, the railway corridor, Antigua Street and Colombo Street) • Business 7 Zone • Special Purpose (Airport) Zone • Any part of the Special Purpose (Road) or Special Purpose (Rail) Zone which is more than 50m from a living or rural zone boundary • Special Purpose (Wigram) Zone • Cultural 3 zone • Conservation 3 Zone
1.3.3 Noise Standards for all zones outside the Central City Updated 31 July 2012 (a) Any activity which complies with any relevant development or critical standards specified in Table 1 shall be a permitted activity. (b) Development Standards Any activity which does not comply with any relevant development standards specified in Table 1 shall be a discretionary activity, with the exercise of the Council's discretion limited to matters related to noise. (c) Critical Standards Any activity which does not comply with any relevant critical standards specified in Table 1 shall be a non- complying activity. (d) Explanation of Noise Standards in Table 1 For the purposes of these rules, when sound emissions from any activity are being calculated, measured or assessed, the following sound classifications and descriptions shall be used with reference to NZS 6801 : 1991 "Measurement of Sound":
(i) Steady sound L 10 (1 hour)
(ii) Steady sound operating over a 24 hour period Ldn
(iii) Steady sound level with stepped variations of level L eq (1 hour)
(iv) Cyclic sound L eq (1 hour)
(v) Fluctuating sound L eq (1 hour)
(vi) Any sound emission L max
(vii) "Daytime" means 0700 - 2200 hours, except in the Rural (Quarry) Zone where it means 0700 - 1800 hours Mondays to Saturdays inclusive.
(viii) "Night time" means 2200 - 0700 hours, except in the Rural (Quarry) Zone where it means 1800 - 0700 hours.
(ix) "Sunday" means any Sunday or other day defined in New Zealand law as a Sunday.
Table 1
Development Standards Critical Standards
Group 1 Zones Daytime Night-time Ldn Daytime Night-time Ldn
(including L 10 49dBA 42dBA 50dBA L 10 60dBA 48dBA 59dBA scheduled activities) Refer L eq 50dBA 41dBA L eq 57dBA 49dBA Clause 1.3.2 (a)
L max 75dBA 65dBA L max 85dBA 75dBA
Group 2 Zones N/A L 10 60dBA 48dBA 59dBA
(including L eq 57dBA 49dBA scheduled activities) Refer L max 85dBA 75dBA Clause 1.3.2 (b)
Group 3 Zones Daytime Night-time Ldn N/A
Refer Clause 1.3.2 L 10 60dBA 48dBA 59dBA (c)
L eq 57dBA 49dBA
L max 85dBA 75dBA
Rural (Quarry) Zone N/A Daytime Night-time Ldn and Open Space Mon-Sat and 3D (Isaac Sunday Conservation Park) Zone ICP/Q Activity L 10 55dBA 40dBA 54dBA Area only L max n/a 75dBA
1.3.3.1 Acoustic insulation ‐ Living 3 and 4 Zones outside the Central City Updated 31 July 2012
Any new habitable space within any residential unit, traveller' accommodation, or elderly persons' housing complex:
(a) Within 20 metres of the edge of the nearest marked traffic lane of a Collector Road, or (b) Within 40 metres of the edge of the nearest marked traffic lane of a Minor Arterial, or Major Arterial Road shall achieve a minimum external to internal noise reduction of 30 dBA (Dtr, 2m, nT).
Note: Compliance with this rule may be achieved by ensuring any construction is in accordance with the acceptable solutions listed in Part 11, Appendix 1. In the Living 3 and Living 4 Zones outside the Central City no alternative ventilation is required in situations where the rule is only met with windows closed. Alternatively, compliance with the rule can be achieved through certification by a qualified acoustic engineer that the design is capable of achieving compliance with the performance standard.
Where no traffic lane is marked, the distances stated shall be measured from 2m on the roadward side of the formed kerb. The location of Collector Roads and Minor and Major Arterial Roads is identified in Appendices 3 and 4 to Part 8.
1.3.4 Noise Standards for all zones within the Central City Updated 31 July 2012 (a) Any activity which complies with any relevant development standards specified in Table 2 shall be a permitted activity. (b) Development Standards
Any activity which does not comply with any relevant development standards specified in Table 2 shall be a restricted discretionary activity, with the exercise of the Council's discretion limited to the listed Assessment Matters related to noise. (c) For the purposes of this Rule, the following definitions apply: (i) “Daytime" means 0700 - 2200 hours (7:00 am to 10:00 pm). (ii) “Night time" means 2200 - 0700 hours (10:00 pm to 7:00 am). (iii) "Sunday" means any Sunday or other day defined in New Zealand law as a Sunday. (iv) “Discrete” means not directly associated with a premises or site. (d) For the purposes of this Rule, where a site in the Central City on which an activity is located adjoins a road, open space or conservation zone, or any combination of these zones, the measurement and assessment point for noise shall be at the premise or site at the far side of the road, open space or conservation zone, or the combination of these zones. (e) For the purposes of this Rule, where an activity is located within the Central City, and adjoins the boundary of a site included in another zone grouping outside the Central City, the noise standards applicable at the boundary of the sites shall be those of the zone grouping that has the lower (more restrictive) specified noise standard. (f) For the purposes of (e), where the site on which the activity is located adjoins a Special Purpose (Road) zone, any site in another zone grouping on the other side of the road that is directly opposite the activity site shall be regarded as the adjoining site. (g) For the purposes of this Rule, Category 1 and Category 2 areas are those areas set out on Planning Map 39H “Noise Environments”. Category 3 covers the remainder of the Central City.
Table 2 - Central City Noise Standards
Category 1: Higher Noise Level Entertainment and Hospitality Precincts
(a) Noise emitted by any activity within a Category 1 precinct shall not exceed the following levels when received at any other premises or site within a Category 1 precinct.
(i) Activities LAeq (15 60 dB other than min ) (24 hour assessment discrete period) outdoor entertainment events
LAFmax Daytime Night-time 85 dB 75 dB
(ii) Discrete LAeq (15 65 dB outdoor min ) (24 hour assessment entertainment period) events
LAFmax Daytime Night-time 85 dB 85 dB
(b) Noise emitted by any activity in a Category 1 Entertainment and Hospitality Precinct shall not exceed the limits specified for Category 3 areas when received at any premises or site within any Category 3 area.
Category 2: Lower Noise Level Entertainment and Hospitality Precincts
(a) Noise emitted by any activity in a Category 2 precinct shall not exceed the following levels when received at any other premises or site within a Category 2 precinct.
LAeq (15 0700-2300 2300-0700 min ) hr hrs 55 dB 50 dB (1 hour (1 hour assessment assessment period) period)
LAFmax 0700-2300 2300-0700 hr hrs 85 dB 75 dB
(b) Noise emitted by any activity in a Category 2 Entertainment and Hospitality Precinct shall not exceed the limits specified for Category 3 areas when received at any premises or site within any Category 3 area.
Category 3 areas: All Central City areas other than Category 1 and 2 Entertainment and Hospitality Precincts
(a) Noise emitted by any activity in any area of the Central City that is not a Category 1 and 2
Entertainment and Hospitality Precinct shall not exceed the following levels when received at any other premises or site that is not within a Category 1 or 2 Entertainment and Hospitality Precinct.
LAeq (15 Daytime Night-time min ) 55 dB 45 dB (1 hour (1 hour assessment assessment period ) period )
LAFmax 85 dB 75 dB
Advice Note:
Compliance with the noise limits in Table 2 relating to entertainment and hospitality activities may require assessment of the ability of individual site design and building construction to attenuate noise to the required level e.g. noise lobbies, “sound ceilings” or other means, or certification by an experienced acoustic consultant.
(h) Category 1 and 2 areas, the Central City Business Zone, the Central City Mixed Use Zone and any Business 1 Zones within the Central City - Protection of Noise Sensitive Activities.
Any habitable space within any residential unit, elderly persons' housing unit or complex, travellers’ accommodation, education activity or health facility, shall achieve a minimum external to internal noise reduction of 30 dBA (Dtr, 2m, nT).
Note: Compliance with this performance standard shall be achieved by: i. Conformance with the schedule of typical building construction set out in Appendix 1 to Part 11; or ii. An acoustic design certificate signed by a suitably qualified acoustic engineer stating the design proposed is capable of achieving compliance with the above performance standard. (* Refer to Vol. 3, Part 1, Definitions: External Sound Insulation Level)
For the purposes of this Rule, "habitable space" in relation to health facilities and educational facilities includes rooms which are normally occupied frequently or for extended periods. (i) Living 4A, 4B and 4C and Living 5 Zones - Protection of Noise Sensitive Activities
Any new habitable space within any residential unit, travellers’ accommodation, or elderly persons’ housing unit or complex, within 40 metres of the edge of the nearest marked traffic lane of a road classified as a Distributor Street, or Avenue (Bealey, Fitzgerald, and Moorhouse Avenues) shall achieve a minimum external to internal noise reduction of 30 dBA (Dtr, 2m, nT).
Note: Compliance with this Rule may be achieved by ensuring any construction is in accordance with the acceptable solutions listed in Part 11, Appendix 1. In the Living 4A, 4B and 4C and Living 5 Zones no alternative ventilation is required in situations where the Rule is only met with windows closed. Alternatively, compliance with the Rule can be achieved through certification by a qualified acoustic engineer that the design is capable of achieving compliance with the performance standard.
Where no traffic lane is marked, the distances stated shall be measured from 2m on the roadward side of the formed kerb. The location of Distributor Streets and Avenues is identified in Appendix 4b - Central City: Transport Environments in Volume 3 Part 8. (j) Development standards - construction noise
At any site in the Central City, the development standards in Tables 3a and 3b shall apply to construction work as defined in NZS 6803:1999 Acoustics- Construction Noise ("the Standard"), when measured and assessed in accordance with the Standard.
All construction noise shall be managed in general accordance with the Standard. For construction work that is carried out at any location for longer than 14 consecutive days, a Construction Noise Management Plan (CNMP) shall be implemented which follows the recommendations of Section 8 and Annex E of the Standard.
Any activity that does not comply with the relevant development standards specified in Table 3a or 3b shall be a discretionary activity, with the exercise of the Council's discretion limited to matters related to construction noise (refer to section 11 Clauses 1.4.2 - 1.4.4).
TABLE 3a
Limits for construction noise received at any other site which contains a residential activity, travellers' accommodation, education activity, hospital, health facility, elderly persons' housing unit or complex.
Table 3a
Time of Time Week Period Duration of Work Typical Short- Long- duration term term (dBA) duration duration (dBA) (dBA)
Leq Lmax Leq Lmax Leq Lmax
Weekdays 0630- 60 75 65 75 55 75 0730
0730- 75 90 80 95 70 85 1800
1800- 70 85 75 90 65 80 2000
2000- 45 75 45 75 45 75 0630
Saturdays 0630- 45 75 45 75 45 75 0730
0730- 75 90 80 95 70 85 1800
1800- 45 75 45 75 45 75 2000
2000- 45 75 45 75 45 75 0630
Sundays 0630- 45 75 45 75 45 75 and 0730 Public holidays 0730- 55 85 55 85 55 85 1800
1800- 45 75 45 75 45 75 2000
2000- 45 75 45 75 45 75 0630
TABLE 3b
Development standards - limits for construction noise received at any occupancy or activity not controlled by Table 3a
Table 3b
Time Period Duration of Work Typical Short- Long- duration term term duration duration
Leq Leq Leq (dBA) (dBA) (dBA)
0730- 75 80 70 1800
1800- 80 85 75 0730
In Tables 3a and 3b, “Duration of Work” is defined as follows: (a) “Short-term duration” means construction work at any one location for up to 14 consecutive days (b) “Typical duration” means construction work at any one location for more than 14 consecutive days but less than 20 consecutive weeks (c) “Long-term duration” means construction work at any one location for more than 20 consecutive weeks
1.3.5 Special exceptions to these rules Updated 31 May 2013
(Plan Change 52 Council Decision)
(a) Open Space 3 Zone (Ruapuna Raceway Motorsport Park and Carrs Road Raceway ) Notwithstanding the provisions of Clause 1.3.3 and Table 1 the following exception shall apply: Community standards Any activity which exceeds the standard specified below, shall be a discretionary activity. (i) Carrs Road Raceway 1. On not more than 120 days in any one calendar year, excluding Christmas Day and Boxing Day, operational noise levels shall not exceed 85dBA L max and 65 dBA L 10 (1 hour) between 0900 and 1700 hours except that these noise limits shall apply between 0900 and 1800 hours for official kart racing events that are fixed in the published annual calendar of the Christchurch Kart Club. 2. Operational noise levels of 85dBA L max and 65 dBA L 10 (1 hour) shall apply between the hours of 1300 and 1700 on one weekday in each week that is fixed in the published annual calendar of the Christchurch Kart Club. For the purpose of this rule • All noise levels are to be applied at the notional boundary of a residential unit, where "notional boundary" is defined in NZS6801:1991 "Measurement of Sound" as . . . "a line 20 metres from the facade of any rural dwelling or the legal boundary where this is closer to the dwelling." • Any reference to weekday shall mean between Monday and Friday excluding public holidays. • "Official kart racing events" shall mean those that comply as a KartSport New Zealand race meeting with a status of Group A to Group G event. Such events are identified, sanctioned and conducted in accordance with the KartSport New Zealand rules. (ii) Ruapuna Raceway Operational noise levels of 90dBA L max and 65dBA L 10 (1 hour) to apply between the hours
of 0900 and 2200 hours on any day of the calendar year, except that:
• for up to 200 days in any calendar year, the permitted levels shall be 95dBA L max and 80dBA L 10 (1 hour), between the hours of 0900 and 2300; • for up to 15 of those 200 days, these activities shall be permitted up to 2400 hours; • on up to 5 of those 200 days, no L max level shall be applied. All levels are to be applied at the boundaries of the Park. At all other times, the levels of the Open Space 3 Zone shall apply. (ii) Ruapuna Motorsport Park Activity at Ruapuna Motorsport Park shall occur in accordance with the following: 1. Non-motorised activities shall be permitted where they meet all of the following criteria: • noise levels at the boundary shall not exceed 75dBA LAmax or 50dBA LAeq; • hours of operation shall be between the hours of 9am - 10pm; • use of a public address system or other amplified sound shall not occur for more than 30 minutes per day. 2. Motorised activities shall be permitted: • on any weekday at the racetrack; • for not more than 10 days per year at the speedway; and • on any day at the radio control car track for practice and racing of electric vehicles only, and on not more than 50 days for any race event at the radio control car track including vehicles with internal combustion engines; where they meet all of the following criteria: • noise levels at the boundary do not exceed 90dBA LAmax or 65dBA LAeq; • hours of operation shall be between the hours of 9am - 6pm; • use of a public address system or other amplified sound shall occur only during a race event. This rule does not apply to the PA system within the pit area where it is used to convey information to drivers and to maintain track safety. 3. Motorised activities shall be permitted • at the racetrack: on any Saturday or Sunday plus a further 50 days per year; • at the speedway: for not more than 15 race events and 5 practice days per year (in addition to activities permitted by Clause 1.3.5(ii)(2); where they meet all of the following criteria: • noise levels at the boundary shall not exceed 95dBA LAmax or 80dBA LAeq except as provided for below; • hours of operation shall be between: - 9am - 6pm at the racetrack Monday to Thursday and Fridays except as provided below; - 9am - 8pm at the racetrack Saturday, Sunday and five Fridays; - 12 noon to 10pm for race events at the speedway; - 12 noon to 6pm for practice days at the speedway; • use of a public address system or other amplified sound shall occur only during a race event at the speedway or at the racetrack on days specified in this clause. This sub clause does not apply to the PA system within the pit area where it is used to convey information to drivers and to maintain track safety; • race events at the racetrack shall only occur on Saturdays, Sundays and up to five Fridays per year; • motorised activities shall only occur at the racetrack and speedway track on the same day if motorised activities at both tracks ceases by 6pm. • Formula 5000s: noise levels at the boundary shall not exceed 105dBA LAmax or 90dBA LAeq. Activity involving F5000 vehicles shall not occur on more than four race days and two practice / testing days per year and there shall not be more than 90 minutes racing per day; • Drag racing: race events which exceed the noise levels and other criteria at 1.3.5(ii)(3) shall not occur for more than 8 days per year and shall not occur outside the hours of 9am - 6pm. Maximum noise levels at the boundary shall not exceed 105dBA LAmax or 80dBALAeq. • Between 1 October and 30 March in each year at least 10 weekend days will be scheduled in advance to be free of motorised activities and no motorised activities are permitted on those days. 4.(a) motorised activities at the racetrack and radio controlled car club are a non-complying activity on the following public holidays:
• Good Friday and Easter Monday; • ANZAC Day prior to 1pm; • Christmas Day and Boxing Day; and • New Years Day. (b) motorised activities at the speedway are a non-complying activity on the following public holidays: • Good Friday • ANZAC Day • Christmas Day and Boxing Day; and • New Years Day. For the purposes of this rule: • Noise from Ruapuna Motorsport Park shall be measured in accordance with New Zealand Standard NZS 6801:2008 Acoustics - Measurement of environmental sound, and assessed in accordance with NZS 6802:2008 Acoustics - Environmental noise, except that any penalty for special audible characteristics and/or duration (paragraphs 6.3 and 6.4) shall not apply. • Boundary shall mean the boundary of any site not within the OS3 (Ruapuna Raceway) zone. • The lessees of the Ruapuna Motorsport Park shall maintain a log of racing, training, practicing, testing, and all other events. The log is to be made available to the Council upon request and should include as a minimum: the type of activity, event name if applicable, and start/finish times. • Data from any permanent logger at Ruapuna Motorsport Park may be deemed sufficient to determine compliance. The location of the logger will be selected by the Council. • 'Race events' shall mean a contest of speed or time involving any motorised vehicle, between two or more vehicles competing either consecutively or concurrently and 'racing' is participating in a race event. Race events and racing shall specifically exclude testing, training, and practice sessions. • ‘Motorised activities’ shall mean any use of, or activity on the racetrack, speedway or radio control car track involving the operation of a vehicle, including a car, kart, truck, motorbike (including a trike or quad) or radio controlled car, powered by any type of engine. This includes, but is not limited to, racing, practising, testing, radio controlled cars, and driver training. • Any motorised or non-motorised activity occurring at Ruapuna Motorsport Park on any day for any length of time shall constitute a day of activity. • 'Practice' or 'practice session' shall mean any motorised activity directly associated with but not including racing, occuring within Ruapuna Motorsport Park. • A year shall mean the 12 month period from 1 July to the following 30 June. (Plan Change 52 Council Decision) (b) Outdoor amplified music concerts and events Community standards Any activities which exceed the standards specified below, shall be a discretionary activity . (i) Notwithstanding the provisions of Clause 1.3.2, the following exceptions shall apply to outdoor concerts and events in Jade Stadium, Queen Elizabeth II Park and Addington Showgrounds. In the case of outdoor amplified music concerts or events undertaken outside any buildings, not exceeding 3 days in any one calendar year, the sound level from activities on the land measured or assessed on an hourly basis at any one of the standard monitoring sites shall not exceed 65dBA L 10 between the hours of 0900 and 2230 on any occasion and the maximum sound level at such a point shall not exceed 85dBA L max during such times. Outside these days and times the levels shall meet those for the rest of the relevant zone. (ii) Notwithstanding the provisions of Clause 1.3.3 and 1.3.4 and Tables 1 and 2 the following exceptions shall apply to outdoor concerts and events held in the following venues: Hagley Park, City Mall, Victoria Square, New Regent Street, The Square. Noise from events shall not exceed the following limits when measured or assessed at any other property or place beyond the boundaries of the venue: Hagley Park
i. On up to 30 days per year, of which only 5 days may include music events extending beyond 22:30 (10.30pm). In any case, no event shall commence before 09:00 (9:00am) or finish later than 23:30 (11:30pm), except for New Year's Eve which shall finish at no later than 00:30 (12:30am) on New Year's Day. a. Events on 5 days which may extend beyond 22:30 (10:30pm): 75 dB LAeq (15 min) 1 hour assessment period, and 85 LAF max. b. Events on the further 25 days: 70 dB LAeq (15 min) 1 hour assessment period, and 85 LAF max. Except that fireworks which are part of any event shall be exempted from the LAF max limits. ii. Any other event shall not exceed the following limits when measured or assessed at any other property or place beyond the boundaries of the venue: a. Daytime: 50 dB LAeq (15 min) 1 hour assessment period, and 85 dB LAFmax. b. Night-time: 41 dB LAeq (15 min) 1 hour assessment period, and 75 dB LAFmax. The Square and Victoria Square On up to 120 days per year for The Square and 20 days for Victoria Square, provided that any event shall not commence before 09:00 (9:00 am) or finish later than 22:30 (10:30pm) on any of those days: 70 dB LAeq (15 min) 1 hour assessment period, and 85 LAF max. City Mall and New Regent Street On up to 80 days per year for City Mall and 20 days for New Regent Street, provided that any event shall not commence before 09:00 (9:00 am) or finish later than 22:30 (10:30pm) on any of those days: 55 dB LAeq (15 min) 1 hour assessment period, and 85 LAF max. Outside these days and times the levels shall meet those for the rest of the appropriate zone. For the purpose of this rule, any reference to "days" shall mean "days in any calendar year". (iii) Notwithstanding the provisions of Clause 1.3.3 and Table 1 the following exceptions shall apply to outdoor recreational activities permitted by Part 8 Clauses 9.3.4 (a) in Areas A of the Special Purpose (Wigram) zone. In the case of recreation events in the above areas not exceeding a total of 30 days in any one calendar year, provided that no more than three events be held in any one calendar month, the sound level from activities on the land measured or assessed on an hourly basis at or beyond the boundary of the site shall not exceed 65dBA Leq(1hr) between the hours of 0900 and 2230 on any occasion and the maximum sound level at such a point shall not exceed 85dBA L max during such times. Outside these days and times the levels shall meet those for the rest of the appropriate zone. Clarification of clause 1.3.4(c) : For the purposes of this rule, "outdoor amplified music concert or event" means any activity for any purpose, and undertaken outside any buildings which principally involves the use of musical amplification which is clearly audible at any other site or place, and includes any amplification system checks but excludes events at which music or music amplification is incidental to the primary activity, or is absent. Jade Stadium: • 350m to 550m from the southern boundary of the park; • 20m to 230m from the eastern boundary; • 200m to 500m from the northern boundary of the park. Queen Elizabeth II Park: • 20m to 130m from the north-eastern boundary of the park. Addington Showgrounds: • Within 200m of the north-east boundary of the showgrounds. (c) Temporary and short term events
Community standard Any activity which exceeds the standards specified above shall be a discretionary activity except that : Notwithstanding the provisions of Clause 1.3.3 and Table 1, the following exceptions shall apply to temporary or short term community events involving amplified music in the Cultural 1 Zone (Arts Centre only); the Cultural 2, 3 and 4 Zones; the Open Space 3B Zone (Riccarton and Addington Racecourses only); and the Open Space 2 Zone. (i) Between the hours of 0900 and 1900 the sound level measured or assessed on an hourly basis at or beyond the boundary of the site, shall not exceed 65dBA L 10 on any occasion, and the maximum sound level at such a point shall not exceed 85dBA L max , and: (ii) This exemption shall only apply on a maximum of 3 days in any one calendar year and one day per month; and outside these days and times the standards specified in the relevant zones (Clause 1.3.3 and Table 1) shall apply. (d) Special Purpose (Landfill) Zone Notwithstanding the provisions of Clause 1.3.3 and Table 1 the following exception shall apply: Any activity, which does not comply with any one or more of the critical standards for Group 2 Zones under Clause 1.3.3, shall be a non-notified controlled activity, with the Council's control limited to noise effects on recreational and residential activities.
1.3.6 Aircraft Noise Updated 22 May 2006
Critical Standard
CIAL shall manage the Christchurch International Airport so that the noise from aircraft operations does not exceed Ldn 65 dBA outside the Ldn 65dBA airport noise contour shown in Appendix 3 of Part 11.
Noise from aircraft operations shall be based on noise data from the Integrated Noise Model (INM) and records of actual aircraft operations at CIA. The noise level shall be calculated over the busiest three month period of the year.
Aircraft operations means: • the landing and take off aircraft at CIA • aircraft flying along any flight path associated with a landing or take off at CIA
The following activities are excluded from the definition of Aircraft Operations; • aircraft operating in an emergency for medical or national / civil defence reasons • air shows • military operations not associated with the Antartic programme • aircraft using the airport as an alternative to a scheduled airport elsewhere • aircraft taxiing • aircraft engine testing
Exceedence by up to 1dBA of the noise limit is permitted provided CIAL demonstrates at the request of, and to the satisfaction of, the Council that any such exceedence is due to a atypical weather patterns
1.4 Assessment matters for resource consents
Updated 14 November 2005
1.4.1 General Updated 14 November 2005 (a) The matters contained in Section 104 and 105, and in Part II of the Act, apply to consideration of all resource consents for land use activities.
(b) In addition to the matters contained in (a) above, the Council shall also apply the relevant assessment matters set out in Clause 1.4.2 below to discretionary activities.
1.4.2 Assessment matters for all zones including those within the Central City Updated 31 July 2012
In considering any application relating to exceeding specified noise levels or duration of noisy events, the Council shall, in deciding whether or not to grant consent or impose conditions, have regard to the following assessment matters. (a) The location of any nearby residential units, and the degree to which the amenities of residents may be adversely affected. (b) The nature of the zone within which the noise generating activity is located and its compatibility with the expected environmental results for that zone. (c) The nature of any adjoining zone, (where applicable) and the compatibility of the noise generating activity with the expected environmental results for that zone. (d) The length of time for which specified noise levels will be exceeded, particularly at night, with regard to likely disturbance that may be caused. (e) The likely adverse impacts of noise generating activities both on and beyond sites, on a site, on visitors, users of business premises, or on public places in the vicinity. (f) The extent to which the noise may detract from enjoyment of any recreation or conservation area. (g) The maximum level of noise likely to be generated, and the disturbance this may cause to people in the vicinity. (h) The nature, character and frequency of the noise likely to be generated, and the disturbance this may cause to people in the vicinity. (i) Whether the noise generated would be of such a level as to create a threat to the health or well- being of persons living or working in the vicinity. (j) The proposals made by the applicant to reduce noise generation, including: • reduction of noise at source; • alternative techniques or machinery which may be available; • insulation of machinery or cladding used in the building; • mounding or screen fencing/walls; • hours of operation. (k) The presence of planting as a means of visually screening the noise source, and reducing "perception" of noise. (l) The value and nature of entertainment activities and their benefit to the wider community, having regard to the frequency of noise intrusion and the practicality of mitigating noise, or utilising alternative sites. (m) The extent to which achieving the standard is practicable, given any existing activities which create noise, particularly on the interface with commercial, industrial or recreational activities. (n) The extent to which achieving the standard is practicable where the existing noise environment is subject to significant noise intrusion from road, rail or air transport activities. (o) The adequacy of information provided by the applicant. (p) Any relevant standards, codes of practice or assessment methods based on sound acoustic principles, including, when appropriate, NZS 6802:1991 "Assessment of Environmental Sound" for all areas except the Central City and NZS 6802:2008 “Acoustics - Environmental Noise” and NZS 6803:1999 “Acoustics - Construction Noise” for the Central City. (q) For the Central City only, the level of noise from the activity in relation to ambient noise in its vicinity. (r) For the Central City only, the reasonableness of the noise in terms of recommendations and guidelines for community health and amenity and sleep protection in terms of NZS 6802:2008 “Acoustics - Environmental Noise and the World Health Organisation’s Guidelines for Community Noise.
1.4.3 Assessment Matters for Central City Business and Mixed Use Zones and the B1 Zone within the Central City ‐ Protection of Noise Sensitive Activities Updated 31 July 2012 (a) The impact of any residential accommodation or educational activity that does not provide the required noise insulation on the ability of existing or future permitted business activities to
operate or establish without undue constraint.
(b) The location of any nearby business activities and the degree to which the amenities of the noise sensitive activities may be adversely affected.
1.4.4 Assessment Matters for Central City Living 4A, 4B and 4C and Living 5 Zones ‐ Protection of Noise Sensitive Activities Updated 31 July 2012 (a) The extent to which a reduced level of acoustic insulation may be acceptable due to mitigation of adverse noise impacts through other means, e.g. screening by other structures, or distance from noise sources. (b) The ability to meet the appropriate levels of acoustic insulation through alternative technologies or materials. (c) The provision of a report from an acoustic specialist which provides evidence that the level of acoustic insulation is appropriate to ensure the amenity of present and future residents of the site.
1.5 Reasons for rules
Updated 12 March 2012
The primary elements of the noise rules are: (a) The setting of a standard for zones where sensitivity to noise is likely to be high (Zone Group 1). (b) The setting of standards for zones where there is likely to be moderate or low sensitivity to noise and where there is greater potential for noise generation from activities within the zones (Zone Groups 2 and 3). (c) Relevant standards, codes of practice or assessment methods based on sound acoustic principles, including when appropriate NZS 6802 "Assessment of Environmental Sound".
These are then applied in terms of the zones and zone boundaries. The point of noise measurement has been defined to ensure that the noise levels can be required to comply on the boundary of any adjoining site, or at any point beyond the boundary to cover situations where the noise level is exceeded beyond the immediate boundary, except where roads are the boundary and the point of measurement can be directly opposite (as there are few adverse effects of noise on roads from adjoining land). The approach taken is to ensure that noise impacts are minimised in noise sensitive zones (such as living zones) or at the boundaries of these zones. In other zones noise levels are contained to acceptable levels but recognising that higher than "residential" noise levels are inevitable as part of the range of activities undertaken (e.g. business zones). There are specified exceptions in unavoidably high noise environments (e.g. motor sport venues) and for outdoor events such as concerts. A third exception relates to a defined precinct in the Cashel Street/Oxford Terrace area where high noise levels are associated with an aggregation of inner city bars.
Where adjoining sites are in different zone groups (with different standards) the lower, or more restrictive standard applies to the common zone interface to protect the amenities of the more sensitive zone. This is also extended to apply where zones adjoin across roads or railways, e.g. a living zone opposite a business (industrial) zone. A special exception is provided for the Business 4 Zone (Feltex) in Peer Street, which over the years has been surrounded by subsequent housing development and would have difficulty in meeting the standards in the Plan for a site adjoining a Living 1 Zone boundary. Accordingly, it may exceed the standards by up to 5dBA for night-time levels.
Noise is a matter which can be specifically addressed under the Act and is a key element of amenity values. Excessive noise is one of the environmental indicators that is most commonly recorded in complaints about adverse effects of activities. Control is required to ensure that activities do not create noise which disturbs enjoyment of residential properties, sleep, the use of public places, intrudes into the natural environment, or is of such a level that it is injurious to health.
In those areas where very high noise is periodically an unavoidable outcome, then the length of exposure to that noise, and adequate separation distances for residences are required.
The sound levels for use in determining the point at which an examination of the actual sound levels produced, or predicted to be produced, by an activity were chosen from information on average actual levels occurring in Christchurch in situations where no significant noise complaints were being received, or where no significant source of noise was apparent. In general terms they could be considered to be sound levels at which the majority of persons would consider the sound level to be reasonable. This does not mean that they are actual levels that exist, without complaint, in each and every circumstance in every area to which they apply. Where possible they are levels which are not influenced by passing traffic and could be seen to represent sound levels experienced close to buildings in living zones rather than at the boundary. They are indicative of the levels above which there is a need to examine more closely the source of the sound for possible mitigation measures.
The rules are set with regard to the provisions of the New Zealand Standard NZS 6801: 1991 Measurement of Sound, and in general measurements to determine compliance with the standards contained in the Plan must be undertaken in accordance with these standards as applicable. It should be appreciated that noise performance standards provide some degree of certainty for the design of new buildings and equipment to meet the standards and for those in a possible recipient situation to know what the expected sound levels in the particular area could be in the future. Compliance with such standards may not mean that there are not complaints regarding noise from certain activities but such cases can be investigated under the provisions of the Act.
Account is also taken of the ambient, or background noise levels in the vicinity in setting the three levels of noise comprising the industrial and residential standards. The former takes account of the needs to balance the economic realities of business activities - the latter emphases the dominance of "peace and quiet" in a living environment.
Two basic standards have been developed, in recognition of the differing sensitivities to noise which are considered likely within the three main zone groupings. The standards for the most sensitive zone group are correspondingly more stringent than for the other two groups and this is reflected by the status given to activities which exceed the standards. On this basis, activities which produce noise in excess of the specified standard would be: - non-complying within the most noise sensitive and moderately sensitive zone groupings; but - discretionary within the least noise sensitive zones.
Specialised provision has been made for noise standards in quarry zones because of the particular noise problems associated with rural quarrying and processing of aggregates. This recognises some unavoidable noise intrusion, but seeks to minimise noise effects by hours of operation and specified noise standards relevant to quarries. Similarly, for motorsports and events of a periodic nature such as outdoor concerts, where exceeding the ordinary noise standards is inevitable (and compliance practically impossible) more liberal provision is made to strike a balance between residents' rights and the need for the public to enjoy entertainment. In these cases, exemptions have been provided, but are limited by the hours of operation and number of days. Scheduled activities have been included as they require special recognition within the zone environments, as is the case with other rules applying to them (refer Vol 3, Part 9, Clause 3).
It is recognised that the presence of existing commercial, industrial and recreational activities on the interface with living environments means that a higher degree of noise intrusion will occur in these locations.
A major reason for this graduated system of control is to ensure that a combination of zoning, and the noise control rules, creates a buffer where possible between noisy environments and noise sensitive environments. While this of necessity simplifies the complexity of the noise environment in the city, it is the most appropriate mechanism having regard to the need to provide certainty for the community and developers, adequate provision for enforcement and administration, and to avoid unduly complicated controls. Notwithstanding any controls of this plan, some noise may still be perceived as intrusive.
The Plan recognises that there will be some unavoidable noise impacts associated with transport infrastructure, particularly arterial roads, railways and airport activities. These will be recognised in the consideration of resource consents for activities in proximity to such facilities, but will not mean that such activities can use existing noise environments as an "umbrella" for significantly increasing noise intrusion in these areas.
It will be noted from Clause 1.2.3 that there are a significant number of exclusions from the rules controlling noise because setting standards is impracticable in these circumstances, and where it is more sensible for the Council to apply enforcement provisions for excessive noise specified in Part XII of the Act. However, further work on noise effects, both in New Zealand and overseas, may eventually result in additional forms of regulatory control where this is the most practicable option.
Rule 1.3.5 addresses aircraft noise via a separate critical standard limiting noise from aircraft operations to 65 dBA Ldn at the 65 dBA Ldn airport noise contour. There are specified exceptions e.g. engine testing, aircraft operating in an emergency for medical or national/civil defence reasons, military operations not associated with the Antarctic programme, and air shows.
Setting the limit for airport noise at the 65 dBA Ldn provides a long term safeguard for the maintenance and enhancement of amenity values and the quality of the environment for people living near the airport. While the limit is unlikely to be approached for more than 10 years, it is appropriate to include the rule in the plan at this time so that the airport operator can work towards limiting noise associated with aircraft operations.
The rule is consistent with New Zealand Standard 6805:1992 which recommends the use of a dual approach by both controlling land uses around airports and setting limits on the amount of noise generated by aircraft movements.
Noise from engine testing is not included in the noise limits on aircraft operations due to the distinct noise profiles of the separate activities, and the fact that engine testing is subject to the requirements of the Christchurch International Airport Bylaws 1989 approved by the Governor General in the Christchurch International Aiport Bylaws Approval Order 1989. Some unscheduled operations are exempt because they are infrequent events beyond the control of the airport authority, with potential for commercial operators to be constrained if this exemption is not provided for.
For the purpose of this clause "engine testing" means ground running of engines for maintenance purposes (not associated with immediate flight operations). "Military Operations" includes operations by the Royal New Zealand Air Force and foreign armed forces (exempted by S4 andS4A of the Resource Management Act 1991).
The administration of the rules will require a strong emphasis on the provision of adequate information, so that compliance or otherwise with the standards can be determined upon inquiry.
That CIAL will produce a noise management plan including the following provisions: (a) setting out procedures for monitoring and demonstrating compliance with the nose control rule in the City Plan and for mitigation and review of noise control lines incorporated in the Plan once noise levels are approaching projected levels; (b) a comprehensive noise complaints procedure for Christchurch International Airport; (c) procedures for amendment to the contents and implementation of the noise management; and (d) formalising the engine testing bylaw in the noise management plan.
2.0 Control of glare
Updated 14 November 2005
Guide to using these rules Step 1 Establish which zone the activity is in, and then whether the zone is in a Group 1, 2 or 3 zone (Clauses 2.3.2, 2.3.3 or 2.3.4). Step 2 Having established what group the zone is in, then determine whether the glare generated by illumination from the activity will exceed the standard specified for that group of zones. Step 3 If the activity does not meet any of the community standards specified application will need to be made for a resource consent, assessed as a discretionary activity. Step 4 If all of the relevant standards are met, the activity shall be a permitted activity in respect to glare.
Note: Clause 2.3.3 includes scheduled activities.
2.1 Statement
Updated 14 November 2005
Apart from natural glare from the sun, there are two types of glare which may create adverse effects. These are glare from artificial illumination (interior/exterior lighting, sports field lighting, security lighting, advertising, etc.); and reflective glare from structures.
Rules on glare are based on the premise that light should be directed and controlled such that it does not create adverse effects within the boundaries of adjoining properties. The standards are set to three levels of glare, which in this context is more correctly referred to as light spill, the first being a "residential level" (4.0 lux), the second a "buffer level" (10.0 lux) and the third an "industrial level" (20.0 lux). The purpose of these standards is to operate in conjunction with the zoning pattern and the expected environmental outcomes in these zones to ensure a level of glare acceptable in the local environment. The level of glare is particularly controlled in zones which are sensitive to glare nuisance (e.g. living zones) but with more flexibility within (for example), business zones, where greater use of lighting for security, operational, advertising or display purposes is often required.
The rules are also expected over time, and in conjunction with improved lighting design, to reduce the amount of reflected light into the atmosphere at night, and more efficient use of energy for lighting.
Attention is drawn to the powers held by the Civil Aviation Authority which can require the removal or modification of lighting which poses a navigational or safety hazard for aircraft. The Council advises anyone considering a development with a large scale lighting component in the area shown in Appendix 2, Part 11 to consult with the Civil Aviation Authority prior to development and thereby ensure the development will not pose a hazard for aircraft. Environmental results anticipated (a) Minimised effects of glare particularly within residential and rural environments, and the limiting of glare in other areas such that it does not create nuisance to persons in those zones. (b) Avoidance of hazards to motorists or aircraft movements from illumination or glare. (c) Control of glare from advertising that would create obtrusive visual impacts to living zones. (d) High periodic levels of glare within zones where illumination is operationally necessary (e.g. sports facilities) but in a manner which ensures that illumination is contained within the site and not dispersed on to adjoining land. (e) A gradual reduction in the level of reflected light into the atmosphere through improved efficiency and direction of lighting.
2.2 General rules
Updated 14 November 2005
2.2.1 Containment of light spill Updated 14 November 2005
All exterior lighting shall be directed away from adjacent properties and roads.
2.2.2 Point of measurement ‐ Lux spill Updated 14 November 2005
All standards for the following rules relating to lux spill (horizontal and vertical) shall be measured either at a point 2 metres inside the boundary , or at the closest window, whichever is the nearer, of the property affected by glare from the activity on the site from which the glare originates.
2.2.3 Special provisions for the control of glare Updated 14 November 2005
Notwithstanding that a source of glare may be excluded from the application of these rules (eg. reflected glare) the Council may initiate action under Part XII of the Act where this is appropriate.
2.3 Specific rules ‐ Control of glare
Updated 14 November 2005
2.3.1 Standards for the control of glare and zone groupings; exclusions from rules:
Updated 14 November 2005 (a) Notwithstanding that an activity may comply with the specified glare standard for the zone in which it is located, it must also comply with the standard required at the point of measurement on an affected site in another zone grouping where a lower (more restrictive) standard is specified, whether or not there is a common boundary between the sites. Where a site is divided by a zone boundary then each part of the site divided by that boundary shall be treated as a separate site for the purpose of these rules. (b) These rules do not apply to: • reflected glare from structures or vehicles • glare from the lights of vehicles, trains, trams and aircraft • glare from the lights of traffic signals or navigation aids • glare from the short term or temporary community events and activities on land owned by the Council, where its consent as owner has been granted • glare from short term or temporary community events and activities in the Cultural zones, the Special Purpose Ferrymead and Wigram zones, the Open Space 3A zone, the Open Space 3B zone (Addington and Riccarton Racecourses only) and the Open Space 3C zone.
2.3.2 Glare standards ‐ Group 1 Zones Updated 30 September 2008
Zones most sensitive to glare:
Group 1 Zones include: • All living zones • All rural (except Rural Quarry) zones • All conservation zones • Open Space 1 and 3C Zones • All cultural zones (except Christchurch Polytechnic - Central City site) • Special Purpose (Hospital) Zone • Special Purpose (Ferrymead) Zone - Areas A, B and C (a) Community standard Any activity which results in a greater than 4.0 lux spill (horizontal and vertical) of light, shall be a discretionary activity. Note : Please note the exclusions to this rule in Clause 2.3.1(b).
2.3.3 Glare standards ‐ Group 2 Zones (including scheduled activities) Updated 31 July 2012
Group 2 Zones include: • Rural Quarry Zone • Central City Mixed Use Zone • All open space (except OS1 and OS3C) zones • Business 1, 2, 2P, 3B, 4, 4Tand Retail Park Zones (except Moorhouse Central BRP zone, as identified in 2.3.4 below) • Special Purpose (Landfill) Zone • Special Purpose (Transfer Station) Zone • Special Purpose (Ferrymead) Zone - Area D • All scheduled activities (a) Community standard Any activity which results in greater than 10.0 lux spill (horizontal and vertical) of light, shall be a discretionary activity. Note : Please note the exclusions to this clause in Clause 2.3.1 (b).
2.3.4 Glare standards ‐ Group 3 Zones Updated 15 October 2012
(Zones least sensitive to glare)
Group 3 Zones include: • Business 3, 5, 4P, 6, 8 and Retail Park Zones (Moorhouse Central only, being the area bounded by Moorhouse Avenue, the railway corridor, Antigua Street and Colombo Street) • Business 7 Zone • Central City Business Zone • Special Purpose (Airport) Zone • Special Purpose (Wigram) Zone - Area A • Cultural 4 (Christchurch Polytechnic - Central City site) (a) Community standard Any activity which results in a greater than 20.0 lux spill (horizontal and vertical) of light shall be a discretionary activity . Note : Please note the exclusions to this clause in Clause 2.3.1 (b).
2.3.5 Effect of illumination on aircraft operations and arterial roads Updated 14 November 2005
In addition to the standards applicable in Clauses 2.3.2 - 2.3.4, any activity which results in a greater than 2.5 lux spill (horizontal or vertical) of light from outside the Special Purpose (Road) Zone into any part of a road zone classified as an arterial road in Part 8 Appendix 3, or on any land outside the Special Purpose (Airport) Zone which is within 500 metres of the threshold of the main or cross runways at Christchurch Airport (except for navigation lighting) shall be a non-complying activity.
2.4 Assessment matters for resource consents
Updated 14 November 2005
2.4.1 General Updated 14 November 2005 (a) The matters contained in Sections 104 and 105 and in Part 2 of the Act, apply to consideration of all resource consents for land use activities. (b) In addition to the matters covered in 2.4.1 above, the Council shall have regard to the following assessment matters for discretionary activities.
2.4.2 Assessment matters Updated 14 November 2005
In considering whether or not to grant consent, or impose conditions, the Council shall have regard to the following assessment matters. (a) The extent to which additional light may adversely affect occupation of residential properties, particularly at night. (b) The location and size of the light source. (c) The type of lighting and whether it is intermittent flashing or moving. (d) The need for lighting to provide greater security for property or for the safety of members of the public. (e) The effect of lighting on traffic in terms of potential distraction to motorists. (f) Any measures, including lighting design, proposed to be taken to control the direction and spill of the lighting. (g) Any screening (solid or planting), or other measures to shield properties from lighting. (h) The potential for the lighting to create related adverse effects including reflective glare. (i) Whether any areas of cultural or natural significance will be affected by lighting. (j) The effect of lighting on aircraft approaching airports in terms of potential distraction or confusion,
and any measures to ensure that non-aeronautical ground lights do not shine above the horizontal. The area subject to this assessment matter in relation to Christchurch International Airport is shown in Appendix 2, Part 11.
2.5 Reasons for rules
Updated 12 March 2012
Although some forms of glare cannot be readily controlled through rules in a plan, particularly reflective glare, the city plan contains measures to contain glare where activities create adverse glare effects because of illumination.
Rules in the plan are specified to deal with adverse effects from glare caused by illumination from properties, but not from street lighting. The adverse effects of glare are usually more apparent at night and may cause nuisance to residents or to traffic. Glare from outdoor advertising and from illumination of sports fields are a known form of nuisance. Illumination from street and security lighting is a more complex issue, as what may be a nuisance to some people is seen as necessary for security by others, such as property owners and pedestrians. It is a difficult issue in terms of determining the appropriate degree of regulation.
It is impracticable to set standards for reflective glare, because the circumstances under which it may arise (e.g. reflected from windows or roofs) are so variable. However, particular problems will instead be dealt with by way of enforcement procedures under Part XII of the Act as and when circumstances require.
The basis of the rules is to allow higher levels of glare in areas where activities of necessity, require lighting for functional, operational and security reasons (e.g. the Central City and Industrial Business Zones), and to minimise glare levels in sensitive environments such as living and rural zones. Accordingly exceeding 4.0 lux spill is adiscretionary activity in the latter zones, and also on the boundaries of "glare sensitive" zones.
The rules also recognise "transitional zones" where activities associated with commercial or sporting activities, or for security, necessitates greater lighting (e.g. Business 2 and 4 Zones). Here the exceeding of 10 lux spill is adiscretionary activity, whereas in some other business zones, and in the Central City the level is set at 20 lux spill reflecting the acceptance of higher light spill levels in these environments.
A general rule is also incorporated to require that the direction of light is adequately controlled at source to minimise any unnecessary spread over other properties or into the atmosphere.
Compliance will be checked inside the boundaries of affected properties outside the site, whether or not they are part of an adjoining zone or site, to achieve protection of amenities from above. Exclusions have been provided where the control of glare is impracticable from an operational or safety perspective, or where it is associated with temporary special events.
Special provision has been made to mitigate any adverse effects of lighting which could affect the safety of aircraft movements to and from the International Airport; and similarly for traffic using arterial roads.
3.0 Hazardous Substances
Updated 14 November 2005
Guide to using these rules Step 1: Determine the type and quantity of hazardous substances to be manufactured stored, used and/or disposed of and the class of hazardous substances that it comes within as specified in Schedule 1. Step 2: Establish what zone the activity is located within and whether it is a Group 1, 2, 3, or 4 zone as specified in Schedule 2. Step 3: Check whether the proposed manufacturing, use, storage or disposal of hazardous substances complies with the development standards in Clause 3.3.3. Step 4: If the proposed manufacturing, use, storage or disposal of hazardous substances complies with development standards in Clause 3.3.3 then the activity will be a permitted activity . Step 5: If the proposed manufacturing, use, storage or disposal of hazardous substances does not comply with the development standards in Clause 3.3.3, then the activity will require a resource consent, assessed as a discretionary activity, with the exercise of the Council's discretion limited to
the matters subject to that clause. Step 6: If the manufacturing, use, storage or disposal of hazardous substances exceeds the quantities specified in Column B of Schedule 2, then the activity will require a resource consent assessed as a non-complying activity. Step 7: If the proposed activity involves the manufacturing of hazardous substances, or the manufacturing, use, storage or disposal of infectious substances or radioactive material, it should be checked against Clauses 3.3.4(a), (b) and (c) (discretionary activity) and 3.3.5 (a), (b), (c) and (d) (non complying activity) and the necessary resource consent applied for.
Notes : (a) The relevance of other legislation and regional rules to the proposed use, storage or disposal of hazardous substances should also be ascertained. (b) Note that, on zone boundaries, the provisions of the more restrictive zone apply 30m within the boundary of the adjoining zone, and any non compliance shall be a discretionary activity (refer Clause 3.3.1 (b)). (c) Refer to Clause 3.3.6 for exceptions to the rules.
3.1 Statement
Updated 15 October 2012
Hazardous substances are an essential part of many business, agricultural and transport operations, and include a wide range of substances which may be hazardous depending on their volume, toxicity or risk of explosion.
The Act specifically identifies the use, storage, disposal and transportation of hazardous substances as matters which can be dealt with in district plans. This is reinforced by the Regional Policy Statement which pursuant to S.62(1)(ha) has identified the role of hazardous substance control as a district matter.
The rules in this section of the Plan deal primarily with the storage, use, disposal, and manufacturing of hazardous substances. It is recognised that in conjunction with the requirements of other legislation, the manufacturing, storage, use and disposal of hazardous substances is normally undertaken in a routine and safe manner by most business activities, and the risk to the public is low.
The transport of hazardous substances is addressed at a policy level (Statement of Objectives and Policies) and by assessment matters for rules relating to the manufacturing, use, storage and disposal of hazardous substances (and by implication movement to and from sites).
The use, storage and disposal of hazardous substances is categorised into a schedule related to the type or group of substances, toxicity and other adverse effects characteristic of the substances, and the volumes to be stored or used. This schedule, and the manufacturing of hazardous substances, are in turn related to the zoning pattern and four groups of these zones which range from those most sensitive (and unsuitable for hazardous substance use and storage) to those which are most suitable. The use of hazardous substances is also subject to other legislation, including the Hazardous Substances and New Organisms Act.
The Regional Council also has functions relating to hazardous substances, and in particular the effects of discharges of hazardous substances on groundwater, surface waters and coastal waters.
The Business 8 Zone is located over the Groundwater Recharge Zone west of the city. It is an expansion of the previous Business 4 and Business 5 zoning applying over the old Freezing Work site and its immediate surrounds. This previous zoning provided for a wide range of heavy industries including those able to store, use, manufacture, or dispose of significant quantities of hazardous substances, some of which have the potential to adversely effect groundwater. The Business 8 Zone contains specific restrictions on hazardous substances such that the range and volume of such substances is restricted to a level less than that which would have been realistically expected under the much smaller Business 5 zoning previously applying in this area. Further refinement of standards to address the effects of the use and storage of hazardous substances will take place over the next few years as classifications and codes of practice are developed by the Environmental Risk Management Authority and further experience is gained. Environmental results anticipated (a) Maintaining a safe environment for any affected residents and other persons, including those on
site, from the manufacturing, use, storage, disposal and transport of hazardous substances. (b) The avoidance of contamination of surface or groundwaters from activities that involve manufacturing, use, storage, or disposal of hazardous substances. (c) The maintenance of high levels of protection from the adverse effects of hazardous substances in living zones. (d) The further development of business activities including those which require the use of hazardous substances, particularly where such use involves use of buffers, bunding, secure storage and handling, and other means of mitigating hazards. (e) Improved technology and methods of mitigating the effects of the manufacturing, use, storage, disposal and transport of hazardous substances. (f) The greater use of specified arterial road and rail links for the transport of hazardous substances, avoiding where possible local roads and areas containing concentrations of residences and public gatherings. (g) The containment of substances which are subject to risk of spillage within secure containers, bunds or covered storage, in order to reduce the hazards of toxicity or explosion. (h) the avoidance of groundwater contamination as a result of controls on the range and volume of hazardous substances able to be used, stored, manufactured, or disposed of in the Business 8 Zone over the Groundwater Recharge Zone.
3.2 General Rules information
Updated 14 November 2005
3.2.1 Relevant legislation Updated 14 November 2005
In addition to rules in this plan applicable to hazardous substances, the provisions of the following legislation may also be applicable:
The Hazardous Substances and New Organisms Act 1996
The Medicines Act 1981
The Pesticides Act 1979*
The Health and Safety in Employment Act 1991
The Dangerous Goods Act 1974*
The Toxic Substances Act 1979*
The Radiation Protection Act 1965
The Explosives Act 1957*
* The new Hazardous Substances and New Organisms Act 1996 embodies the Pesticides Act, the Dangerous Goods Act, the Toxic Substances Act and the Explosives Act which have transitional status until they are replaced by regulations or codes of practice under the principal Act.
3.2.2 Reference to regional rules Updated 15 October 2012
There are regional rules applicable to the storage of hazardous substances in underground and above ground tanks and in the coastal marine area. Any disposal of specified groups of hazardous substances may be subject to regional rules and/or regional resource consents. In particular, attention is drawn to the provisions of the Natural Resources Regional Plan, Chapter 4 (Water Quality). A number of business areas in the south and west of the City, including all of the Business 8 zone, overlie the Christchurch Groundwater Recharge Zone as identified in Chapter 4 of the NRRP. That NRRP contains separate provisions regulating hazardous substances which may have significant impacts on the status of industrial activities seeking to locate within these areas and within the Business 8 Zone, including a list of specific activities which are
restricted from locating in areas overlying the groundwater recharge area due to their potential to contaminate the City’s groundwater supply in the event of accidents or spillages.
The restrictions in the NRRP are additional to those in the City Plan, and it is emphasised that certain activities which may comply with the rules regulating hazardous substances under the City Plan may require resource consent from the Regional Council, or even be prohibited, under the NRRP.<
(Note: This is an interim situation until such time as a more integrated approach for dealing with Hazardous Substances consents can be developed with the Regional Council).
3.3 Specific rules ‐ Manufacturing, use, storage and disposal of hazardous substances
Updated 14 November 2005
3.3.1 Classification of hazardous substances and zone groupings Updated 14 November 2005 (a) All hazardous substances shall be classified into the classes specified in Schedule 1 according to the characteristics specified for each class in that schedule. Each class includes, but is not limited to, the examples specified in the schedule. Where a hazardous substance can be classified into two or more of the Classes in Schedule 1, the applicable class shall be deemed to be the class with the lower/lowest quantity limits specified in Schedule 2 for the relevant zone. Where a site is divided by a zone boundary then each part of the site divided by that boundary shall be treated as a separate site for the purpose of these rules. (b) The zoning of sites containing activities which involve the manufacturing, use, storage or disposal of hazardous substances shall be grouped according to the zone groupings specified in Schedule 2. Where an activity is located on a site included in one zone grouping (as specified in Schedule 2) and is within 30m of the boundary of a site in another zone grouping having lower (more restrictive) quantity limits for that category of hazardous substances, the quantity limits applicable to that part of the site shall be those for the zone having the lower (more restrictive) quantity limits. Within this 30m setback any activity which fails to comply with the volume standards in Schedule 2 shall be a discretionary activity. The provisions of this clause shall not apply to sites adjoining the Special Purpose (Pedestrian Precinct) Zone. (also refer to clause 3.3.6) (c) In respect of the quantity limits for hazardous substances specified in these rules, the limits shall apply to the total combined quality of each individual class of substance present on the site.
3.3.2 Permitted activities Updated 14 November 2005 (a) Any individual activity which involves the use, manufacturing, storage or disposal of hazardous substances specified in Schedule 1 (Classification of hazardous substances), which complies with: • all the development standards under Clause 3.3.3 and; • all the community standards under Clause 3.3.4 and; • all the critical standards under Clause 3.3.5 or; • is otherwise exempted by Clause 3.3.6 shall be a permitted activity. (also refer to Clause 3.2.1)
Note : not all exemptions under Clause 3.3.6 are permitted activities
3.3.3 Development standards Updated 14 November 2005
Any individual activity which involves the manufacturing, use, storage and/or disposal of hazardous substances, which does not comply with any one or more of the following shall be a discretionary activity, with the exercise of the Council's discretion limited to the matter(s) subject to that standard. (a) Any individual activity which involves the manufacturing use, storage or disposal of hazardous substances specified in Schedule 1 (Classification of Hazardous Substances), shall not exceed the quantities specified in Column A. This standard does not apply to Radioactive materials as defined in Clause 3.3.4 (c).
(also refer to Clause 3.3.6) (b) All areas or parts of sites where hazardous substances (including waste) are manufactured stored, used, loaded or unloaded (except for the loading and unloading of gas bottles) shall be: (i) in the case of liquids (excluding LPG), paved so that any spillage will not escape into, or otherwise affect, topsoil or subsoil; (ii) protected against the effects of weather through site containment, roofing or any other method to prevent uncontrolled discharge or spillage from the site as a result of adverse weather conditions; (iii) sealed, or otherwise contained so that substances cannot escape or spill in an uncontrolled manner; (iv) in the case of aboveground storage or use of liquids (excluding LPG), imperviously sealed, bunded or otherwise contained so that a spillage shall be confined totally within the site on which it occurs. (c) To achieve (b) above, the following specifications are required: (i) the volume of any containment or bund shall be 100% of the maximum volume of the hazardous substances to be stored, used, loaded or unloaded when the site is roofed; or (ii) the volume of any containment or bund shall be 120% of the maximum volume of the hazardous substances to be stored, used, loaded or unloaded when the site is unroofed; (iii) the containment or bund should be designed in such a way as to ensure containment of any hazardous substances that spill due to the collapse of any container (e.g. tank), and the containment from the direct leakage from any container; (iv) the containment or bund shall be sealed with impervious materials that are resistant to breakdown from the particular hazardous substances which they are designed to contain; (v) the containment or bund and its sealment shall be maintained as and when necessary. (d) Collection of hazardous substances for disposal purposes, or for subsequent use, shall be in containers that seal and contain the hazardous substances collected. (e) All hazardous substance sites shall be adequately signposted according to the Code of practice for "Warning signs for premises storing hazardous substances 1988" of the New Zealand Chemical Industry Council.
3.3.4 Community standards Updated 14 November 2005 (a) Any activity which involves the manufacturing of any hazardous substance on any site in the zones included in Groups 2 and 4 (Schedule 2) shall be a discretionary activity . (b) Any individual activity, other than a health facility, which involves the manufacturing, use, storage or disposal of infectious substances, (being preparations (including wastes arising from such preparation processes) which contain viable micro-organisms or their toxins which are known or suspected to cause disease in animals or humans) shall be a discretionary activity on any site in the zones included in Groups 2 and 4 (Schedule 2). (c) Any individual activity which involves the manufacturing, use, storage or disposal of radioactive material exceeding ten times the Type A package limit shall be a discretionary activity on any site in the zones included in Groups 2 and 4 (Schedule 2).
For the purpose of clauses 3.3.4(c) and 3.3.5(d), radioactive material is defined as being any substance which emits radiation (including alpha, beta, gamma, x-rays, neutrons, high energy electrons, protons and other atomic particles) containing a total activity of greater than 3000 becquerel with a concentration exceeding 100,000 becquerel per kilogram.
Note : For the purpose of clauses 3.3.4 (c) and 3.3.5 (d), the Type A package limits are set out in the IAEA Safety Standards Series Regulations for the Safe Transport of Radioactive Materials, 1996 Edition. This publication is available from the National Radiation Laboratory.
3.3.5 Critical standards Updated 15 October 2012 (a) Any individual activity which involves the manufacturing, use, storage or disposal of hazardous substances specified in Schedule 1 (Classification of hazardous substances) which exceeds the quantities specified in Column B (where specified) of Schedule 2 for any site in the relevant zone shall be a non complying activity . (also refer to Clause 3.3.6) (b) Any activity which involves the manufacturing of any hazardous substance shall be a non complying activity on any site in those zones included in Groups 1 and 3 (Schedule 2).
(c) Any individual activity, other than a health facility, which involves the manufacturing, use, storage or disposal of infectious substances as defined in 3.3.4(b) above as part of or associated with any industrial or commercial activity (including associated laboratory and research facilities) shall be a non-complying activity on any site in those zones included in Groups 1 and 3 (Schedule 2). (d) Any individual activity which involves the manufacturing, use, storage or disposal of radioactive material, as defined in 3.3.4 (c) above, exceeding the Type A package limit shall be a non-complying activity on any site in those zones included in Groups 1 and 3 (Schedule 2). (e) In the Business 7 Zone, excluding the area shown as hatched on the Part 3 Appendix 12 for mushroom farming, underground storage of hazardous substances shall be a non-complying activity. (f) In the Business 7 Zone, excluding the area shown as hatched on the Part 3 Appendix 12 for mushroom farming, the maximum volume of any single container for a liquid (excluding LPG) shall be 1200 litres. (g) In the Business 4 Zone that is subject to the Wigram Outline Development Plan area shown in Appendix Part 2, Volume 3 Appendix 3U/1, the volume of any containment or bund for hazardous substances shall be 120% of the maximum volume of hazardous substances to be stored, used, loaded or unloaded when the site is roofed. (h) In the Business 4 Zone that is subject to the Wigram Outline Development Plan area shown in Appendix Part 2, Volume 3 Appendix 3U/1, the volume of any containment or bund for hazardous substances shall be 150% of the maximum volume of hazardous substances to be stored, used, loaded or unloaded when the site is unroofed. (i) In the Business 8 Zone, the underground storage of hazardous substances shall be a non-complying activity.
3.3.6 Exceptions Updated 15 October 2012 (a) In Group 3 and 4 zones (apart from any site within the Business 8 Zone), and on sites containing scheduled service stations, the storage and retail sale of petrol, and the storage of aviation fuel (up to 100,000 litres storage in underground tanks) and diesel (up to 50,000 litres in underground tanks) shall be a controlled activity and will not require the written consent of other persons and shall be non-notified, for the purposes of Clauses 3.3.1(b), 3.3.3, (a), (b) and (c) and 3.3.5, provided that the "Code of Practice for the Design, Installation and Operation of Underground Petroleum Storage Systems" (Department of Labour, First Edition 1992) is complied with. (b) In Group 3 and 4 zones, and on sites containing scheduled service stations the storage and sale of LPG (up to 6 tonnes, single vessel storage) are a controlled activity and will not require the written consent of other persons and shall be non-notified, in respect to Clauses 3.3.1 (b), 3.3.3, (a), (b) and (c) and 3.3.5 provided that the "Australian/New Zealand Standard 1596 : 1997, Storage and Handling of LP Gas" is complied with. Where a resource consent is otherwise required for activities involving such storage and retail sale of petrol, diesel or LPG, this shall be assessed in accordance with the assessment matters in Clause 3.4.2. (c) In the case of the Cultural 4 Zone (University of Canterbury, Christchurch Polytechnic and Environmental Science and Research Institute sites only) the quantity standards shall apply to any individual department or facility within the zones containing hazardous substances, whether or not there is more than one department organisation within a site. (d) In the case of the Special Purpose (Airport) zone the quantity standards in Schedule 2 shall apply to leased sites or in the case where there is more than one facility on a leased site to individual facilities within the leased site. In addition, the Special Purpose (Airport) Zone is exempt from the limits of class 3.1 and 3.2 Flammable liquids, and is permitted to store a combined total of 5 million litres of jet fuel and aviation gasoline. An increase in the storage of these substances beyond these limits, within the Special Purpose (Airport) Zone, is a discretionary activity with the Council's discretion limited to the relevant Assessment Matters set out in Clause 3.4.2. However, within the permitted activity level of 5 million litres, any change in the location or method of aviation fuel storage, or any modification or alteration of the storage facilities, in either case involving more than or equal to 100,000 litres of these substances, is a controlled activity. For the purpose of this rule each oil company facility is deemed to be a separate facility. The matters over which control may be exercised are: • The method of storage. • The location and layout of the storage facility. • The site management and spill contingency plan. • The methods involved in transporting or otherwise moving the hazardous substances to and from
the storage facility. • Compliance with the "Code of Practice for the Design, Installation and Operation of Underground Petroleum Storage Systems". Note : The quantities specified in Clause 3.3.6(d) above, exclude any fuel held in aircraft or road tankers, provided they are being used for the purpose of refuelling and not for long term storage. (e) In the case of the Open Space 3 Zone (Ruapuna Raceway only) the provisions of the Hazardous Substances Rules shall not apply in respect to temporary aboveground storage of flammable liquids, provided that such liquids are stored safely in containers. (f) Any electrical transformer installation with an oil capacity of less than 1500 litres is excluded from the provisions of Clauses 3.3.1(b), 3.3.3, and 3.3.5 where operated by a network utility operator, as defined under Section 166, RMA. Any application by a network utility operator arising from this clause will not require the written consent of other persons, and shall be non-notified. (g) That the Bayer New Zealand Limited site on Treffers Road being contained within Lot 2 DP55397, be exempt from the limits of Class 6.1.2 (Agrichemicals) and be permitted to store up to 10,000kg of Agrichemicals. (h) In the case of the boundary between the Business 5 zone at Treffers Road/Wigram Road and the Open Space 3C zone (Agribusiness Centre) the provisions of rule 3.3.1(b) shall not apply. (i) In the case of the Business 7 Zone, the Group 2 standards for hazardous substances under Schedule 2 of Part 11, Section 3, shall apply, except that on the land shown as hatched in Part 3, Appendix 12, mushroom farming activities shall comply with the Group 4 limits for hazardous substances under Schedule 2 of Part 11, Section 3.
3.4 Assessment matters for resource consents
Updated 14 November 2005
3.4.1 General Updated 14 November 2005 (a) The matters contained in Sections 104 and 105 and in Part II of the Act, apply to consideration of all resource consents for land use activities. (b) In addition to the matters covered in (a) above, the Council shall also apply the relevant assessment matters set out in Clause 3.4.2 below to discretionary activities.
3.4.2 Assessment matters Updated 14 November 2005 (a) The extent to which the proposed activity and the proposed site poses a risk to the environment, and in particular: (i) the sensitivity of the surrounding natural and physical environment with regard to the scale of the proposal, including any need for separation distances to people sensitive activities (particularly activities such as schools, rest homes hospitals, shopping centres etc.) or to sensitive natural resources (e.g. aquifers, streams, wetland, habitats); (ii) the number of people potentially at risk from the site; (iii) the risk to adjacent property; (iv) cumulative effects of hazardous facilities in the area and other hazardous substances stored on the site; (v) site drainage and off site infrastructure (e.g. stormwater, sewer type and capacity); (vi) transportation safety, including the suitability of the site with regard to methods of transportation, quantities and types of hazardous substances transported, and proposed transport routes. (b) The extent to which the proposed activity can avoid or mitigate any undue risk, including site layout, site management, and spill contingency planning, transport methods and routes, monitoring and maintenance schedules. (c) The ability of the proposed activity to be established at an alternative location, or alternative methods, when it is likely that an activity will result in any significant adverse effects on the environment. (d) The extent to which the proposed site is accessible from the major roading network to avoid heavy traffic volumes in local roads (particularly residential local roads); and the extent to which the proposed site's entry and exit points may pose a problem with existing intersections. (e) The extent to which the activity can comply with the development controls for the zone in question. (f) Any other matters that may need conditions to ensure that particular measures are undertaken so
that any risk posed by the proposal is avoided or satisfactorily mitigated. (g) Any relevant codes of practice introduced, or approved by, the Environmental Risk Management Authority; and pending these, any relevant codes applicable to hazardous substances.
3.5 Reasons for rules
Updated 15 October 2012
There is a strong degree of interrelationship between the rules relating to hazardous substances, so the reasons for them are set out together.
Hazardous substances have the potential to create both hazards and loss of amenity through potential for toxicity or explosion, related also to the volume of substances involved. There are also related potential adverse effects associated with potential to contaminate land or ground and surface waters; the visual or other impacts of specialised storage facilities; hazards or nuisance associated with the volume of transport required to sites; the routes taken to transport the substances; and possible odour nuisance.
The basis of the rules is the identification of hazardous substances by class and then by quantities, with four groups of zones. It is recognised that, with complementary codes of practice and the provisions of other legislation, the use, storage and disposal of hazardous substances is normally carried out in a manner which poses little risk to the public.
The standards applicable in the more sensitive environments (Group 1 and 2 Zones) including residential areas limit hazardous substances strongly by quantity. However standards in Group 2 zones are of a type or quantity appropriate in rural areas, reflecting relatively low dwelling densities, and a greater need for fuel and agrichemicals ancillary to farming operations.
The standards in the Group 3 zones reflect their location adjoining living and rural zones, but also the likelihood that greater quantities of hazardous substances may need to be stored or used in these zones. Greater flexibility is available through the discretionary activity assessment to consider the level of use or storage appropriate for the particular site. Within the Business 8 zone no underground storage is permitted in recognition of the potential risks to groundwater in this area.
The greater allowable levels of hazardous substances in Group 4 zones are of a type and quantity typically necessary in some industrial processes, and which would necessitate separation from sensitive environments. It also includes specialised activities which deal in both fuels and gases, as well as industrial and commercial business zones which are separated from residential areas, or other zones including major facilities such as the airport.
Because of the wide range of environments in the city, and the unavoidable "mix" of activities in some areas, it is impractical to expect a complete separation between residences and hazardous substances (eg. dwellings in commercial/industrial areas, or adjacent to service stations). However, a primary basis of the rules is the protection of safety, particularly through control on the range and volume of hazardous substances within and to the extent allowed by the zoning pattern, adjacent to areas of permanent accommodation (living zones). The rules also have a bearing (along with other legislation) on safety within sites and zones.
Special provision is made for tertiary institutions and the Airport having large "sites" and for the Bayer New Zealand site in relation to the quantity levels for Agrichemicals because of the unique nature of this facility. Special provision has also been made in the Business 7 Zone recognising the potential risk of contamination that hazardous substances pose to Christchurch groundwater. Additional provisions for the sites located in the Business 7 Zone will effectively manage and minimise the potential for contamination of the groundwater.
Special provision has also been made in that part of the Business 4 Zone located within the Wigram Outline Development Plan (Appendix Part 2, Volume 3 Appendix 3U/1) to recognise the potential risk of contamination by hazardous substances to the Christchurch groundwater. Additional provisions for sites located in the Business 4 Zone of the Wigram Outline Development Plan will effectively manage and minimise the potential for contamination of the groundwater.
In respect of the Airport, levels of jet fuel and aviation gasoline have been set that recognise the existing levels of storage capacity. However, within this level of storage capacity, changes in the method of storage or storage facilities, involving more than 100,000 litres are also subject to control.
Specified exceptions are also provided for (e.g. fuels contained in vehicles or locomotives and for motor racing events at Ruapuna) to ensure the rules can operate in a practicable manner, or where the character of a particular activity warrants exceptions to the general groups of standards. Finally, there is an exception for oil in small electrical transformer installations, of which many exist, a large number on poles, and where bunding is impracticable. This exemption is confined to recognised network utility operators approved under the Act.
The quantities specified (particularly in the Group 4 zones) also take into account the possibility that there may be other hazardous substances stored on the site or on other properties in the vicinity and that the cumulative effect of these substances can only be taken into account in an assessment of a resource consent. On zone boundaries, the standards applicable in the more sensitive zone extend 30m into the adjoining "less sensitive" zone to provide a degree of buffer protection. This distance equates to the approximate depth of a typical Living Zone site. Within this, non-compliance is a discretionary activity, providing a logical transition between, for example, Living Zones and Business Zone environments.
The manufacture of any hazardous substances clearly entails a higher extent of both storage and hazardous processes, necessitating a level of control and protection such that such activities are directed to "heavy" industrial which are isolated from areas of residential occupation.
Finally, the rules specify requirements for the containment of hazardous substances in circumstances where they may otherwise be a permitted activity. These requirements are a performance standard intended to achieve adequate mitigation of hazards through bunding or other means to contain potential spillages.
There is some overlap between District and Regional Council functions. While both the City Council and the Canterbury Regional Council will regulate underground and above ground fuel storage for example, the Regional Council's focus will be essentially on effects on ground, surface and coastal waters while the City Council will address amenity and safety matters. Applications for joint hearings will be encouraged to simplify administrative procedures.
"Codes of practice" are recognised in the standards and assessment matters. New or additional codes of practice may be specified by the Environmental Risk Management Authority. As the scope and content of these are unknown at this stage, a variation or plan change may be introduced if required.
The categories of standards and rules may be subject to further development and recent legislation and development of management practices evolve.
Special provision has also been made in that part of the Business 5 Zone located within the Outline Development Plan (Sir James Wattie Drive, Part 3, Appendix 21) to recognise the potential risk of contamination by hazardous substances to the Christchurch groundwater. Additional provisions for sites located in the Outline Development Plan will effectively manage and minimise the potential for contamination of the groundwater.
Schedule 1 ‐ Classification of hazardous substances
Updated 14 November 2005
Schedule 1 - Classification of hazardous substances
Class Characteristics Examples (including, but not limited to:)
1. Explosives 1. Explosives
1.1 An explosive substance or waste is a solid or 1.1 Nitrate mixtures, nitro liquid that is, in itself,capable by chemical reaction of compounds, chlorate mixtures, producing gas at such a temperature and pressure and ammunition/detonators (excluding at such speed as to cause damage to the surroundings those for small arms use). (other than those specified in 1 (b) below).
1.2 As in 1 (a) but with restricted use in the 1.2 Gunpowder, or nitro manufacture or reloading of small arms cartridges. compound adapted and exclusively used for cartridges for small arms.
2. Gases 2.1 Flammable gases
2.1.1 LPG 2.1.1 LPG
2.1.2 Any other gases which at 20oC and a standard 2.1.2 Acetylene, hydrogen, pressure of 101.3 kPa: methane
• are ignitable when in a mixture of 13% or less by volume with air, or
• have a flammability range with air of at least 12% regardless of the lower flammability limit.
This class includes aerosols containing flammable propellants if the contents include more than 45% by mass or more than 250g of flammable components. 2.2 Toxic gases 2.2 Chlorine, sulphur dioxide, ammonia, methyl bromide Gases which are known or are presumed to be toxic or corrosive to humans because they have an LC50 value equal to or less than 5,000ml/m 3 (ppm) when tested in accordance with procedures defined in para 6.5 (c) of the United Nations Recommendation on the Transport of Dangerous Goods, 7th revised edition, or its subsequent revisions.
2.3 Non-flammable, non-toxic gases 2.3 Argon, helium, oxygen, nitrogen, carbon dioxide, freons Gases which are stored or transported under a pressure nitrous oxide not less than 280kPa at 20oC, or as refrigerated liquids, and which:
• are asphyxiant - gases which dilute or replace the oxygen normally in the atmosphere, or
• are oxidising - gases which may, generally by providin oxygen, cause or contribute to combustion of other material more than air does, or
• have neither asphyxiant nor oxidising characteristics. 3. Flammable 3. Flammable liquids Liquids Liquids, or mixtures of liquids, or liquids containing solids in solution or suspension, having the following flammability limits:
3.1 Flash point <23oC 3.1 Petrol, adhesives, ethyl & methyl alcohols, acetone, benzene, butylamine, MIBK
3.2 Flash point >23oC; <61oC 3.2 Kerosene, styrene monomer, cyclohexanone, turpentine, butyl methacrylate, chlorobenzene, ethoxyethanol
3.3 Flash point >61oC 3.3 Diesel, petroleum oils
4. Flammable 4.1 Flammable solids 4.1 Red phosphorus, ammonium Solids picrate, picric acid, Solids or wastes other than those classified as monomethyamine nitrate, explosives, which under suitable conditions, i.e. impact, nitrocellulose, trinitrobenzene friction, heat, ignition, will burn or self react with extreme magnesium alloys intensity.
4.2 Substances or wastes liable to spontaneous 4.2 Yellow or white phosphorus combustion magnesium alkyls, dithionites
Substances or wastes that are liable to spontaneous heating during transport, or heating upon contact with air, and then being liable to catch fire.
4.3 Substances which in contact with water, emit 4.3 Alkali metals e.g. sodium, flammable gases potassium, lithium; calcium, magnesium, metal hydrides, metal Substances of wastes which by interaction with water carbides are liable to become spontaneously flammable or give off flammable gases in dangerous quantities.
5. Oxidising 5.1 Oxidising substances 5.1 Chromates, bromates, Substances chlorates, chlorites, nitrates, Substances or wastes which, in themselves are not permanganates necessarily combustible, but may, generally by yielding oxygen, cause or contribute to the combustion of other materials.
5.2 Organic peroxides 5.2 Any organic peroxide - (includes peroxy and per Organic substances or wastes which contain the bivalent compounds). Perdicarbonates, O=O structure and are thermally unstable substances butyl peroxyphthalate, cumene which may undergo exothermic self-accelerating hydroperoxide, bezoyl peroxide decomposition.
6. Toxic and 6.1 Toxic substances Arsenic compounds, cadmium Infectious compounds, lead salts, mercury Substances salts and amalgams, cyanides, methyl bromide, acrylamide, phenols, chlorophenols, aniline, oxalates, chlorinated solvents
6.1.1 Poisonous Substances
Substances or wastes liable to cause death or serious injury or harm to human health if swallowed or inhaled or by skin contact, and which are confirmed to fall within the following toxicity classification:
• Oral toxicity LD50 (mg/kg)
• Solids <200
• Liquids <500
• Dermal toxicity LD50 (mg/kg) < 1000
• Inhalation toxicity dust/mist LC50 (mg/l) < 10
• Inhalation toxicity vapours: If ³ 0.2 LD50 and LC50 < 5,000 ml/m3
Note: LC50, and LD50 are as defined in Chapter 6 of the United Nations Recommendations on the Transport of Dangerous Goods, 7th revised edition, or its subsequent revisions.
6.1.2 Agrichemicals Bipyridyls, di-nitrophenols,
Substances having a toxicity as specified in 6, but phenoxy compounds, formulated specifically for agricultural activities, organophosphates, carbamates, (including aquaculture), and including, but not limited to organochlorines herbicides, fungicides, pesticides.
6.2 Infectious Substances
Substances, being preparations, present in any land use activity (other than a health facility) and including wastes from preparation processes, which contain viable micro- organisms or their toxins which are known or suspected to cause disease in animals or humans.
7. No quantity limits, refer to Rule 3.3.4 (c). Radioactive Radioactive substances and x-ray machines are also subject to Material specific legislation administered by the National Radiation Laboratory.
8. Corrosives Substances or wastes which by chemical action, will Acids such as: nitric, sulphuric, cause severe damage when in contact with living tissue hydrochloric, hydrofluoric acids; or, in the case of leakage will damage or destroy other trichloro acetic acid. Alkalis such material and goods or cause other hazards. as: sodium, potassium and lithium hydroxides, zinc chloride, zirconium tetrachloride, phosphorus pentoxide, ferric chloride, sulphur chlorides, silicon tetrachloride phenolsulphonic acid, hydroxlamine sulphate, hexyl-trichlorosilane, ethanolamine
Schedule 2 ‐ Zone groupings for hazardous substances
Updated 15 October 2012
Schedule 2 - Zone groupingsfor hazardous substances
Group 1 Group 2 Group 3 Group 4
• All living zones except • All rural zones • Living 5 Zone • Business 3, 4P, 5 Living 5 Zone Zones
• Special Purpose • All conservation zones • Business 6 Zone • Business 6 Zone (Pedestrian Precinct) (Johns Road) (Chaneys) Zone
• Any parts of the • Business 4 - the • Business 1, 2, 2P, • Business 7 zone area Special Purpose (Rail) Musgroves site as shown 3B, 4, 4T and Retail shown as hatched on Part 3 Zone within 25m of a living on Appendix 10, Part 3. Park Zones except for Appendix 12 for mushroom or rural zone boundary the Musgroves site as farming except for goods in transit shown on Appendix 10, Part 3.
• Business 5 Zone - that area covered by the Outline Development Plan - Sir James Wattie Drive - Appendix 21, Part 3
• Business 8 Zone (2) • Business 7 Zone • Sites containing excluding the area designated electricity shown as hatched on substations (1) Part 3 Appendix 12 for mushroom farming.
• Special Purpose • Central • Cultural 4 Zone (Ferrymead) Zone - Areas City BusinessZone A, B and C
• Special Purpose • Central City Mixed • Special Purpose (Wigram) Zone - Area A UseZone (Airport) Zone (1a)
• Cultural 1, 2, 3 • Special Purpose Zones (Hospital) Zone
• All open space • Any parts of the Special zones Purpose (Rail) Zone which are more than 25m from a living or rural zone boundary except for goods in transit
• Special Purpose (1) Refer to Clause 3.3.6 (f) (Ferrymead) Zone - Area D
• All scheduled activities
(2) Refer to Clause (1a) Refer to Clause 3.3.6 3.3.5(e) (d)
Schedule 2 continued - Quantity limits for hazardous substances
Class Group 1 Zones Group 2 Zones Group 3 Group 4 Zones Zones
A B A B A A
1. Explosives
1.1 0kg - 2.5kg - 2.5kg 50kg
1.2 15kg - 15kg - 15kg 50kg
2. Gases
2.1.1 300kg - 600kg 2000kg 2000kg 8000kg
2.1.2 100kg 250kg 100kg 250kg 250kg 250kg
2.2 10kg 250kg 10kg 250kg 1000kg 1000kg
2.3 100kg 250kg 100kg 250kg 250kg 1000kg
3. Flammable Liquids
3.1 aboveground 50l - 2000l 3000l (4) 5000l (4) storage (1)
underground storage 0l - 2000l - 5000l (4) 50000l (4)
3.2 100l 250l 3000l 5000l
3.3 aboveground 1000l - 2000l - 5000l (4) 30000l (4) storage
underground storage 1000l - 2000l - 30000l (4) 30000l (4)
4. Flammable Solids
4.1 1.0kg - 1.0kg - 25kg 50kg
4.2 1.0kg - 1.0kg - 25kg 50kg
4.3 1.0kg - 1.0kg - 25kg 50kg
5. Oxidising Substances
5.1 50kg - 50kg - 1000kg 2000kg
5.2 1.0kg - 1.0kg - 25kg 200kg
6. Toxic and Infectious Substances
6.1.1 Poisonous 1.0kg - 1.0kg - 200kg 2000kg (2) Substances (3)
6.1.2 Agrichemicals 10kg 50kg 200kg 500kg 500kg 1000kg
7. Corrosives 10kg - 10kg - 1000kg 5000kg (2)
Note : (1) Not applicable to motor vehicle fuel tanks, or fuel tanks in locomotives.
(2) These limits are subject to compliance with any Hazardous Facilities Screening Procedure (HFSP) recognised by the Environmental Risk Management Authority (ERMA) (3) Refer to Clause 3.3.6(g) in reference to the Bayer (NZ) site on Treffers Road. (4) Refer also to Clause 3.3.6(a) and (b)
Appendix 1 ‐ Minimum construction requirements for all Central City Zones
Updated 31 July 2012
Building Element Minimum Construction Requirement
External walls of Walls with cladding: Minimum not to be less than 25 kg/m 2 being the habitable rooms combined mass of external and internal linings excluding structural elements (e.g. window frames or wall studs). Assumes minimum 100mm wall cavity. Minimum exterior cladding to be 20mm timber or 9mm compressed fibre cement sheet over timber frame (100mm x 200mm). Fibrous acoustic blanket (Batts or similar) required in cavity for all exterior walls. Interior: One layer of 13mm gypsum plasterboard.* Mass walls: 190mm concrete block, strapped and lined internally with 9.5mm gypsum plaster board OR 150mm concrete wall.
Windows of habitable • Windows of up to 35% of floor area: 10/12/6 double glazing or 14 mm rooms laminate glass or glazing systems of equivalent acoustic performance.
• Window areas greater than 35% of floor area will require a specialist acoustic report to show conformance with the insulation rule.
• Frames to be new aluminium window frames with compression seals or equivalent.
Pitched roof Cladding: 0.55mm profiled steel or tiles or 6mm corrugated fibre cement. Frame: Timber truss with 100mm acoustic blanket. Fibrous acoustic blanket (Batts or similar) required for all ceilings with combined mass of less than 25 kg/m 2 . Ceiling: 13mm gypsum plaster board.
Skillion roof Cladding: 0.55mm profiled steel of 6mm fibre cement Sarking: 20mm particle board (no gaps). Frame: 100mm gap with acoustic blanket. Ceiling: two layers of 9.5mm gypsum plaster board (no through ceiling lighting penetrations unless correctly acoustically rated). Fibrous acoustic blanket (Batts or similar) required for all ceilings with combined mass 25kg/m 2 .
External Door to Solid core door (min 24kg/m 2 ) with weather seals (where the door is habitable rooms exposed to exterior noise).
Notes
• * Where exterior wall cladding has a mass of greater than 25kg/m 2 (e.g. brick veneer or minimum 25mm stucco plaster), internal wall linings need to be no thicker than 10mm gypsum plasterboard
• Compliance with ventilation requirements of any other Act and these District Plan noise insulation requirements shall be concurrent. Ventilation should be provided in accordance with the provisions of the New Zealand Building Code G4 in a manner which does not compromise sound insulation. To this effect, relying on opening windows for ventilation will compromise the sound insulation performance provided by the District Plan standard. Alternative ventilation methods such as mechanical ventilation or passive methods should be considered. Inlets and outlets for passive and mechanical ventilation systems, and ventilation ductwork, are to be designed to incorporate acoustic insulation to ensure that the acoustic performance of the building facade achieves a minimum noise reduction consistent with Rule 1.3.4 in Part 11.
• In determining the insulation performance of roof/ceiling arrangements, roof spaces are assumed to have no more than the casual ventilation typical of the jointing, capping and guttering detail used in normal construction.
Appendix 2 ‐ Ground lighting and aircraft safety
Updated 14 November 2005
Appendix 3 ‐ 65 dBA Ldn Airport Noise Monitoring Contour ‐ CIAL
Updated 14 January 2006